FCC ID: IPH-B3113 Digital Transmission System Transceiver

GPSMAP 10X2/12X2 SERIES Owners Manual 2019 Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries All rights reserved. Under the copyright laws, this manual may not be copied, in whole or in part, without the written consent of Garmin. Garmin reserves the right to change or improve its products and to make changes in the content of this manual without obligation to notify any person or organization of such changes or improvements. Go to www.garmin.com for current updates and supplemental information concerning the use of this product. Garmin, the Garmin logo, ActiveCaptain, ANT, Fusion, GPSMAP, inReach, and VIRB are trademarks of Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries, registered in the USA and other countries. ActiveCaptain, Connect IQ, ECHOMAP, Fantom, Fusion-Link, Garmin ClearV, Garmin Connect, Garmin Express, Garmin Nautix, Garmin Navionics Vision+, Garmin Quickdraw, GC, GCV, GMR, GRID, GXM, LiveScope, MotionScope, OneChart, OneHelm, Panoptix, Reactor, Shadow Drive, SmartMode, and SteadyCast are trademarks of Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries. These trademarks may not be used without the express permission of Garmin. Mac is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. The BLUETOOTH word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Garmin is under license. CZone is a trademark of Power Products, LLC. Color Thermal Vision is a trademark of FLIR Systems, Inc. FLIR and MSX are registered trademarks of FLIR Systems, Inc. Mercury is a trademark of Brunswick Corporation. NMEA, NMEA 2000, and the NMEA 2000 logo are registered trademarks of the National Marine Electronics Association. Optimus, and SeaStation are registered trademarks of Dometic. C-Monster and Power-Pole are registered trademarks of JL Marine Systems, Inc. SD and the SDHC logo are trademarks of SD-3C, LLC. SiriusXM and all related marks and logos are trademarks of Sirius XM Radio Inc. All rights reserved. WiFi is a registered mark of Wi-

Fi Alliance Corporation. Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries. Yamaha, the Yamaha logo, Command Link Plus, and Helm Master are trademarks of the YAMAHA Motor Co., LTD. All other trademarks and copyrights are the property of their respective owners. Table of Contents Introduction......................................1 Device Overview...................................... 1 Keys...................................................... 2 Connector View................................... 3 Tips and Shortcuts.................................. 4 Accessing Owner's Manuals on the Chartplotter.............................................. 4 Accessing the Manuals from the Web.......................................................... 4 Garmin Support Center........................... 4 Inserting Memory Cards......................... 5 Acquiring GPS Satellite Signals.............. 5 Selecting the GPS Source................... 5 Customizing the Chartplotter............ 6 Home Screen........................................... 6 Pinning a Feature Button.................... 7 Rearranging the Category Items......... 7 Assigning a Shortcut Key........................ 7 Setting the Vessel Type.......................... 7 Adjusting the Backlight........................... 7 Adjusting the Color Mode....................... 8 Enabling Screen Lock.............................. 8 Turning On the Chartplotter Automatically...........................................8 Automatically Turning Off the System..................................................... 8 Customizing Pages................................. 8 Customizing the Startup Screen......... 8 Creating a New Combination Page.... 9 Adding a SmartMode Layout.............. 9 Customizing the Layout of a SmartMode or Combination Page....10 Deleting a Combination Page........... 10 Customizing the Data Overlays........ 11 Resetting the Station Layouts.......... 11 Presets................................................... 11 Saving a New Preset......................... 12 Managing Presets............................. 12 Controlling the Chartplotter............ 12 Voice Control......................................... 12 Changing the Voice Control Language........................................... 12 Supported Headsets......................... 12 Pairing a Wireless Headset with a Garmin Chartplotter.......................... 12 Using a Wireless Headset with a Garmin Chartplotter.......................... 13 Chartplotter Voice Commands......... 14 GRID Remote Control............................ 15 Pairing the GRID Device with the Chartplotter from the Chartplotter... 15 Pairing the GRID Device with the Chartplotter from the GRID Device... 15 Rotating the GRID Remote Input Device................................................. 15 ActiveCaptain App.......................... 16 ActiveCaptain Roles.............................. 16 Getting Started with the ActiveCaptain App......................................................... 16 Enabling Smart Notifications............... 17 Receiving Notifications..................... 17 Managing Notifications.................... 18 Making Notifications Private............ 18 Updating Software with the ActiveCaptain App................................ 18 Updating Charts with ActiveCaptain.... 19 Chart Subscriptions.............................. 19 Purchasing a Chart Subscription with ActiveCaptain.................................... 19 Activating the Chart Subscription Card.................................................... 19 Downloading Updated Charts........... 20 Renewing Your Subscription............ 20 Communication with Wireless Devices.......................................... 20 WiFi Network........................................ 20 Setting Up the WiFi Network............ 20 Connecting a Wireless Device to the Chartplotter........................................ 21 Changing the Wireless Channel....... 21 Changing the WiFi Host................... 21 Wireless Remote Control...................... 21 Pairing the Wireless Remote Control With the Chartplotter......................... 21 Turning On and Off the Remote Backlight............................................ 21 Disconnecting the Remote Control from All Chartplotters....................... 21 Wireless Wind Sensor........................... 22 Table of Contents i Connecting a Wireless Sensor to the Chartplotter........................................ 22 Adjusting the Wind Sensor Orientation......................................... 22 Viewing Boat Data on a Garmin Watch..................................................... 22 Viewing Boat Data on a Garmin Nautix Device.................................................... 22 Charts and 3D Chart Views............. 23 Navigation Chart and Fishing Chart..... 23 Chart Symbols................................... 24 Zooming In and Out of the Chart...... 24 Panning the Chart with the Keys...... 24 Selecting an Item on the Map Using the Device Keys................................. 24 Measuring a Distance on the Chart................................................... 24 Creating a Waypoint on the Chart.... 24 Viewing Location and Object Information on a Chart...................... 25 Viewing Details about Navaids......... 25 Navigating to a Point on the Chart... 25 Premium Charts.................................... 26 Fish Eye 3D Chart View..................... 26 Viewing Tide Station Information..... 27 Showing Satellite Imagery on the Navigation Chart................................ 28 Viewing Aerial Photos of Landmarks......................................... 28 Automatic Identification System......... 28 AIS Targeting Symbols..................... 29 Heading and Projected Course of Activated AIS Targets....................... 30 Activating a Target for an AIS Vessel................................................. 30 Setting the Safe-Zone Collision Alarm.................................................. 31 Viewing a List of AIS and MARPA Threats............................................... 31 AIS Aids to Navigation...................... 32 AIS Distress Signals.......................... 33 Turning Off AIS Reception................ 33 Chart Menu............................................ 34 Chart Layers....................................... 34 Chart Settings.................................... 38 Fish Eye 3D Settings......................... 39 Supported Maps.................................... 39 Garmin Quickdraw Contours Mapping......................................... 39 Mapping a Body of Water Using the Garmin Quickdraw Contours Feature.. 40 Adding a Label to a Garmin Quickdraw Contours Map........................................ 40 Garmin Quickdraw Community............ 40 Connecting to the Garmin Quickdraw Community with ActiveCaptain........ 40 Connecting to the Garmin Quickdraw Community with Garmin Connect.... 41 Garmin Quickdraw Contours Settings.................................................. 42 Navigation with a Chartplotter........ 43 Basic Navigation Questions................. 44 Route Color Coding............................... 44 Destinations.......................................... 44 Searching for a Destination by Name.................................................. 45 Selecting a Destination Using the Navigation Chart................................ 45 Searching for a Marine Services Destination......................................... 45 Setting and Following a Direct Course Using Go To....................................... 45 Stopping Navigation.......................... 45 Waypoints.............................................. 46 Marking Your Present Location as a Waypoint............................................ 46 Creating a Waypoint at a Different Location............................................. 46 Marking a Man Overboard (MOB) Location............................................. 46 Projecting a Waypoint....................... 46 Viewing a List of all Waypoints........ 46 Editing a Saved Waypoint................. 47 Moving a Saved Waypoint................ 47 Browsing for and Navigating to a Saved Waypoint................................. 48 Deleting a Waypoint or an MOB........48 Deleting All Waypoints...................... 48 Routes.................................................... 48 Creating and Navigating a Route From Your Present Location...................... 49 Creating and Saving a Route............ 49 Viewing a List of Routes and Auto Guidance Paths................................. 49 ii Table of Contents Editing a Saved Route....................... 49 Finding and Navigating a Saved Route.................................................. 50 Browsing for and Navigating Parallel to a Saved Route............................... 50 Initiating a Search Pattern................ 51 Deleting a Saved Route..................... 51 Deleting All Saved Routes................. 51 Auto Guidance....................................... 51 Setting and Following an Auto Guidance Path................................... 51 Creating and Saving an Auto Guidance Path.................................................... 52 Adjusting a Saved Auto Guidance Path.................................................... 52 Canceling an Auto Guidance Calculation in Progress..................... 52 Setting a Timed Arrival...................... 52 Auto Guidance Path Configurations................................... 53 Tracks.................................................... 54 Showing Tracks................................. 54 Setting the Color of the Active Track.................................................. 55 Saving the Active Track.................... 55 Viewing a List of Saved Tracks........ 55 Editing a Saved Track....................... 55 Saving a Track as a Route................ 55 Browsing for and Navigating a Recorded Track................................. 55 Deleting a Saved Track..................... 55 Deleting All Saved Tracks................. 56 Retracing the Active Track................ 56 Clearing the Active Track.................. 56 Managing the Track Log Memory During Recording............................... 56 Configuring the Recording Interval of the Track Log..................................... 56 Boundaries.............................................56 Creating a Boundary.......................... 57 Converting a Route to a Boundary... 57 Converting a Track to a Boundary.... 57 Editing a Boundary............................ 57 Linking a Boundary to a SmartMode Layout................................................ 57 Setting a Boundary Alarm................. 57 Disabling all Boundary Alarms......... 57 Deleting a Boundary.......................... 58 Deleting All Saved Waypoints, Tracks, Routes, and Boundaries........................ 58 Sailing Features..............................58 Setting the Vessel Type for Sailing Features................................................. 58 Sail Racing............................................. 58 Starting Line Guidance...................... 58 Starting the Race Timer.................... 59 Stopping the Race Timer.................. 59 Setting the Distance between the Bow and the GPS Antenna........................ 59 Laylines Settings................................... 60 Polar Tables.......................................... 60 Importing a Polar Table Manually.... 61 Showing Polar Data in Data Fields... 61 Setting the Keel Offset.......................... 62 Sailboat Autopilot Operation................ 63 Wind Hold.......................................... 63 Tack and Gybe................................... 63 Heading Line and Angle Markers......... 64 Setting the Heading Line and Angle Markers.............................................. 64 Sonar Fishfinder............................. 65 Stopping the Transmission of Sonar Signals................................................... 65 Traditional Sonar View.......................... 65 Split-Frequency Sonar View.............. 65 Split-Zoom Sonar View..................... 66 Garmin ClearV Sonar View................. 66 Garmin SideV Sonar View................... 67 SideV Scanning Technology........... 68 Measuring Distance on the Sonar Screen................................................ 68 Panoptix Sonar Views........................... 68 LiveV Down Sonar View.................. 69 LiveV Forward Sonar View.............. 70 RealV 3D Forward Sonar View........ 71 RealV 3D Down Sonar View............ 72 RealV 3D Historical Sonar View..... 73 FrontV Sonar View.......................... 74 LiveScope Sonar View.......................... 74 Perspective View................................... 75 Selecting the Transducer Type............ 75 Selecting a Sonar Source..................... 75 Renaming a Sonar Source................ 76 Table of Contents iii Creating a Waypoint on the Sonar Screen.................................................... 76 Pausing the Sonar Display.................... 76 Viewing Sonar History.......................... 76 Sonar Sharing........................................ 76 Adjusting the Level of Detail................. 77 Adjusting the Range, Gain, and Brightness With the Knob..................... 77 Adjusting the Color Intensity................ 77 Sonar Setup........................................... 78 Setting the Zoom Level on the Sonar Screen................................................ 78 Setting the Scroll Speed.................... 79 Adjusting the Range.......................... 79 Sonar Noise Rejection Settings........ 80 Sonar Appearance Settings.............. 80 Sonar Alarms..................................... 82 Advanced Sonar Settings................. 82 Transducer Installation Settings...... 83 Sonar Frequencies............................ 83 Turning On the A-Scope.................... 84 Panoptix Sonar Setup........................... 85 Adjusting the RealV Sweep Speed................................................. 85 LiveV Forward and FrontV Sonar Settings.............................................. 85 RealV Appearance Settings............ 87 Panoptix Transducer Installation Settings.............................................. 87 LiveScope and Perspective Sonar Settings.................................................. 89 LiveScope and Perspective Sonar Setup.................................................. 90 LiveScope and Perspective Appearance Settings......................... 90 LiveScope and Perspective Layout Settings.............................................. 90 LiveScope and Perspective Transducer Installation Settings...... 91 Radar............................................. 91 Radar Interpretation.............................. 92 Radar Overlay.................................... 92 Radar Overlay and Chart Data Alignment........................................... 92 Transmitting Radar Signals.................. 93 Stopping the Transmission of Radar Signals............................................... 93 Setting Up the Timed Transmit Mode.................................................. 93 Enabling and Adjusting a Radar No Transmit Zone................................... 93 Adjusting the Radar Range................... 93 Tips for Selecting a Radar Range..... 94 MotionScope Doppler Radar Technology............................................ 94 Enabling a Guard Zone......................... 94 Defining a Circular Guard Zone........ 95 Defining a Partial Guard Zone.......... 95 MARPA................................................... 95 MARPA Targeting Symbols.............. 96 Acquiring MARPA Targets Automatically..................................... 96 Removing MARPA Targets Automatically..................................... 96 Assigning a MARPA Tag to an Object................................................. 96 Removing a MARPA Tag from a Targeted Object................................. 96 Viewing Information about a MARPA-

tagged Object.................................... 96 Viewing a List of AIS and MARPA Threats............................................... 97 Showing AIS Vessels on the Radar Screen................................................ 97 VRM and EBL..................................... 97 Echo Trails............................................. 98 Turning on Echo Trails...................... 98 Adjusting the Length of the Echo Trails.................................................. 98 Clearing the Echo Trails.................... 98 Radar Settings....................................... 98 Radar Gain......................................... 98 Radar Filter Settings........................ 100 Radar Options Menu....................... 101 Radar Setup Menu........................... 101 Radar Appearance Settings............ 101 Radar Installation Settings............. 102 Radar My Vessel Layer Settings..... 102 Selecting a Different Radar Source.... 102 Autopilot...................................... 103 Autopilot Configuration...................... 103 Selecting the Preferred Heading Source.............................................. 103 Opening the Autopilot Screen............ 103 iv Table of Contents Autopilot Screen..................................104 Adjusting the Step Steering Increment......................................... 104 Setting the Power Saver................. 104 Enabling the Shadow Drive Feature............................................. 105 Autopilot Overlay Bar.......................... 105 Engaging the Autopilot....................... 105 Adjusting the Heading Using the Helm................................................. 106 Adjusting the Heading with the Chartplotter in Step Steering Mode 106 Steering Patterns................................ 106 Following the U-Turn Pattern.......... 106 Setting Up and Following the Circles Pattern............................................. 106 Setting Up and Following the Zigzag Pattern............................................. 106 Following the Williamson Turn Pattern............................................. 107 Following an Orbit Pattern.............. 107 Setting Up and Following the Cloverleaf Pattern........................... 107 Setting Up and Following a Search Pattern............................................. 107 Cancelling a Steering Pattern......... 107 Adjusting the Autopilot Response..... 107 Enabling the Autopilot Controls on a Garmin Watch......................................108 Customizing the Autopilot Button Actions............................................. 108 Controlling the Autopilot with a GRID 20 Remote Control................................... 108 Reactor Autopilot Remote Control.. 108 Pairing a Reactor Autopilot Remote Control With a Chartplotter............. 108 Changing the Functions of the Reactor Autopilot Remote Control Action Keys.................................................. 108 Updating the Reactor Autopilot Remote Control Software............... 109 Yamaha Autopilot............................... 109 Yamaha Autopilot Screen............... 110 Yamaha Autopilot Overlay Bar....... 111 Force Trolling Motor Control...... 111 Connecting to a Trolling Motor.......... 111 Adding the Trolling Motor Controls to Screens................................................ 112 Trolling Motor Control Bar.............. 112 Trolling Motor Settings....................... 113 Assigning a Shortcut to the Trolling Motor Remote Control Shortcut Keys.................................................. 113 Calibrating the Trolling Motor Compass.......................................... 113 Setting the Bow Offset.................... 114 Digital Selective Calling................ 114 Networked Chartplotter and VHF Radio Functionality........................................ 114 Turning On DSC................................... 115 DSC List............................................... 115 Viewing the DSC List....................... 115 Adding a DSC Contact.................... 115 Incoming Distress Calls...................... 115 Navigating to a Vessel in Distress. 115 Man-Overboard Distress Calls Initiated from a VHF Radio............................ 115 Man-Overboard and SOS Distress Calls Initiated from the Chartplotter......................................115 Position Tracking................................ 116 Viewing a Position Report.............. 116 Navigating to a Tracked Vessel..... 116 Creating a Waypoint at the Position of a Tracked Vessel............................. 116 Editing Information in a Position Report...............................................116 Deleting a Position-Report Call...... 116 Viewing Vessel Trails on the Chart 117 Individual Routine Calls...................... 117 Selecting a DSC Channel................ 117 Making an Individual Routine Call.. 117 Making an Individual Routine Call to an AIS Target................................... 117 Gauges and Graphs...................... 117 Viewing the Gauges............................ 118 Engine Alert Icons........................... 118 Changing the Data Shown in a Gauge............................................... 118 Customizing the Gauges................ 119 Customizing Engine Gauge and Fuel Gauge Limits................................... 119 Table of Contents v Selecting the Number of Engines Shown in Gauges............................ 119 Customizing the Engines Shown in Gauges............................................. 119 Enabling Status Alarms for Engine Gauges............................................. 119 Enabling Some Engine Gauge Status Alarms.............................................. 120 Yamaha Engine Gauges..................... 121 Engine Condition Icons................... 122 Engine Alert Icons........................... 122 Setting Up the Gauges.................... 123 Mercury Engine Gauges................... 124 Setting the Fuel Alarm........................ 125 Synchronizing the Fuel Data with the Actual Vessel Fuel........................... 125 Viewing the Wind Gauges................... 125 Configuring the Sailing Wind Gauge............................................... 125 Configuring the Speed Source........125 Configuring the Heading Source of the Wind Gauge..................................... 126 Customizing the Close-Hauled Wind Gauge............................................... 126 Viewing Trip Gauges........................... 126 Resetting Trip Gauges.................... 126 Viewing Graphs................................... 126 Setting the Graph Range and Time Scales.............................................. 126 Battery Management.......................... 127 Setting Up the Battery Management Page................................................. 127 inReach Messages..................... 127 Connecting an inReach Device to the Chartplotter......................................... 127 Receiving inReach Messages............ 127 Sending an inReach Preset Message 127 Replying to an inReach Message....... 128 Digital Switching...........................128 Adding and Editing a Digital Switching Page..................................................... 128 Garmin Boat Switch.......................... 128 Configuring the Garmin Boat Switch Device.............................................. 128 Using the Bilge Pump Switches..... 130 Using Dimmable Lights................... 130 Controlling Third-Party Equipment Installed on Your Boat.................. 130 Power-Pole Anchor System............. 130 Enabling the Power-Pole Anchor Overlay............................................. 130 Setting Up the Power-Pole Anchor. 131 Power-Pole Overlay......................... 131 Enabling the Mercury Helm................ 132 Mercury Troll Control Features.......... 132 Adding the Mercury Troll Control Overlay............................................. 132 Mercury Troll Overlay...................... 133 Mercury Cruise Control....................... 133 Enabling the Mercury Cruise Control Overlay............................................. 133 Mercury Cruise Control Overlay..... 134 Dometic Optimus Features.......... 134 Activating the Optimus Overlay Bar.................................................... 134 Optimus Overlay Bar Overview....... 135 Optimus Overlay Symbols.............. 135 Optimus Limp Home Mode............ 135 Tide, Current, and Celestial Information.................................. 136 Tide Station Information..................... 136 Current Station Information............... 136 Celestial Information.......................... 136 Viewing Tide Station, Current Station, or Celestial Information for a Different Date...................................................... 136 Viewing Information for a Different Tide or Current Station................................ 136 Viewing Almanac Information from the Navigation Chart................................. 137 Warning Manager......................... 137 Viewing Messages.............................. 137 Sorting and Filtering Messages......... 137 Saving Messages to a Memory Card. 137 Clearing All of the Messages............. 137 Media Player................................ 137 Opening the Media Player.................. 138 Media Player Icons.......................... 138 Selecting the Media Device and Source.................................................. 138 vi Table of Contents Adjusting the Volume and Audio Levels................................................... 138 Adjusting the Volume...................... 138 Adjusting the Audio Level............... 139 Muting the Media Volume.............. 139 Stereo Zones and Groups................... 139 Selecting the Home Zone............... 139 Adjusting the Zone Volume............ 140 Disabling a Speaker Zone............... 140 Creating a Group............................. 140 Playing Music...................................... 140 Browsing for Music......................... 140 Setting a Song to Repeat................ 141 Setting All Songs to Repeat............ 141 Setting Songs to Shuffle................. 141 Radio.................................................... 141 Setting the Tuner Region................ 141 Changing the Radio Station............ 141 Changing the Tuning Mode............ 142 Presets............................................. 142 DAB Playback...................................... 142 Setting the DAB Tuner Region........ 142 Scanning for DAB Stations............. 142 Changing DAB Stations...................143 DAB Presets..................................... 143 SiriusXM Satellite Radio..................... 143 Locating a SiriusXM Radio ID......... 143 Activating a SiriusXM Subscription 144 Customizing the Channel Guide..... 144 Saving a SiriusXM Channel to the Presets List...................................... 144 Parental Controls............................ 144 Setting the Device Name.................... 145 Updating the Media Player Software. 145 SiriusXM Weather......................... 145 SiriusXM Equipment and Subscription Requirements...................................... 145 Weather Data Broadcasts.................. 146 Weather Warnings and Weather Bulletins............................................... 146 Viewing Precipitation Information..... 146 Storm Cell and Lightning Information...................................... 146 Hurricane Information..................... 146 Forecast Information.......................... 146 Viewing a Marine Forecast or an Offshore Forecast........................... 147 Viewing Forecast Information for Another Time Period....................... 147 Weather Fronts and Pressure Centers............................................. 147 City Forecasts..................................148 Viewing Fish Mapping Data................ 148 Viewing Sea Conditions...................... 148 Surface Winds................................. 149 Wave Height, Wave Period, and Wave Direction........................................... 149 Viewing Forecast Sea Conditions Information for Another Time Period............................................... 149 Viewing Sea Temperature Information.......................................... 149 Surface Pressure and Water Temperature Data........................... 150 Changing the Sea Surface Temperature Color Range.............. 150 Visibility Information........................... 150 Viewing Forecast Visibility Information for Another Time Period................. 150 Viewing Buoy Reports......................... 150 Viewing Local Weather Information near a Buoy...................................... 150 Weather Overlay.................................. 151 Viewing Weather Subscription Information.......................................... 151 Viewing Video.............................. 151 Selecting a Video Source.................... 151 Alternating Among Multiple Video Sources............................................ 151 Networked Video Devices.................. 151 Using Video Presets on Networked Video Cameras................................ 152 Camera Settings.............................. 152 Video Settings................................. 153 Associating the Camera to a Video Source.............................................. 153 Video Camera Movement Control.. 153 Configuring the Video Appearance.... 154 Garmin VIRB Action Cameras......... 154 Connecting a VIRB 360 Action Camera............................................ 154 Connecting a VIRB Action Camera 154 Table of Contents vii Controlling the VIRB Action Camera with the Chartplotter....................... 155 Adding the VIRB Action Camera Controls to Other Screens.............. 156 Pairing the GC 100 Camera with a Garmin Chartplotter............................ 156 Surround View Camera System.....157 Changing a Camera............................ 157 Viewing a Camera Feed Full Screen.. 158 Changing the Surround View Camera Layout.................................................. 158 Showing and Hiding the Visual Bumper................................................ 158 Adjusting the Visual Bumper.......... 158 Showing the Distance Marker............ 158 Renaming a Camera........................... 158 Setting the Camera to Mirrored Stern View..................................................... 158 Device Configuration.................... 159 System Settings.................................. 159 Sounds and Display Settings.......... 159 GPS Settings.................................... 160 Station Settings............................... 160 Viewing System Software Information...................................... 160 Viewing E-label Regulatory and Compliance Information................. 160 Preferences Settings.......................... 161 Units Settings.................................. 161 Navigation Settings......................... 161 Communications Settings.................. 164 NMEA 0183 Settings....................... 164 NMEA 2000 Settings....................... 164 Garmin Marine Network.................. 165 Setting Alarms..................................... 165 Navigation Alarms........................... 165 System Alarms................................ 166 Sonar Alarms................................... 166 Setting Weather Alarms.................. 166 Setting the Fuel Alarm.................... 166 My Vessel Settings............................. 167 Setting the Keel Offset.................... 168 Setting the Water Temperature Offset............................................... 169 Fuel Settings.................................... 169 Calibrating a Water-Speed Device.. 170 Other Vessels Settings....................... 170 Settings that are Synced on the Garmin Marine Network................................... 171 Restoring the Original Chartplotter Factory Settings.................................. 172 Sharing and Managing User Data.. 172 Selecting a File Type for Third-Party Waypoints and Routes........................ 172 Copying User Data from a Memory Card......................................................172 Copying User Data to a Memory Card......................................................173 Updating Built-In Maps with a Memory Card and Garmin Express................... 173 Backing Up Data to a Computer......... 173 Restoring Backup Data to a Chartplotter......................................... 173 Saving System Information to a Memory Card......................................................174 Appendix...................................... 174 ActiveCaptain and Garmin Express... 174 Garmin Express App........................... 174 Installing the Garmin Express App on a Computer......................................... 175 Registering Your Device Using the Garmin Express App....................... 175 Updating Your Charts Using the Garmin Express App....................... 176 Software Updates............................176 Cleaning the Screen............................ 177 Viewing Images on a Memory card... 178 Screenshots........................................ 178 Capturing Screenshots................... 178 Copying Screenshots to a Computer......................................... 178 Troubleshooting.................................. 178 My device will not acquire GPS signals.............................................. 178 My device will not turn on or keeps turning off........................................ 179 My device is not creating waypoints in the correct location......................... 179 Contacting Garmin Support................ 179 Specifications......................................180 GPSMAP 10x2 Specifications........ 180 GPSMAP 12x2 Specifications........ 181 viii Table of Contents Sonar Models Specifications......... 181 NMEA 2000 PGN Information........ 182 NMEA 0183 Information................. 185 Table of Contents ix Introduction WARNING See the Important Safety and Product Information guide in the product box for product warnings and other important information. All route and navigation lines displayed on the chartplotter are only intended to provide general route guidance or to identify proper channels, and are not intended to be precisely followed. Always defer to the navaids and conditions on the water when navigating to avoid groundings or hazards that could result in vessel damage, personal injury, or death. NOTE: Not all features are available on all models. The Garmin website at support.garmin.com presents up-to-date information about your product. The support pages will provide answers to frequently asked support questions, and you can download software and chart updates. There is also contact information to Garmin support should you have any questions. Device Overview Power key Knob Device keys Arrow keys Shortcut keys Introduction 1 Keys Knob HOME MENU FOCUS Hold to turn on and off the device. Press repeatedly to scroll through the backlight brightness levels. Turn to zoom in or out of a view. Turn to highlight an option in a menu. Press to select a highlighted option. Press to open to the home screen. Press to open or close a menu of options for a page. Press to move a highlight to a different section of a page. Press to move a highlight to a different function or window on a combination page. Press to pan on a chart or sonar screen. Press to move the cursor. Press to highlight an option in a menu. BACK Press to return to the previous screen. SELECT Press to acknowledge messages and select options. NAV INFO Press to display navigation information, such as user data and graphs. MARK/SOS Press to save the present location as a waypoint. Hold for one second to mark an SOS location and begin a route back to the location. Shortcut keys Hold to create a shortcut to the selected feature button. Press to open the assigned feature. 2 Introduction Connector View The connectors and locations vary based upon the model. Pictured is a GPSMAP 1212xsv model. 12-PIN XDCR*

POWER CVBS IN ETHERNET NMEA 2000

*Not available on all models 12-pin transducer Power Ground screw Composite video in Garmin Marine Network NMEA 2000 network Introduction 3 Tips and Shortcuts Press to turn on the chartplotter. From any screen, press repeatedly to scroll through the brightness levels, if available. This can be helpful when the brightness is so low you cannot see the screen. Turn the knob to highlight options. Turn the knob to zoom in or out of a screen. Hold a numbered key to create a shortcut to a screen. Select HOME from any screen to open to the home screen. Select MENU to open additional settings about that screen. Select BACK when finished with a menu, if necessary. Press Press to open additional options, such as adjusting the backlight.

, and select Power > Turn Off System, or hold until the Turn Off System bar fills to turn off the chartplotter, when available. Press

, and select Power > Sleep Station to set the chartplotter to standby mode, when available. To exit standby mode, select If arrows indicate not all options are visible, press the indicated arrow key to view the additional options. On some menu buttons, select the button to enable the option. A green light on an option indicates the option is enabled

. When available, select to open the menu. Accessing Owner's Manuals on the Chartplotter 1 Select NAV INFO > Owner's Manual. 2 Select a manual. 3 Select Open. Accessing the Manuals from the Web You can get the latest owner's manual and translations of manuals from the Garmin website. The owner's manual includes instructions for using device features and accessing regulatory information. 1 Go to garmin.com/manuals/gpsmap10x2-12x2. 2 Select the Owner's Manual. A web manual opens. You can download the entire manual by selecting Download PDF. Garmin Support Center Go to support.garmin.com for help and information, such as product manuals, frequently asked questions, videos, software updates, and customer support. 4 Introduction Inserting Memory Cards You can use optional memory cards with the chartplotter. Map cards allow you to view high-resolution satellite imagery and aerial reference photos of ports, harbors, marinas, and other points of interest. You can use blank memory cards to record Garmin Quickdraw Contours mapping, record sonar (with a compatible transducer), transfer data such as waypoints and routes to another compatible chartplotter or a computer, and use the ActiveCaptain app. This device supports up to a 32 GB SD memory card, formatted to FAT32 with speed class 4 or higher. Use of an 8 GB or larger memory card with speed class 10 is recommended. 1 Open the access flap or door on the front of the chartplotter. 2 Insert the memory card

. 3 Press the card in until it clicks. 4 Clean and dry the gasket and door. NOTICE To prevent corrosion, be sure the memory card, gasket, and door are thoroughly dry before closing the door. 5 Close the door. Acquiring GPS Satellite Signals The device may need a clear view of the sky to acquire satellite signals. The time and date are set automatically based on the GPS position. 1 Turn on the device. 2 Wait while the device locates satellites. It may take 30 to 60 seconds to acquire satellite signals. To view the GPS satellite signal strength, select If the device loses satellite signals, a flashing question mark appears over on the chart. For more information about GPS, go to garmin.com/aboutGPS. For help acquiring satellite signals, see My device will not acquire GPS signals, page 178.

> System > GPS. Selecting the GPS Source You can select your preferred source for GPS data, if you have more than one GPS source. 1 Select

> System > GPS > Source. 2 Select the source for GPS data. Introduction 5 Customizing the Chartplotter Home Screen The home screen is an overlay that provides access to all of the features in the chartplotter. The features are dependent on the accessories you have connected to the chartplotter. You may not have all of the options and features discussed in this manual. When viewing any screen, you can return to the home screen by selecting HOME. Features buttons Settings menu button Category tabs Navigation information button The categories tabs provide quick access to the main features of your chartplotter. For example, the Sonar tab displays the views and screens related to the sonar feature. You can save items you commonly access to the Pinned category. TIP: To view the available categories tabs, you may need to use the arrow keys to scroll left or right. The SmartMode items are geared toward an activity, such as cruising or docking. When a SmartMode button is selected from the home screen, each display in the station can show unique information. For example, when Cruising is selected from the home screen, one display can show the navigation chart and another display can show the radar screen. When multiple displays are installed on the Garmin Marine Network, you can group them together into a station. A station enables the displays to work together, instead of as several separate displays. You can customize the layout of the screens on each display, making each screen different on each display. When you change the layout of a screen in one display, the changes appear on only that display. When you change the name and symbol of the layout, those changes appear on all displays in the station, to maintain a consistent appearance. 6 Customizing the Chartplotter Pinning a Feature Button You can add features, such as a chart, combo screen, or gauge to the Pinned category. NOTE: If your chartplotter has been customized by the boat manufacturer, the Pinned category contains customized items for your boat. You cannot edit the Pinned category. 1 Select a category, such as Charts. 2 Highlight a feature button, such as Nav. Chart. 3 Press and hold the SELECT button. 4 Select Add to Pinned > OK. The feature is added to the Pinned category. To see the Pinned items, highlight a Pinned item, and use the arrow keys or scroll wheel (if applicable) to scroll to the left or right. To remove a feature from the Pinned category, highlight the feature to remove, press and hold the SELECT button, and select Remove Pin > Yes. Rearranging the Category Items You can customize the screen by rearranging the items in the categories. 1 Select a category to customize, such as Charts 2 Highlight a feature button, such as Nav. Chart. 3 Press and hold the SELECT button. 4 Select Rearrange. Arrows appear on the feature buttons. 5 Reselect the button to move. 6 Use the arrow keys to highlight the new location and deselect. 7 Select the new location for the button. 8 Repeat until you finish customizing the screen. 9 Select BACK or Home when finished. Assigning a Shortcut Key You can quickly open commonly used screens by assigning a shortcut key. You can create a shortcut to screens such as sonar screens and charts. 1 Open a screen. 2 Hold a shortcut key, and select OK. TIP: The shortcut is also saved to the Pinned category with the shortcut key number. Setting the Vessel Type You can select your boat type to configure the chartplotter settings and to use features customized for your boat type. 1 Select

> My Vessel > Vessel Type. 2 Select an option. Adjusting the Backlight 1 Select

> System > Sounds and Display > Backlight. 2 Adjust the backlight. TIP: From any screen, press the brightness is so low you cannot see the screen. repeatedly to scroll through the brightness levels. This can be helpful when Customizing the Chartplotter 7 Adjusting the Color Mode 1 Select

> System > Sounds and Display > Color Mode. TIP: Select 2 Select an option.

> Color Mode from any screen to access the color settings. Enabling Screen Lock For anti-theft protection and to prevent unauthorized use of your device, you can enable the Screen Lock feature which requires a PIN (Personal Identification Number). When enabled, you must enter the PIN to unlock the screen each time you turn on the device. You can set up recovery questions and answers as prompts in case you forget the PIN. NOTICE If you enable the Screen Lock feature, Garmin Support cannot retrieve the PIN or access your device. It is your responsibility to provide the PIN to anyone authorized to use the vessel. 1 Select

> System > Sounds and Display > Screen Lock > Setup. 2 Enter a memorable numeric PIN of 6 digits. 3 Reenter the PIN to verify. 4 When prompted, choose and answer three PIN recovery questions. You can Disable or Reset the PIN and recovery questions as needed. Turning On the Chartplotter Automatically You can set the chartplotter to turn on automatically when the power is applied. Otherwise, you must turn on the chartplotter by pressing Select NOTE: When Auto Power Up is On, and the chartplotter is turned off using reapplied within less than two minutes, you may need to press

, and power is removed and to restart the chartplotter.

> System > Auto Power Up. Automatically Turning Off the System You can set the chartplotter and the whole system to turn off automatically after it has been asleep for the selected length of time. Otherwise, you must press and hold to turn off the system manually. 1 Select

> System > Auto Power Off. 2 Select an option. Customizing Pages Customizing the Startup Screen You can personalize the image that is displayed when the chartplotter is turning on. For the best fit, the image should be 50 MB or less and conform to the recommended dimensions (Recommended Startup Image Dimensions, page 9). 1 Insert a memory card that contains the image you want to use. 2 Select

> System > Sounds and Display > Startup Image > Select Image. 3 Select the memory card slot. 4 Select the image. 5 Select Set as Startup Image. The new image is shown when turning on the chartplotter. 8 Customizing the Chartplotter Recommended Startup Image Dimensions For the best fit for the startup images, use an image that has the following dimensions, in pixels. Display resolution Image width Image height WVGA WSVGA WXGA HD WUXGA 680 880 1080 1240 1700 200 270 350 450 650 Creating a New Combination Page You can create a custom combination page to suit your needs. 1 Select Combo > Add Combo. 2 Select a window. 3 Select a function for the window. 4 Repeat these steps for each window of the page. 5 Select Layout, and select a layout. 6 Select Name, enter a name for the page, and select Done. 7 Select Overlays, and select which data to show. 8 Select Done when you have finished customizing the page. Adding a SmartMode Layout You can add SmartMode layouts to suit your needs. Each customization made to one SmartMode layout in a station appears on all displays in the station. 1 Select SmartMode > Add Layout. 2 Select an option:

To change the name, select Name & Symbol > Name, enter a new name, and select Done. To change the SmartMode symbol, select Name & Symbol > Symbol, and select a new symbol. To change the number of functions shown and the layout of the screen, select Layout, and select an option. To change the function of a portion of the screen, select the window to change, and select a function. To change how the screens are split, use the arrow keys to select a new location. To change the data shown on the page and additional data bars, select Overlays, and select an option. To assign a preset to a portion of the SmartMode screen, select Presets > Include, and select a preset. Customizing the Chartplotter 9 Customizing the Layout of a SmartMode or Combination Page You can customize the layout and data shown in the combination pages and SmartMode layouts. When you change the layout of a page in a display you are interacting with, the change appears only on that display, except for the SmartMode name and symbol. When you change the SmartMode name or symbol for the layout, the new name or symbol appears on all displays in the station. 1 Open a page to customize. 2 Select MENU. 3 Select Edit Layout or Edit Combo. 4 Select an option:

To change the name, select Name or Name & Symbol > Name, enter a new name, and select Done. To change the SmartMode symbol, select Name & Symbol > Symbol, and select a new symbol. To change the number of functions shown and the layout of the screen, select Layout, and select an option. To change the function of a portion of the screen, select the window to change, and select a function from the list on the right. To change how the screens are split, use the arrow keys to select a new location. To change the data shown on the page and additional data bars, select Overlays, and select an option. To assign a preset to a portion of the SmartMode screen, select Presets > Include, and select a preset from the list on the right. Deleting a Combination Page 1 Select Combo. 2 Highlight a combination page to delete. 3 Select MENU. 4 Select Delete Combo > Yes. 10 Customizing the Chartplotter Customizing the Data Overlays You can customize the data in the data overlays shown on a screen. 1 Select an option based on the type of screen you are viewing:

From a full screen view, select MENU > Edit Overlays. From a combination screen, select MENU > Edit Combo > Overlays. From a SmartMode screen, select MENU > Edit Layout > Overlays. 2 Select an item to customize the data and data bar:

To show the data overlays, select Data, select the location, and select BACK. To change the data shown in an overlay box, select the overlay box, select the new data to show, and select BACK. To customize the information shown when navigating, select Navigation, and select an option. To turn on other data bars, select Top Bar or Bottom Bar, and select the necessary options. 3 Select Done. Resetting the Station Layouts You can restore the layouts in this station to the factory default settings. Select

> System > Station Information > Reset Layouts. Presets A preset is a collection of settings that optimize the screen or view. You can use particular presets to optimize groups of settings for your activity. For example, some settings might be optimal for when you are fishing, and others might be optimal for when you are cruising. Presets are available on some screens, such as charts, sonar views, and radar views. To select a preset for a compatible screen, select MENU >

When you are using a preset and you make changes to the settings or view, you can save the changes to the preset or create a new preset based on the new customizations.

, and select the preset. Customizing the Chartplotter 11 Saving a New Preset After you have customized the settings and view of a screen, you can save the customization as a new preset. 1 From a compatible screen, change the settings and view.

> Save > New. 2 Select MENU >

3 Enter a name, and select Done. 4 Select an item, and select Include to include or exclude the item from the preset. Managing Presets You can customize the pre-loaded presets and edit presets you created. 1 From a compatible screen, select MENU >

2 Select a preset.

> Manage. 3 Select an option:

To rename the preset, select Rename, enter a name, and select Done. To edit the preset, select Edit, and update the preset. To delete the preset, select Delete. To reset all presets to factory settings, select Reset All. Controlling the Chartplotter You can control the chartplotter using the keys on the device, using GRID remote controls, and using a Garmin voice control device. Voice Control After installing the Garmin Voice Control USB module (010-13194-00), you can use your voice to control the chartplotter using a compatible headset. Changing the Voice Control Language 1 From the home screen, select

> System > Sounds and Display > Voice Control. 2 Select Voice Control > Voice Language. 3 Select the voice control language. NOTE: The voice control language can be different than the text language. Supported Headsets The Voice Control USB module supports headsets and speakers with the following specifications:

Bluetooth hands-free profile version 1.6 or higher mSBC audio codec (16 kHZ) NOTE: Headset manufacturers often list these as "HD Voice" or "Wideband Speech" headsets. A list of supported headsets is available at support.garmin.com/marine. Pairing a Wireless Headset with a Garmin Chartplotter 1 On the chartplotter, select

> Communications > Wireless Devices > Headsets. 2 Select Search for Devices. 3 Enable pairing mode on your headset according to the manufacturer's instructions. The name of your headset appears on the chartplotter after it is detected. 4 Select the name of your headset. 5 Select Connect. NOTE: Only one headset can be paired at a time. Your headset appears on the chartplotter as Paired and Connected. 12 Controlling the Chartplotter Using a Wireless Headset with a Garmin Chartplotter Before using a wireless headset for voice control, make sure the volume on your headset is sufficient to hear voice responses. 1 Say OK Garmin. 2 Say a command (Chartplotter Voice Commands, page 14). The chartplotter completes the action or provides a voice response. Controlling the Chartplotter 13 Chartplotter Voice Commands The voice command system is designed to detect natural speech. This is a list of commonly used voice commands, but the device does not require these exact phrases (other than OK Garmin). You can try saying variations of these commands in a way that is natural to you. An expanded list of voice commands is available at garmin.com/support/marine_voice_commands. Voice Command OK Garmin Show Navigation Chart Show Fishing Chart Show Radar Show Sonar What's the Depth What's the Fuel Level Function Prepares chartplotter for voice commands Opens the navigation chart screen Opens the fishing chart screen Opens the radar screen Opens the sonar screen Replies with depth at current location Replies with current fuel level What's the Engine Temperature Replies with current engine temperature What's the System Unit Voltage Replies with current system unit voltage What's the Distance to the Next Waypoint Replies with distance to next set waypoint Tell me the Tide Info Show Media Player Play Music Pause Music Resume Previous Track Next Track Mute Unmute Lower Volume Raise Volume Replies with current tide information Opens the media player Plays the currently selected media Pauses the currently selected media Resumes the currently selected media Returns to the previous track Skips to the next track Mutes media Unmutes media Lowers media volume Raises media volume Show Traditional Sonar Opens the traditional sonar screen Show Clear View Show Side View Show Live Scope Lock Screen Unlock Screen Home Screen Opens the Garmin ClearV sonar screen Opens the Garmin SideV sonar screen Opens the LiveScope screen Locks the chartplotter Unlocks the chartplotter Opens the home screen Automatic Brightness Enables automatic display brightness adjustment 14 Controlling the Chartplotter Voice Command Raise Brightness Lower Brightness Sleep Display Wake Display Beeper Off Beeper On Screenshot GRID Remote Control Function Raises display brightness Lowers display brightness Puts display to sleep Wakes display Disables chartplotter beeper Enables chartplotter beeper Captures a screenshot Pairing the GRID Device with the Chartplotter from the Chartplotter NOTE: These steps are applicable to both the GRID device and the GRID 20 device. Before you can pair the GRID 20 device with the chartplotter to make the data connection, you must supply power using batteries, the included power cable, or a NMEA 2000 network connection. Before you can pair the GRID device with the chartplotter, you must connect it to the Garmin Marine Network. 1 Select

> System > Station Information > GRID Pairing > Add. 2 Select an action:

On the GRID remote input device, press SELECT. On the GRID 20 remote input device, press and until the remote control beeps three times. Pairing the GRID Device with the Chartplotter from the GRID Device NOTE: This is not applicable to the GRID 20 device. 1 On the GRID remote input device, press + and HOME at the same time. A selection page opens on all of the chartplotters on the Garmin Marine Network. 2 Rotate the wheel on the GRID remote input device to highlight SELECT on the chartplotter you want to control with the GRID remote input device. 3 Press SELECT. Rotating the GRID Remote Input Device For certain installation situations, you can rotate the orientation of the GRID device. NOTE: This is not applicable to the GRID 20 device. 1 Select

> Communications > Marine Network. 2 Select the GRID device. Controlling the Chartplotter 15 ActiveCaptain App WARNING This feature allows users to submit information. Garmin makes no representations about the accuracy, completeness, or timeliness of information submitted by users. Any use or reliance on the information submitted by users is at your own risk. The ActiveCaptain app provides a connection to your GPSMAP device, charts, maps, and the community for a connected boating experience. On your mobile device with the ActiveCaptain app, you can download, purchase, and update maps and charts. You can use the app to easily and quickly transfer user data, such as waypoints and routes, connect to the Garmin Quickdraw Contours Community, update device software, and plan your trip. You can also control the GPSMAP device from the app using the Garmin Helm feature. You can connect to the ActiveCaptain community for up-to-date feedback on marinas and other points of interest. The app can push smart notifications, such as calls and texts, to your chartplotter display when paired. ActiveCaptain Roles Your level of interaction with the GPSMAP device using the ActiveCaptain app depends on your role. Feature Register device, built-in maps, and supplemental map cards to account Update software Automatically transfer Garmin Quickdraw contours you have downloaded or created Push smart notifications Automatically transfer user data, such as waypoints and routes Owner Guest Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes No Begin navigating to a specific waypoint or navigating a specific route, and send that waypoint or route to the GPSMAP device Yes Yes Getting Started with the ActiveCaptain App You can connect a mobile device to the GPSMAP device using the ActiveCaptain app. The app provides a quick and easy way for you to interact with your GPSMAP device and complete such tasks as sharing data, registering, updating the device software, and receiving mobile device notifications. 1 From the GPSMAP device, select Vessel > ActiveCaptain. 2 From the ActiveCaptain page, select Wi-Fi Network > Wi-Fi > On. 3 Enter a name and password for this network. 4 Insert a memory card in the GPSMAP device's card slot (Inserting Memory Cards, page 5). 5 Select Set ActiveCaptain Card. NOTICE You might be prompted to format the memory card. Formatting the card deletes all information saved on the card. This includes any saved user data, such as waypoints. Formatting the card is recommended, but not required. Before formatting the card, you should save the data from the memory card onto the device internal memory (Copying User Data from a Memory Card, page 172). After formatting the card for the ActiveCaptain app, you can transfer the user data back to the card (Copying User Data to a Memory Card, page 173). Be sure the card is inserted each time you want to use the ActiveCaptain feature. 6 From the application store on your mobile device, install and open the ActiveCaptain app. 7 Bring the mobile device within 32 m (105 ft.) of the GPSMAP device. 8 From your mobile device settings, open the WiFi connections page and connect to the Garmin device, using the name and password you entered in the Garmin device. 16 ActiveCaptain App Enabling Smart Notifications WARNING Do not read or reply to notifications while operating the vessel. Failure to pay attention to the conditions on the water can result in vessel damage, personal injury, or death. Before your GPSMAP device can receive notifications, you must connect it to your mobile device and to the ActiveCaptain app. 1 From the GPSMAP device, select ActiveCaptain > Smart Notifications > Enable Notifications. 2 Turn on Bluetooth technology in the mobile device settings. 3 Bring the devices within 10 m (33 ft.) of each other. 4 From the ActiveCaptain app on the mobile device, select Smart Notifications > Pair with Chartplotter. 5 Follow the on-screen instructions to pair the app to the GPSMAP device. 6 When prompted, enter the key on your mobile device. 7 If necessary, adjust which notifications you receive in your mobile device settings. Receiving Notifications WARNING Do not read or reply to notifications while operating the vessel. Failure to pay attention to the conditions on the water can result in vessel damage, personal injury, or death. Before your GPSMAP device can receive notifications, you must connect it to your mobile device and enable the Smart Notifications feature (Enabling Smart Notifications, page 17). When the Smart Notifications feature is enabled and your mobile device receives a notification, a pop-up notification appears on the GPSMAP screen briefly. NOTE: The available actions depend on the type of notification and your phone operating system. To answer a phone call on your phone, select Answer. TIP: Have your phone nearby. The phone call is answered on your mobile phone, not on the chartplotter. To not answer the phone call, select Decline. To review the full message, select Review. To dismiss the pop-up notification, select OK or wait for the notification to close automatically. To remove the notification from the chartplotter and your mobile device, select Clear. ActiveCaptain App 17 Managing Notifications WARNING Do not read or reply to notifications while operating the vessel. Failure to pay attention to the conditions on the water can result in vessel damage, personal injury, or death. Before you can manage the notifications, you must enable the Smart Notifications feature (Enabling Smart Notifications, page 17). When the Smart Notifications feature is enabled and your mobile device receives a notification, a pop-up notification appears on the GPSMAP screen briefly. You can access and manage the notifications from the ActiveCaptain screen. 1 Select ActiveCaptain > Smart Notifications > Messages. A list of notifications appear. 2 Select a notification. 3 Select an option:

NOTE: The available options vary based on your mobile device and the notification type. To dismiss and remove the notification from the chartplotter and your mobile device, select Clear or Delete. NOTE: This does not delete the message from the mobile device. This only dismisses and removes the notification. To call the phone number back, select Call Back or Dial. Making Notifications Private You can turn off the pop-up notifications and disable the messages list on specific chartplotters for privacy. For example, the captain could disable pop-up notifications and messages on the chartplotter used for fishing, but allow notifications on the chartplotter used at the helm. 1 From the chartplotter you want notifications to be private, select ActiveCaptain > Smart Notifications. 2 Select an option:

To turn off pop-up notifications on this chartplotter, select Popups. To turn off pop-up notifications and disable access to the messages list on this chartplotter, select Visibility. Updating Software with the ActiveCaptain App If your device has WiFi technology, you can use the ActiveCaptain app to download and install the latest software updates for your device. NOTICE Software updates may require the app to download large files. Regular data limits or charges from your Internet service provider apply. Contact your Internet service provider for more information about data limits or charges. The installation process can take several minutes. 1 Connect the mobile device to the GPSMAP device (Getting Started with the ActiveCaptain App, page 16). 2 When a software update is available and you have internet access on your mobile device, select Software Updates > Download. The ActiveCaptain app downloads the update to the mobile device. When you reconnect the app to the GPSMAP device, the update is transferred to the device. After the transfer is complete, you are prompted to install the update. 3 When you are prompted by the GPSMAP device, select an option to install the update. To update the software immediately, select OK. To delay the update, select Cancel. When you are ready to install the update, select ActiveCaptain >

Software Updates > Install Now. 18 ActiveCaptain App Updating Charts with ActiveCaptain You can use the ActiveCaptain app to download and transfer the latest chart updates for your device. To save space on your mobile device, space on the ActiveCaptain card, and download time, consider using the ActiveCaptain app to download only the areas of the chart you need. If you are downloading an entire chart, you can use the Garmin Express app to download the map onto a memory card (Updating Your Charts Using the Garmin Express App, page 176). The Garmin Express app downloads large charts more quickly than the ActiveCaptain app. Chart updates may require the app to download large files. Regular data limits or charges from your internet service provider apply. Contact your internet service provider for more information about data limits or charges. 1 Connect the mobile device to the GPSMAP device (Getting Started with the ActiveCaptain App, page 16). 2 When a chart update is available, and you have internet access on your mobile device, select OneChart > My NOTICE Charts. 3 Select the map to update. 4 Select the area to download. 5 Select Download. The ActiveCaptain app downloads the update to the mobile device. When you reconnect the app to the GPSMAP device, the update is transferred to the device. After the transfer is complete, the updated charts are available for use. Chart Subscriptions A chart subscription allows you to access the latest chart updates and additional content using the ActiveCaptain mobile app or the Garmin Express desktop app. You can download updated charts and content each day. You can purchase chart subscriptions in a variety of ways. Digital purchase in the ActiveCaptain mobile app Digital purchase on garmin.com Physical chart card purchase at a retail location or through garmin.com or navionics.com Physical chart upgrade card purchase at a retail location (for upgrading the built-in charts) Purchasing a Chart Subscription with ActiveCaptain 1 Connect your mobile device to the internet and open the ActiveCaptain app.

> My Charts > Add a Subscription. 2 Select Chart >

3 Select a chart. 4 Select Subscribe Now. NOTE: It might take a few hours to display the new subscription. Activating the Chart Subscription Card If you purchased a chart subscription memory card, you must activate it before you can use it. 1 Insert the purchased chart subscription card into a memory card slot on the chartplotter. 2 Open the ActiveCaptain app on your mobile device, and connect it to the internet. 3 Disconnect your mobile device from the internet, and connect it to the chartplotter (Getting Started with the ActiveCaptain App, page 16). The ActiveCaptain app activates the subscription automatically after it connects to the internet and then to the chartplotter. The ActiveCaptain app displays the new subscription in the My Charts list. NOTE: It might take a few hours to display the new subscription. ActiveCaptain App 19 Downloading Updated Charts If you have a chart subscription, you can download updated content regularly. You can use the ActiveCaptain app to download and transfer the latest chart updates for your device. To save space on your mobile device, space on the ActiveCaptain card, and download time, consider using the ActiveCaptain app to download only the areas of the chart you need. If you purchased the subscription using the ActiveCaptain app, the content is downloaded automatically each day you open the ActiveCaptain app. If you purchased a subscription card or are updating a built-in chart, you need to follow the steps below once. Then, the content is downloaded automatically each day you open the ActiveCaptain app. 1 When a chart update is available, and you have internet access on your mobile device, open the ActiveCaptain app on your mobile device. 2 Select Chart >

> My Charts. 3 Select the map to update. 4 Select the area to download. 5 Select Download. The ActiveCaptain app downloads the update to the mobile device. 6 Connect the mobile device to the GPSMAP device (Getting Started with the ActiveCaptain App, page 16). 7 From the GPSMAP device, select Vessel > ActiveCaptain > OneChart. The chart update is transferred to the ActiveCaptain device. After the transfer is complete, the updated charts are available for use. Renewing Your Subscription Your cartography subscription expires after one year. After the subscription expires, you can continue using the downloaded charts, but you are not able to download the latest chart updates or additional content. 1 Connect your mobile device to the internet and open the ActiveCaptain app. 2 Select Chart >

3 Select the chart to renew.

> My Charts. 4 Select Renew Now. NOTE: It might take a few hours to display the renewed subscription. Communication with Wireless Devices The chartplotters can create a wireless network to which you can connect wireless devices. Connecting wireless devices allows you to use Garmin apps, such as ActiveCaptain. WiFi Network Setting Up the WiFi Network This device can host a WiFi network to which you can connect wireless devices. The first time you access the wireless network settings, you are prompted to set up the network.

> Communications > Wi-Fi Network > Wi-Fi > On > OK. 1 Select 2 If necessary, enter a name for this wireless network. 3 Enter a password. You will need this password to access the wireless network from a wireless device. The password is case-

sensitive. 20 Communication with Wireless Devices Connecting a Wireless Device to the Chartplotter Before you can connect a wireless device to the chartplotter wireless network, you must configure the chartplotter wireless network (Setting Up the WiFi Network, page 20). You can connect multiple wireless devices to the chartplotter to share data. 1 From the wireless device, turn on the WiFi technology and search for wireless networks. 2 Select the name of your chartplotter wireless network (Setting Up the WiFi Network, page 20). 3 Enter the chartplotter password. Changing the Wireless Channel You can change the wireless channel if you have trouble finding or connecting to a device, or if you experience interference. 1 Select

> Communications > Wi-Fi Network > Advanced > Channel. 2 Enter a new channel. You do not need to change the wireless channel of devices connected to this network. Changing the WiFi Host If there are multiple chartplotters with WiFi technology on the Garmin marine network, you can change which chartplotter is the WiFi host. This can be helpful if you are having trouble with WiFi communications. Changing the WiFi host allows you to select a chartplotter that is physically closer to your mobile device. 1 Select

> Communications > Wi-Fi Network > Advanced > Wi-Fi Host. 2 Follow the on-screen instructions. Wireless Remote Control These steps are not applicable to the GRID remote input devices (Pairing the GRID Device with the Chartplotter from the Chartplotter, page 15). Pairing the Wireless Remote Control With the Chartplotter Before you can use the wireless remote control with a chartplotter, you must pair the remote with the chartplotter. You can connect a single remote to multiple plotters, and then press the pairing key to switch between the chartplotters. 1 Select

> Communications > Wireless Devices > Wireless Remotes > GPSMAP Remote. 2 Select New Connection. 3 Follow the on-screen instructions. Turning On and Off the Remote Backlight Turning off the remote backlight can significantly increase the battery life. 1 On the chartplotter, select

> Communications > Wireless Devices > Wireless Remotes > GPSMAP Remote > Backlight. 2 Follow the on-screen instructions. Disconnecting the Remote Control from All Chartplotters 1 On the chartplotter, select Remote > Disconnect All.

> Communications > Wireless Devices > Wireless Remotes > GPSMAP 2 Follow the on-screen instructions. Communication with Wireless Devices 21 Wireless Wind Sensor Connecting a Wireless Sensor to the Chartplotter You can view data from a compatible wireless sensor on the chartplotter. 1 Select

> Communications > Wireless Devices. 2 Select the wind sensor. 3 Select Enable. The chartplotter begins searching for and connecting to the wireless sensor. To view data from the sensor, add the data to a data field or gauge. Adjusting the Wind Sensor Orientation You should adjust this setting if the sensor does not face the front of the boat, exactly parallel to the center line. NOTE: The opening where the cable connects to the pole indicates the front of the sensor. 1 Estimate the angle, in degrees clockwise around the mast, by which the sensor points away from the center of the front of the boat:

If the sensor is facing starboard, the angle should be between 1 and 180 degrees. If the sensor is facing port, the angle should be between -1 and -180 degrees. 2 Select

> Communications > Wireless Devices. 3 Select the wind sensor. 4 Select Wind Angle Offset. 5 Enter the angle observed in step 1. 6 Select Done. Viewing Boat Data on a Garmin Watch You can connect a compatible Garmin watch to a compatible chartplotter to view data from the chartplotter. 1 Bring the Garmin watch within range (3 m) of the chartplotter. 2 From the watch clock screen, select START > Boat Data > START. NOTE: If you have already connected to a chartplotter, and would like to connect to a different chartplotter, open the Boat Data screen, hold UP, and select Pair new. 3 On the chartplotter, select Enable > New Connection.

> Communications > Wireless Devices > Connect IQ Apps > Boat Data >

The chartplotter begins searching for and connecting to the wearable device. 4 Compare the code shown on the chartplotter with the one shown on the watch. 5 If the codes match, select Yes to complete the pairing process. After the devices are paired, they connect automatically when they are turned on and within range. Viewing Boat Data on a Garmin Nautix Device You can connect a Garmin Nautix device to the chartplotter to view charplotter data on the Garmin Nautix device. NOTE: You can connect a Garmin Nautix device to multiple compatible devices for better coverage on larger vessels. 1 Bring the a Garmin Nautix device within range (3 m) of the chartplotter. The device automatically looks for all compatible devices within range. 2 If necessary, from the wearable device menu, select Device Connections > Pair New Device. 3 On the chartplotter, select

> Communications > Wireless Devices > Connect IQ Apps > Boat Data >

Enable Connections > New Connection. The chartplotter begins searching for and connecting to the wearable device. After the devices are paired, they connect automatically when they are turned on and within range. 22 Communication with Wireless Devices Charts and 3D Chart Views The charts and 3D chart views that are available depend on the map data and accessories used. NOTE: 3D chart views are available with premium charts, in some areas. You can access the charts and 3D chart views by selecting Charts. Nav. Chart: Shows navigation data available on your pre-loaded maps and from supplemental maps, if available. The data includes buoys, lights, cables, depth soundings, marinas, and tide stations in an overhead view. Fishing Chart: Provides a detailed view of the bottom contours and depth soundings on the chart. This chart removes navigational data from the chart, provides detailed bathymetric data, and enhances bottom contours for depth recognition. This chart is best for offshore deep-sea fishing. NOTE: The Fishing chart is available with premium charts, in some areas. Perspective 3D: Provides a view from above and behind the boat (according to your course) and provides a visual navigation aid. This view is helpful when navigating tricky shoals, reefs, bridges, or channels, and is beneficial when trying to identify entry and exit routes in unfamiliar harbors or anchorages. 3D Chart: Shows a detailed, three-dimensional view from above and behind the boat (according to your course) and provides a visual navigation aid. This view is helpful when navigating tricky shoals, reefs, bridges, or channels, and when trying to identify entry and exit routes in unfamiliar harbors or anchorages. Fish Eye 3D: Provides an underwater view that visually represents the sea floor according to the chart information. When a sonar transducer is connected, suspended targets (such as fish) are indicated by red, green, and yellow spheres. Red indicates the largest targets and green indicates the smallest. Relief Shading: Provides high resolution elevation shading of lakes and coastal waters. This chart can be helpful for fishing and diving. NOTE: The Relief Shading chart is available with premium charts, in some areas. Navigation Chart and Fishing Chart NOTE: The Fishing chart is available with premium charts, in some areas. The Nav. Chart is optimized for navigation. You can plan a course, view map information, and use the chart as a navigational aid. To open the Nav. Chart, select Charts > Nav. Chart. The Fishing Chart provides a detailed view with more bottom detail and fishing content. This chart is optimized for use when fishing. To open the Fishing Chart, select Charts > Fishing Chart. Charts and 3D Chart Views 23 Chart Symbols This table contains some of the common symbols you might see on the detailed charts. Icon Description Buoy Information Marine services Tide station Current station Overhead photo available Perspective photo available Other features common to most charts include depth contour lines, intertidal zones, spot soundings (as depicted on the original paper chart), navigational aids and symbols, obstructions, and cable areas. Zooming In and Out of the Chart The zoom level is indicated by the scale number at the bottom of the chart. The bar under the scale number represents that distance on the chart. To zoom out, select

. To zoom in, select

. Panning the Chart with the Keys You can move the chart to view an area other than your present location. 1 From the chart, use the arrow keys. 2 Select BACK to stop panning and return the screen to your present location. NOTE: To pan from a combination screen, select SELECT. Selecting an Item on the Map Using the Device Keys 1 From a chart or 3D chart view, select 2 Select SELECT.

, or

, to move the cursor. Measuring a Distance on the Chart 1 From a chart, select a location. 2 Select Measure. A push pin appears on the screen at your present location. The distance and angle from the pin is listed in the corner. TIP: To reset the pin and measure from the current location of the cursor, select Set Reference. Creating a Waypoint on the Chart 1 From a chart, select a location or object. 2 Select Create Waypoint. 24 Charts and 3D Chart Views Viewing Location and Object Information on a Chart You can view information, such as tide, current, celestial, chart notes, or local services, about a location or an object on the Navigation chart or the Fishing chart. 1 From the Navigation chart or Fishing chart, select a location or object. A list of options appears. The options that appear vary based on the location or object you selected. 2 Select Information. Viewing Details about Navaids From the Navigation chart, Fishing chart, Perspective 3D chart view, or Mariners Eye 3D chart view, you can view details about various types of navigation aids, including beacons, lights, and obstructions. NOTE: The Fishing chart is available with premium charts, in some areas. NOTE: 3D chart views are available with premium charts, in some areas. 1 From a chart or 3D chart view, select a navaid. 2 Select the name of the navaid. Navigating to a Point on the Chart WARNING All route and navigation lines displayed on the chartplotter are only intended to provide general route guidance or to identify proper channels, and are not intended to be precisely followed. Always defer to the navaids and conditions on the water when navigating to avoid groundings or hazards that could result in vessel damage, personal injury, or death. The Auto Guidance feature is based on electronic chart information. That data does not ensure obstacle and bottom clearance. Carefully compare the course to all visual sightings, and avoid any land, shallow water, or other obstacles that may be in your path. When using Go To, a direct course and a corrected course may pass over land or shallow water. Use visual sightings, and steer to avoid land, shallow water, and other dangerous objects. NOTE: The Fishing chart is available with premium charts, in some areas. NOTE: Auto Guidance is available with premium charts, in some areas. 1 From the Navigation chart or Fishing chart, select a location. 2 If necessary, select Navigate To. 3 Select an option:

To navigate directly to the location, select Go To or To create a route to the location, including turns, select Route To or To use Auto Guidance, select Auto Guidance or

. 4 Review the course indicated by the magenta line (Route Color Coding, page 44). NOTE: When using Auto Guidance, a gray segment within any part of the magenta line indicates that Auto Guidance cannot calculate part of the Auto Guidance line. This is due to the settings for minimum safe water depth and minimum safe obstacle height. 5 Follow the magenta line, steering to avoid land, shallow water, and other obstacles. Charts and 3D Chart Views 25 Premium Charts WARNING All route and navigation lines displayed on the chartplotter are only intended to provide general route guidance or to identify proper channels, and are not intended to be precisely followed. Always defer to the navaids and conditions on the water when navigating to avoid groundings or hazards that could result in vessel damage, personal injury, or death. The Auto Guidance feature is based on electronic chart information. That data does not ensure obstacle and bottom clearance. Carefully compare the course to all visual sightings, and avoid any land, shallow water, or other obstacles that may be in your path. NOTE: Not all models support all charts. Optional premium charts, such as Garmin Navionics Vision+, allow you to get the most out of your chartplotter. In addition to detailed marine charting, premium charts may contain these features, which are available in some areas. Mariners Eye 3D: Provides a view from above and behind the boat for a three-dimensional navigation aid. Fish Eye 3D: Provides an underwater, three-dimensional view that visually represents the sea floor according to the information on the chart. Fishing Charts: Shows the chart with enhanced bottom contours and without navigational data. This chart works well for offshore deep-sea fishing. High Resolution Satellite Imagery: Provides high-resolution satellite images for a realistic view of the land and water on the Navigation chart (Showing Satellite Imagery on the Navigation Chart, page 28). Aerial Photos: Shows marinas and other navigationally significant aerial photos to help you visualize your surroundings (Viewing Aerial Photos of Landmarks, page 28). Detailed Roads and POI data: Shows detailed road and point of interest (POI) data, which includes highly detailed coastal roads and POIs such as restaurants, lodging, and local attractions. Auto Guidance: Uses specified information about your vessel and chart data to determine the best path to your destination. Sonar Imagery: Shows sonar imagery to help show the density of the bottom. Relief Shading: Shows the gradient of the bottom with shading. Fish Eye 3D Chart View Using the depth contour lines of the premium charts, such as Garmin Navionics Vision+, the Fish Eye 3D chart view provides an underwater view of the sea floor or lake bottom. Suspended targets, such as fish, are indicated by red, green, and yellow spheres. Red indicates the largest targets and green indicates the smallest. 26 Charts and 3D Chart Views Viewing Tide Station Information WARNING Tide and current information is for information purposes only. It is your responsibility to heed all posted water-

related guidance, to remain aware of your surroundings, and to use safe judgment in, on, and around the water at all times. Failure to heed this warning could result in property damage, serious personal injury, or death. icon on the chart indicates a tide station. You can view a detailed graph for a tide station to help predict The the tide level at different times or on different days. NOTE: This feature is available with premium charts, in some areas. 1 From the Navigation chart or Fishing chart, select a tide station. Tide direction and tide level information appear near

. 2 Select the station name. Animated Tide and Current Indicators WARNING Tide and current information is for information purposes only. It is your responsibility to heed all posted water-

related guidance, to remain aware of your surroundings, and to use safe judgment in, on, and around the water at all times. Failure to heed this warning could result in property damage, serious personal injury, or death. NOTE: This feature is available with premium charts, in some areas. You can view indicators for animated tide station and current direction on the Navigation chart or the Fishing chart. You must also enable animated icons in the chart settings (Showing Tides and Current Indicators, page 27). An indicator for a tide station appears on the chart as a vertical bar graph with an arrow. A red arrow pointing downward indicates a falling tide, and a blue arrow pointing upward indicates a rising tide. When you move the cursor over the tide station indicator, the height of the tide at the station appears above the station indicator. Current direction indicators appear as arrows on the chart. The direction of each arrow indicates the direction of the current at a specific location on the chart. The color of the current arrow indicates the range of speed for the current at that location. When you move the cursor over the current direction indicator, the specific current speed at the location appears above the direction indicator. Color Yellow Orange Red Current Speed Range 0 to 1 knot 1 to 2 knots 2 or more knots Showing Tides and Current Indicators NOTE: This feature is available with premium charts, in some areas. You can show static or animated tide and current station indicators on the Navigation chart or Fishing chart. 1 From the Navigation or Fishing chart, select MENU > Layers > Chart > Tides & Currents. 2 Select an option:

To show animated tide station indicators and animated current direction indicators on the chart, select Animated. To enables the tides and current slider, which sets the time for which tides and currents are reported on the map, select Slider. Charts and 3D Chart Views 27 Showing Satellite Imagery on the Navigation Chart NOTE: This feature is available with premium charts, in some areas. You can overlay high-resolution satellite images on the land or on both land and sea portions of the Navigation chart. NOTE: When enabled, high-resolution satellite images are present only at lower zoom levels. If you cannot see to zoom in. You also can set the detail high-resolution images in your optional chart region, you can select level higher by changing the map zoom detail. 1 From the Navigation chart, select MENU > Layers > Chart > Satellite Photos. 2 Select an option:

Select Land Only to show standard chart information on the water, with photos overlaying the land. NOTE: This setting must be enabled to view Standard Mapping charts. Select Photo Map to show photos on both the water and the land at a specified opacity. Use the slider bar to adjust the photo opacity. The higher you set the percentage, the more the satellite photos cover both land and water. Viewing Aerial Photos of Landmarks Before you can view aerial photos on the Navigation chart, you must turn on the Photo Points setting in the chart setup (Chart Layers, page 34). NOTE: This feature is available with premium charts, in some areas. You can use aerial photographs of landmarks, marinas, and harbors to help orient yourself to your surroundings or to acquaint yourself with a marina or a harbor prior to arrival. 1 From the Navigation chart, select a camera icon:

To view an overhead photo, select

. To view a perspective photo, select

. The photo was taken from the location of the camera, pointed in the direction of the cone. 2 Select Photo. Automatic Identification System The Automatic Identification System (AIS) enables you to identify and track other vessels, and alerts you to area traffic. When connected to an external AIS device, the chartplotter can show some AIS information about other vessels that are within range, that are equipped with a transponder, and that are actively transmitting AIS information. The information reported for each vessel includes the Maritime Mobile Service Identity (MMSI), location, GPS speed, GPS heading, time that has elapsed since the last position of the vessel was reported, nearest approach, and time to the nearest approach. Some chartplotter models also support Blue Force Tracking. Vessels being tracked with Blue Force Tracking are indicated on the chartplotter with a blue-green color. 28 Charts and 3D Chart Views AIS Targeting Symbols Symbol Description AIS vessel. The vessel is reporting AIS information. The direction in which the triangle is pointing indicates the direction in which the AIS vessel is moving. Target is selected. Target is activated. The target appears larger on the chart. A green line attached to the target indicates the heading of the target. The MMSI, speed, and direction of the vessel appear beneath the target, if the details setting has been set to Show. If the AIS transmission from the vessel is lost, a message banner appears. Target is lost. A green X indicates that the AIS transmission from the vessel is lost, and the chart plotter displays a message banner asking whether the vessel should continue to be tracked. If you discontinue vessel tracking, the lost target symbol disappears from the chart or the 3D chart view. Dangerous target in range. The target flashes while an alarm sounds and a message banner appears. After the alarm has been acknowledged, a solid red triangle with a red line attached to it indicates the location and the heading of the target. If the safe-zone collision alarm has been set to Off, the target flashes, but the audible alarm does not sound and the alarm banner does not appear. If the AIS transmission from the vessel is lost, a message banner appears. Dangerous target is lost. A red X indicates that the AIS transmission from the vessel is lost, and the chartplotter displays a message banner asking whether the vessel should continue to be tracked. If you discontinue vessel tracking, the lost dangerous target symbol disappears from the chart or the 3D chart view. The location of this symbol indicates the closest point of approach to a dangerous target, and the numbers near the symbol indicate the time to the closest point of approach to that target. NOTE: Vessels being tracked with the Blue Force Tracking feature are indicated with a blue-green color regardless of their status. Charts and 3D Chart Views 29 Heading and Projected Course of Activated AIS Targets When heading and course over ground information are provided by an activated AIS target, the heading of the target appears on a chart as a solid line attached to the AIS target symbol. A heading line does not appear on a 3D chart view. The projected course of an activated AIS target appears as a dashed line on a chart or a 3D chart view. The length of the projected course line is based on the value of the projected heading setting. If an activated AIS target is not transmitting speed information, or if the vessel is not moving, a projected course line does not appear. Changes in the speed, course over ground, or rate of turn information transmitted by the vessel can impact the calculation of the projected course line. When course over ground, heading, and rate of turn information are provided by an activated AIS target, the projected course of the target is calculated based on the course over ground and the rate of turn information. The direction in which the target is turning, which is also based on the rate of turn information, is indicated by the direction of the barb at the end of the heading line. The length of the barb does not change. When course over ground and heading information are provided by an activated AIS target, but rate of turn information is not provided, the projected course of the target is calculated based on the course over ground information. Activating a Target for an AIS Vessel 1 From a chart or a 3D chart view, select an AIS vessel. 2 Select AIS Vessel > Activate Target. Viewing Information about a Targeted AIS Vessel You can view the AIS signal status, MMSI, GPS speed, GPS heading, and other information that is reported about a targeted AIS vessel. 1 From a chart or a 3D chart view, select an AIS vessel. 2 Select AIS Vessel. Deactivating a Target for an AIS Vessel 1 From a chart or a 3D chart view, select an AIS vessel. 2 Select AIS Vessel > Deactivate. Viewing a List of AIS and MARPA Threats From any Radar screen or the Radar overlay, you can view and customize the appearance of a list of AIS and MARPA threats. 1 From a Radar screen, select MENU > Layers > Other Vessels. 2 Select an option:

To view a list of AIS threats, select AIS > AIS List. To view a list of MARPA threats, select MARPA > MARPA List. 3 If necessary, select Display Options > Show, and select the type of threats to include in the list. 30 Charts and 3D Chart Views Setting the Safe-Zone Collision Alarm CAUTION The Beeper setting must be turned on to make alarms audible (Sounds and Display Settings, page 159). Failure to set audible alarms could lead to injury or property damage. Before you can set a collision alarm, you must connect an AIS device or radar to the same network as a compatible chartplotter. The safe-zone collision alarm is used only with AIS and MARPA. MARPA functionality works with radar. The safe zone is used for collision avoidance and can be customized. 1 Select

> Alarms > Collision Alarm > On. A message banner appears and an alarm sounds when a MARPA-tagged object or an AIS-activated vessel enters the safe-zone area around your boat. The object is also labeled as dangerous on the screen. When the alarm is off, the message banner and audible alarm are disabled, but the object is still labeled as dangerous on the screen. 2 Select Range, and select a distance for the safe-zone radius around your vessel. 3 Select Time To, and select a time at which the alarm will sound if a target is determined to intersect the safe zone. For example, to be notified of a pending intersection 10 minutes before it will likely occur, set Time To to 10, and the alarm will sound 10 minutes before the vessel intersects the safe zone. 4 Select MARPA Alarm, and select an option for when the alarm sounds for MARPA-tagged objects. Viewing a List of AIS and MARPA Threats From any Radar screen or the Radar overlay, you can view and customize the appearance of a list of AIS and MARPA threats. 1 From a Radar screen, select MENU > Layers > Other Vessels. 2 Select an option:

To view a list of AIS threats, select AIS > AIS List. To view a list of MARPA threats, select MARPA > MARPA List. 3 If necessary, select Display Options > Show, and select the type of threats to include in the list. Charts and 3D Chart Views 31 AIS Aids to Navigation An AIS aid to navigation (ATON) is any kind of navigational aid that is transmitted over the AIS radio. ATONs are displayed on the charts and have identifying information, such as position and type. There are three main kinds of AIS ATONs. Real ATONs physically exist and send their identifying and location information from their actual location. Synthetic ATONs physically exist, and their identifying and location information is sent from another location. Virtual ATONs do not actually exist, and their identifying and location information is sent from another location. You can view AIS ATONs on the chart when the chartplotter is connected to a compatible AIS radio. To show AIS ATONs, from a chart, select MENU > Layers > Chart > Navaid > ATONs. You can view more information about an ATON if you select the ATON on the chart. Symbol Meaning Real or synthetic ATON Real or synthetic ATON: Topmark North Real or synthetic ATON: Topmark South Real or synthetic ATON: Topmark East Real or synthetic ATON: Topmark West Real or synthetic ATON: Topmark Special Real or synthetic ATON: Topmark Safe Real or synthetic ATON: Topmark Danger Virtual ATON Virtual ATON: Topmark North Virtual ATON: Topmark South Virtual ATON: Topmark East Virtual ATON: Topmark West Virtual ATON: Topmark Special Virtual ATON: Topmark Safe Virtual ATON: Topmark Danger 32 Charts and 3D Chart Views AIS Distress Signals Self-contained AIS distress signal devices transmit emergency position reports when activated. The chartplotter can receive signals from Search and Rescue Transmitters (SART), Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacons (EPIRB), and other man overboard signals. Distress signal transmissions are different than standard AIS transmissions, so they appear differently on the chartplotter. Instead of tracking a distress signal transmission for collision avoidance, you track a distress signal transmission to locate and assist a vessel or person. Navigating to a Distress Signal Transmission When you receive a distress signal transmission, a distress signal alarm appears. Select Review > Go To to begin navigation to the transmission. AIS Distress Signal Device Targeting Symbols Symbol Description AIS distress signal device transmission. Select to see more information about the transmission and begin navigation. Transmission lost. Transmission test. Appears when a vessel initiates a test of their distress signal device, and does not represent a true emergency. Transmission test lost. Enabling AIS Transmission Test Alerts To avoid a large number of test alerts and symbols in crowded areas such as marinas, you can select to receive or ignore AIS test messages. To test an AIS emergency device, you must enable the chartplotter to receive test alerts. 1 Select

> Alarms > AIS. 2 Select an option:

To receive or ignore Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon (EPRIB) test signals, select AIS-EPIRB Test. To receive or ignore Man Overboard (MOB) test signals, select AIS-MOB Test. To receive or ignore Search and Rescue Transponder (SART) test signals, select AIS-SART Test. Turning Off AIS Reception AIS signal reception is turned on by default. Select

> Other Vessels > AIS > Off. All AIS functionality on all charts and 3D chart views is disabled. This includes AIS vessel targeting and tracking, collision alarms that result from AIS vessel targeting and tracking, and the display of information about AIS vessels. Charts and 3D Chart Views 33 Chart Menu NOTE: Not all settings apply to all charts. Some options require premium maps or connected accessories, such as radar. NOTE: The menus may contain some settings that are not supported by your installed charts or your present location. If you make changes to those settings, the changes will not impact the chart view. From a chart, select MENU. Layers: Adjusts the appearance of the different items on the charts (Chart Layers, page 34). Quickdraw Contours: Turns on bottom contour drawing, and allows you to create fishing map labels (Garmin Quickdraw Contours Mapping, page 39). Settings: Adjusts the chart settings (Chart Settings, page 38). Edit Overlays: Adjusts the data shown on the screen (Customizing the Data Overlays, page 11). Chart Layers You can turn on and off chart layers and customize features of the charts. Each setting is specific to the chart or chart view being used. NOTE: Not all settings apply to all charts and chartplotter models. Some options require premium maps or connected accessories. NOTE: The menus may contain some settings that are not supported by your installed charts or your present location. If you make changes to those settings, the changes will not impact the chart view. From a chart, select MENU > Layers. Chart: Shows and hides chart-related items (Chart Layer Settings, page 34). My Vessel: Shows and hides items relating to the boat (My Vessel Layer Settings, page 35). User Data: Shows and hides user data, such as waypoints, boundaries, and tracks, and opens user data lists

(User Data Layer Settings, page 36). Other Vessels: Adjusts how other vessels are shown (Other Vessels Layer Settings, page 36). Water: Shows and hides depth items (Water Layer Settings, page 37). Quickdraw Contours: Shows and hides Garmin Quickdraw Contours data (Garmin Quickdraw Contours Settings, page 42). Weather: Shows and hides weather-related items (Weather Layer Settings, page 38). Chart Layer Settings From a chart, select MENU > Layers > Chart. Satellite Photos: Shows high-resolution satellite images on the land or on both land and sea portions of the Navigation chart, when certain premium maps are used (Showing Satellite Imagery on the Navigation Chart, page 28). NOTE: This setting must be enabled to view Standard Mapping charts. Tides & Currents: Shows current station indicators and tide station indicators on the chart (Showing Tides and Current Indicators, page 27) and enables the tides and current slider, which sets the time for which tides and currents are reported on the map. Land POIs: Shows points of interest on land. Navaid: Shows navigational aids, such as ATONs and flashing lights, on the chart. Allows you to select NOAA or IALA navaid type. Service Points: Shows locations for marine services. Depth: Adjusts the items on the depth layer (Depth Layer Settings, page 35). Restricted Areas: Shows information about restricted areas on the chart. Photo Points: Shows camera icons for aerial photos (Viewing Aerial Photos of Landmarks, page 28). 34 Charts and 3D Chart Views Depth Layer Settings From a chart, select MENU > Layers > Chart > Depth. Depth Shading: Specifies an upper and lower depth to shade between. Shallow Shading: Sets the shades from the shoreline to the specified depth. Spot Depths: Turns on spot soundings and sets a dangerous depth. Spot depths that are equal to or more shallow than the dangerous depth are indicated by red text. Fishing Contours: Sets the zoom level for a detailed view of bottom contours and depth soundings and simplifies map presentation for optimal use while fishing. My Vessel Layer Settings From a chart, select MENU > Layers > My Vessel. Heading Line: Shows and adjusts the heading line, which is a line drawn on the map from the bow of the boat in the direction of travel (Setting the Heading Line and Angle Markers, page 64). Active Tracks: Shows the active track on the chart and opens the Active Track Options menu. Wind Rose: Shows a visual representation of the wind angle or direction provided by the connected wind sensor and sets the wind source. Compass Rose: Shows a compass rose around your boat, indicating compass direction oriented to the heading of the boat. Enabling this option disables the Wind Rose option. Vessel Icon: Sets the icon that represents your present location on the chart. Charts and 3D Chart Views 35 Laylines Settings To use the laylines features, you must connect a wind sensor to the chartplotter. When in sailing mode (Setting the Vessel Type, page 7), you can display laylines on the navigation chart. Laylines can be very helpful when racing. From the Navigation chart, select MENU > Layers > My Vessel > Laylines > Setup. Sailing Ang.: Allows you to select how the device calculates laylines. The Actual option calculates the laylines using the measured wind angle from the wind sensor. The Manual option calculates the laylines using manually entered windward and leeward angles. The Polar Table option calculates the laylines based on the imported polar table data (Importing a Polar Table Manually, page 61). Windward Ang.: Allows you to set a layline based on the windward sailing angle. Leeward Ang.: Allows you to set a layline based on the leeward sailing angle. Tide Correction: Corrects the laylines based on the tide. Layline Filter: Filters the layline data based on the time interval entered. For a smoother layline that filters out some of the changes in the boat's heading or true wind angle, enter a higher number. For laylines that display a higher sensitivity to changes in the boat's heading or true wind angle, enter a lower number. User Data Layer Settings You can show user data, such as waypoints, boundaries, and tracks, on the charts. From a chart, select MENU > Layers > User Data. Waypoints: Shows waypoints on the chart and opens the list of waypoints. Boundaries: Shows boundaries on the chart and opens the list of boundaries. Tracks: Shows tracks on the chart. Other Vessels Layer Settings NOTE: These options require connected accessories, such as an AIS receiver, radar, or VHF radio. From a chart, select MENU > Layers > Other Vessels. DSC: Sets how DSC vessels and trails appear on the chart, and shows the DSC list. AIS: Sets how AIS vessels and trails appear on the chart, and shows the AIS list. MARPA: Sets how MARPA vessels and trails appear on the chart, and shows the MARPA list. Details: Shows other vessel details on the chart. Proj. Heading: Sets the projected heading time for AIS-activated and MARPA-tagged vessels. Collision Alarm: Sets the safe-zone collision alarm (Setting the Safe-Zone Collision Alarm, page 31). 36 Charts and 3D Chart Views Water Layer Settings From a chart, select MENU > Layers > Water. NOTE: The menu may contain some settings that are not supported by your installed charts or your present location. If you make changes to those settings, the changes will not impact the chart view. NOTE: Not all settings apply to all charts, views, and chartplotter models. Some options require premium maps or connected accessories. Depth Shading: Specifies an upper and lower depth to shade between (Depth Range Shading, page 37). Shallow Shading: Sets the shades from the shoreline to the specified depth. Spot Depths: Turns on spot soundings and sets a dangerous depth. Spot depths that are equal to or more shallow than the dangerous depth are indicated by red text. Fishing Contours: Sets the zoom level for a detailed view of bottom contours and depth soundings and simplifies map presentation for optimal use while fishing. Relief Shading: Shows the gradient of the bottom with shading. This feature is available only with some premium maps. Sonar Imagery: Shows sonar imagery to help show the density of the bottom. This feature is available only with some premium maps. Lake Level: Sets the present water level of the lake. This feature is available only with some premium maps. Depth Range Shading You can set color ranges on your map to show the water depths where your target fish are currently biting. You can set deeper ranges to monitor how quickly the bottom depth changes within a specific depth range. You can create up to ten depth ranges. For inland fishing, a maximum of five depth ranges can help reduce map clutter. The depth ranges apply to all charts and all bodies of water. Some Garmin LakeV and premium supplemental charts have multiple depth range shading by default. Red Orange Yellow Green From 0 to 1.5 m (from 0 to 5 ft.) From 1.5 to 3 m (from 5 to 10 ft.) From 3 to 4.5 m (from 10 to 15 ft.) From 4.5 to 7.6 m (from 15 to 25 ft.) To turn on and adjust, from a chart, select MENU > Layers > Water > Depth Shading. Charts and 3D Chart Views 37 Weather Layer Settings From the Navigation or Fishing chart, select MENU > Layers > Chart > Weather >

From a weather chart, select MENU > Layers > Chart > Weather. Observed Layers: Sets which observed weather items are shown. Observed weather is the present weather

. condition that are visible now. Forecast Layers: Sets which forecasted weather items are shown. Layer Mode: Shows forecasted or observed weather information. Loop: Shows a loop of forecasted or observed weather information. Legend: Shows the weather legend, with the severity of the conditions increasing from left to right. Weather Subscription: Shows weather subscription information. Restore Defaults: Resets the weather settings to factory default values. Edit Overlays: Adjusts the data shown on the screen (Customizing the Data Overlays, page 11). Radar Overlay Settings From the Navigation or Fishing chart, select MENU > Layers > Radar >

. From a radar screen, select MENU. Radar To Standby: Stops radar transmission. Gain: Adjusts the gain (Adjusting Gain on the Radar Screen Automatically, page 98). Sea Clutter: Adjusts the sea clutter (Adjusting Gain on the Radar Screen Automatically, page 98). Radar Options: Opens the radar options menu (Radar Options Menu, page 101). Other Vessels: Sets how other vessels are displayed on the radar view (Other Vessels Layer Settings, page 36). Radar Setup: Opens the radar display settings (Radar Setup Menu, page 101). Edit Overlays: Adjusts the data shown on the screen (Customizing the Data Overlays, page 11). Chart Settings NOTE: Not all settings apply to all charts and 3D chart views. Some settings require external accessories or applicable premium charts. From a chart, select MENU > Settings. Map Orientation: Sets the perspective of the map. Look Ahead: Shifts your present location toward the bottom of the screen automatically as your speed increases. Enter your top speed for the best results. Vessel Orientation: Sets the alignment of the vessel icon on the map. The Auto option aligns the vessel icon using GPS COG at high speeds and the magnetic heading at low speeds to better align the vessel icon with the active track line. The Heading option aligns the vessel icon with the magnetic heading. The GPS Heading

(COG) option aligns the vessel icon using GPS COG. If the selected data source is not available, the available data source is used instead. WARNING The vessel orientation setting is for informational purposes and is not intended to be precisely followed. Always defer to the navaids and conditions on the water to avoid groundings or hazards that could result in vessel damage, personal injury, or death. Detail: Adjusts the amount of detail shown on the map, at different zoom levels. Chart Size: Sets the visible size of the chart. World Map: Uses either a basic world map or a shaded relief map on the chart. These differences are visible only when zoomed out too far to see the detailed charts. Start Line: Sets the starting line for the sailing race (Setting the Starting Line, page 58). Inset Map: Shows a small map centered on your present location. 38 Charts and 3D Chart Views Fish Eye 3D Settings NOTE: This feature is available with premium charts, in some areas. From the Fish Eye 3D chart view, select MENU. View: Sets the perspective of the 3D chart view. Tracks: Shows tracks. Sonar Cone: Shows a cone that indicates the area covered by the transducer. Fish Symbols: Shows suspended targets. Supported Maps To help you have a safe and enjoyable time on the water, Garmin devices only support official maps produced by Garmin or an approved third party producer. You can purchase maps from Garmin. If you purchase maps from a seller other than Garmin, investigate the seller before purchasing. Be extra cautious with online sellers. If you have purchased an unsupported map, return it to the seller. Garmin Quickdraw Contours Mapping WARNING The Garmin Quickdraw Contours mapping feature allows users to generate maps. Garmin makes no representations about the accuracy, reliability, completeness or timeliness of the maps generated by third parties. Any use or reliance on the maps generated by third parties is at your own risk. The Garmin Quickdraw Contours mapping feature allows you to instantly create maps with contours and depth labels for any body of water. When Garmin Quickdraw Contours records data, a colored circle surrounds the vessel icon. This circle represents the approximate area of the map that is scanned by each pass. A green circle indicates good depth and GPS position, and a speed under 16 km/h (10 mph). A yellow circle indicates good depth and GPS position, and a speed between 16 and 32 km/h (10 and 20 mph). A red circle indicates poor depth or GPS position, and a speed above 32 km/h (20 mph). You can view Garmin Quickdraw Contours in a combination screen or as a single view on the map. The amount of saved data depends on the size of your memory card, your sonar source, and the speed of your boat as you record data. You can record longer when you use a single-beam sonar. It is estimated that you might be able to record about 1,500 hours of data onto a 2 GB memory card. When you record data on a memory card in your chartplotter, the new data is added to your existing Garmin Quickdraw Contours map, and is saved on the memory card. When you insert a new memory card, the existing data does not transfer onto the new card. Garmin Quickdraw Contours Mapping 39 Mapping a Body of Water Using the Garmin Quickdraw Contours Feature Before you can use the Garmin Quickdraw Contours feature, you must have sonar depth, your GPS position, and a memory card with free space. 1 From a chart view, select MENU > Quickdraw Contours > Start Recording. 2 When recording is complete, select MENU > Quickdraw Contours > Stop Recording. 3 Select Manage > Name, and enter a name for the map. Adding a Label to a Garmin Quickdraw Contours Map You can add labels to a Garmin Quickdraw Contours map to mark hazards or points of interest. 1 From the Navigation chart, select a location. 2 Select Quickdraw Lbl.. 3 Enter text for the label, and select Done. Garmin Quickdraw Community The Garmin Quickdraw Community is a free, public, online community that enables you to download maps other users have created. You can share your Garmin Quickdraw Contours maps with others. If your device has WiFi technology, you can use the ActiveCaptain app to access the Garmin Quickdraw Community (Connecting to the Garmin Quickdraw Community with ActiveCaptain, page 40). If your device does not have WiFi technology, you can use the Garmin Connect website to access the Garmin Quickdraw Community (Connecting to the Garmin Quickdraw Community with Garmin Connect, page 41). Connecting to the Garmin Quickdraw Community with ActiveCaptain 1 From your mobile device, open the ActiveCaptain app and connect to the GPSMAP device (Getting Started with the ActiveCaptain App, page 16). 2 From the app, select Quickdraw Community. You can download contours from others in the community (Downloading Garmin Quickdraw Community Maps Using ActiveCaptain, page 40) and share the contours you have created (Sharing Your Garmin Quickdraw Contours Maps with the Garmin Quickdraw Community Using ActiveCaptain, page 41). Downloading Garmin Quickdraw Community Maps Using ActiveCaptain You can download Garmin Quickdraw Contours maps that other users have created and shared with the Garmin Quickdraw Community. 1 From the ActiveCaptain app on your mobile device, select Quickdraw Community > Search for Contours. 2 Use the map and search features to locate an area to download. The red dots represent Garmin Quickdraw Contours maps that have been shared for that area. 3 Select Select Download Region. 4 Drag the box to select the area to download. 5 Drag the corners to change the download area. 6 Select Download Area. The next time you connect the ActiveCaptain app to the GPSMAP device, the downloaded contours are transferred to the device automatically. 40 Garmin Quickdraw Contours Mapping Sharing Your Garmin Quickdraw Contours Maps with the Garmin Quickdraw Community Using ActiveCaptain You can share Garmin Quickdraw Contours maps that you have created with others in the Garmin Quickdraw Community. When you share a contour map, only the contour map is shared. Your waypoints are not shared. When you set up your ActiveCaptain app, you may have selected to share your contours with the community automatically. If not, follow these steps to enable sharing. From the ActiveCaptain app on your mobile device, select Sync with Plotter > Contribute to Community. The next time you connect the ActiveCaptain app to the GPSMAP device, your contour maps are transferred to the community automatically. Connecting to the Garmin Quickdraw Community with Garmin Connect 1 Go to connect.garmin.com. 2 Select Getting Started > Quickdraw Community > Getting Started. 3 If you do not have a Garmin Connect account, create one. 4 Sign in to your Garmin Connect account. 5 Select Dashboards > Marine to open the Garmin Quickdraw widget. TIP: Make sure you have a memory card in your computer to share Garmin Quickdraw Contours maps. Sharing Your Garmin Quickdraw Contours Maps with the Garmin Quickdraw Community Using Garmin Connect You can share Garmin Quickdraw Contours maps that you have created with others in the Garmin Quickdraw Community. When you share a contour map, only the contour map is shared. Your waypoints are not shared. 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot (Inserting Memory Cards, page 5). 2 Insert the memory card into your computer. 3 Access the Garmin Quickdraw Community (Connecting to the Garmin Quickdraw Community with Garmin Connect, page 41). 4 Select Share Your Contours. 5 Browse to your memory card, and select the /Garmin folder. 6 Open the Quickdraw folder, and select the file named ContoursLog.svy. After the file is uploaded, delete the ContoursLog.svy file from your memory card to avoid issues with future uploads. Your data will not be lost. Garmin Quickdraw Contours Mapping 41 Downloading Garmin Quickdraw Community Maps Using Garmin Connect You can download Garmin Quickdraw Contours maps that other users have created and shared with the Garmin Quickdraw Community. If your device does not have WiFi technology, you can access the Garmin Quickdraw Community using the Garmin Connect website. If your device has WiFi technology, you should access the Garmin Quickdraw Community using the ActiveCaptain app (Connecting to the Garmin Quickdraw Community with ActiveCaptain, page 40). 1 Insert the memory card into your computer. 2 Access the Garmin Quickdraw Community (Connecting to the Garmin Quickdraw Community with Garmin Connect, page 41). 3 Select Search for Contours. 4 Use the map and search features to locate an area to download. The red dots represent Garmin Quickdraw Contours maps that have been shared for that region. 5 Select Select an Area to Download. 6 Drag the edges of the box to select the area to download. 7 Select Start Download. 8 Save the file to your memory card. TIP: If you cannot find the file, look in the "Downloads" folder. The browser may have saved the file there. 9 Remove the memory card from your computer. 10 Insert the memory card into the card slot (Inserting Memory Cards, page 5). The chartplotter automatically recognizes the contours maps. The chartplotter may take a few minutes to load the maps. Garmin Quickdraw Contours Settings From a chart, select MENU > Quickdraw Contours > Settings. Recording Offset: Sets the distance between the sonar depth and the contour recording depth. If the water level has changed since your last recording, adjust this setting so the recording depth is the same for both recordings. For example, if the last time you recorded had a sonar depth of 3.1 m (10.5 ft.), and today's sonar depth is 3.6 m (12 ft.), enter -0.5 m (-1.5 ft.) for the a Recording Offset value. User Display Offset: Sets differences in contour depths and depth labels on your own contours maps to compensate for changes in the water level of a body of water, or for depth errors in recorded maps. Comm. Display Offset: Sets differences in contour depths and depth labels on the community contours maps to compensate for changes in the water level of a body of water, or for depth errors in recorded maps. Survey Coloring: Sets the color of the Garmin Quickdraw Contours display. When this setting is turned on, the colors indicate the quality of the recording. When this setting is turned off, the contour areas use standard map colors. Green indicates good depth and GPS position, and a speed under 16 km/h (10 mph). Yellow indicates good depth and GPS position, and a speed between 16 and 32 km/h (10 and 20 mph). Red indicates poor depth or GPS position, and a speed above 32 km/h (20 mph). Depth Shading: Specifies the minimum and maximum depths of a depth range and a color for that depth range. 42 Garmin Quickdraw Contours Mapping Navigation with a Chartplotter WARNING All route and navigation lines displayed on the chartplotter are only intended to provide general route guidance or to identify proper channels, and are not intended to be precisely followed. Always defer to the navaids and conditions on the water when navigating to avoid groundings or hazards that could result in vessel damage, personal injury, or death. The Auto Guidance feature is based on electronic chart information. That data does not ensure obstacle and bottom clearance. Carefully compare the course to all visual sightings, and avoid any land, shallow water, or other obstacles that may be in your path. When using Go To, a direct course and a corrected course may pass over land or shallow water. Use visual sightings, and steer to avoid land, shallow water, and other dangerous objects. CAUTION If your vessel has an autopilot system, a dedicated autopilot control display must be installed at each steering helm in order to disable the autopilot system. NOTE: Some chart views are available with premium charts, in some areas. To navigate, you must choose a destination, set a course or create a route, and follow the course or route. You can follow the course or the route on the Navigation chart, Fishing chart, Perspective 3D chart view, or Mariners Eye 3D chart view. You can set and follow a course to a destination using one of three methods: Go To, Route To, or Auto Guidance. Go To: Takes you directly to the destination. This is the standard option for navigating to a destination. The chartplotter creates a straight-line course or navigation line to the destination. The path may run over land and other obstacles. Route To: Creates a route from your location to a destination, allowing you to add turns along the way. This option provides a straight-line course to the destination, but allows you to add turns into the route to avoid land and other obstacles. Auto Guidance: Uses the specified information about your vessel and chart data to determine the best path to your destination. This option is available only when using a compatible premium chart in a compatible chartplotter. It provides a turn-by-turn navigation path to the destination, avoiding land and other obstacles

(Auto Guidance, page 51). When you are using a compatible autopilot connected to the chartplotter using NMEA 2000, the autopilot follows the Auto Guidance route. NOTE: Auto Guidance is available with premium charts, in some areas. The color of the route line changes depending upon several factors (Route Color Coding, page 44). Navigation with a Chartplotter 43 Basic Navigation Questions Question Answer How do I make the chartplotter point me in the direction in which I want to go (bearing)?

Navigate using Go To (Setting and Following a Direct Course Using Go To, page 45). How do I make the device guide me along a straight line (minimizing cross track) to a location using the shortest distance from the present location?

Build a single-leg route and navigate it using Route To

(Creating and Navigating a Route From Your Present Location, page 49). How do I make the device guide me to a location while avoiding charted obstacles?

Build a multi-leg route and navigate it using Route To

(Creating and Navigating a Route From Your Present Location, page 49). How do I make the device steer my automatic pilot?

Navigate using Route To (Creating and Navigating a Route From Your Present Location, page 49). Can the device create a path for me?

If you have premium maps that support Auto Guidance and are in an area covered by Auto Guidance, navigate using Auto Guidance (Setting and Following an Auto Guidance Path, page 51). How do I change the Auto Guidance settings for my boat?

See Auto Guidance Path Configurations, page 53. Route Color Coding WARNING All route and navigation lines displayed on the chartplotter are only intended to provide general route guidance or to identify proper channels, and are not intended to be precisely followed. Always defer to the navaids and conditions on the water when navigating to avoid groundings or hazards that could result in vessel damage, personal injury, or death. The Auto Guidance feature is based on electronic chart information. That data does not ensure obstacle and bottom clearance. Carefully compare the course to all visual sightings, and avoid any land, shallow water, or other obstacles that may be in your path. When using Go To, a direct course and a corrected course may pass over land or shallow water. Use visual sightings, and steer to avoid land, shallow water, and other dangerous objects. As you navigate, the color of the route might change to indicate when you should take caution. Magenta: Default route/course line. Thin purple: Dynamically corrected course, indicating you are off course. Orange: Caution! This segment of the route may be near the thresholds of the Auto Guidance depth and height settings. For example, the route segment is orange when the route crosses under a bridge or is in potentially shallow waters. Garmin Navionics+ and Garmin Navionics Vision+ charts only. Red striped: Warning! This segment of the route might be unsafe, based on the Auto Guidance depth and height settings. For example, the roue segment is red striped when the route crosses under a very low bridge or is in shallow waters. This line is red striped in Garmin Navionics+ and Garmin Navionics Vision+ charts only; it is magenta and gray striped in previous versions of the charts. Gray: Cannot calculate this segment of the route due to land or other obstacles, or there is no chart coverage area in that location. Destinations You can select destinations using various charts and 3D chart views or using the lists. 44 Navigation with a Chartplotter Searching for a Destination by Name You can search for saved waypoints, saved routes, saved tracks, and marine services destinations by name. 1 Select NAV INFO > Services > Search by Name. 2 Enter at least a portion of the name of your destination. 3 If necessary, select Done. The 50 nearest destinations that contain your search criteria appear. 4 Select the destination. Selecting a Destination Using the Navigation Chart From the Navigation chart, select a destination. Searching for a Marine Services Destination NOTE: This feature is available with premium charts, in some areas. The chartplotter contains information for thousands of destinations offering marine services. 1 Select NAV INFO > Services. 2 Select Offshore Services or Inland Services. 3 If necessary, select the marine service category. The chartplotter shows a list of the nearest locations and the distance and bearing to each. 4 Select a destination to view more information about the destination, if available. You can use the arrow keys to scroll through the list of nearest destinations. Setting and Following a Direct Course Using Go To WARNING When using Go To, a direct course and a corrected course may pass over land or shallow water. Use visual sightings, and steer to avoid land, shallow water, and other dangerous objects. You can set and follow a direct course from your current location to a selected destination. 1 Select a destination (Destinations, page 44). 2 Select Navigate To > Go To. A magenta line appears. In the center of the magenta line is a thinner purple line that represents the corrected course from your current location to the destination. The corrected course is dynamic, and it moves with your boat when you are off course. 3 Follow the magenta line, steering to avoid land, shallow water, and other obstacles. 4 If you are off course, follow the purple line (corrected course) to go to your destination, or steer back to the magenta line (direct course). You can also use the orange course-to-steer arrow, which shows a proposed turning radius to return your boat to the course. Review the path for obstacles before negotiating the turn. If the path is unsafe, reduce your boat speed and determine a safe path back to the course. WARNING Stopping Navigation While navigating, from an applicable chart, select an option:

Select MENU > Stop Navigation. When navigating with Auto Guidance, select MENU > Navigation Options > Stop Navigation. Navigation with a Chartplotter 45 Waypoints Waypoints are locations you record and store in the device. Waypoints can mark where you are, where you are going, or where you have been. You can add details about the location, such as name, elevation, and depth. Marking Your Present Location as a Waypoint From any screen, select MARK/SOS. Creating a Waypoint at a Different Location 1 From a chart, select NAV INFO > User Data > Waypoints > New Waypoint. 2 Select an option:

To create the waypoint by entering position coordinates, select Enter Coordinates, and enter the coordinates. To create the waypoint using a chart, select Use Chart, select the location, and select SELECT. To create the waypoint using a range (distance) and bearing, select Enter Range/Bearing, and enter the information. Marking a Man Overboard (MOB) Location 1 Hold MARK/SOS for one second. 2 Select the SOS type, if a VHF radio is connected. 3 If necessary, select Yes to navigate to the man overboard location. If you selected Yes, the chartplotter sets a direct course back to the location. If you selected another type of SOS, the call details are sent to the VHF radio. You must send the call using the radio. Projecting a Waypoint You can create a new waypoint by projecting the distance and bearing from a different location. This can be helpful when creating sail racing start and finish lines. 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Waypoints > New Waypoint > Enter Range/Bearing. 2 If necessary, select a reference point on the chart. 3 Select Enter Range/Bearing. 4 Enter the distance, and select Done. 5 Enter the bearing, and select Done. 6 Select Create Waypoint. Viewing a List of all Waypoints Select an option:

Select NAV INFO > User Data > Waypoints. From a chart or 3D chart view, select MENU > Waypoints. 46 Navigation with a Chartplotter Editing a Saved Waypoint 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Waypoints. 2 Select a waypoint. 3 Select Review > Edit. 4 Select an option:

To add a name, select Name, and enter a name. To change the symbol, select Symbol. To move the position of the waypoint, select Position. To change the depth, select Depth. To change the water temperature, select Water Temp.. To change the comment, select Comment. Moving a Saved Waypoint 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Waypoints. 2 Select a waypoint. 3 Select Review > Edit > Position. 4 Indicate a new location for the waypoint:

To move the waypoint using coordinates, select Enter Coordinates, enter the new coordinates, and select Done or Cancel. To move the waypoint while using the chart, select Use Chart, select a new location on the chart, and select Move Waypoint. To move the waypoint using the vessel's current position, select Use Current Position. To move the waypoint using a range (distance) and bearing, select Enter Range/Bearing, enter the information, and select Done. Navigation with a Chartplotter 47 Browsing for and Navigating to a Saved Waypoint WARNING All route and navigation lines displayed on the chartplotter are only intended to provide general route guidance or to identify proper channels, and are not intended to be precisely followed. Always defer to the navaids and conditions on the water when navigating to avoid groundings or hazards that could result in vessel damage, personal injury, or death. The Auto Guidance feature is based on electronic chart information. That data does not ensure obstacle and bottom clearance. Carefully compare the course to all visual sightings, and avoid any land, shallow water, or other obstacles that may be in your path. When using Go To, a direct course and a corrected course may pass over land or shallow water. Use visual sightings, and steer to avoid land, shallow water, and other dangerous objects. NOTE: Auto Guidance is available with premium charts, in some areas. Before you can navigate to a waypoint, you must create a waypoint. 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Waypoints. 2 Select a waypoint. 3 Select Navigate To. 4 Select an option:

To navigate directly to the location, select Go To. To create a route to the location, including turns, select Route To. To use Auto Guidance, select Auto Guidance. 5 Review the course indicated by the magenta line. NOTE: When using Auto Guidance, a gray segment within any part of the magenta line indicates that Auto Guidance cannot calculate part of the Auto Guidance line. This is due to the settings for minimum safe water depth and minimum safe obstacle height. 6 Follow the magenta line, steering to avoid land, shallow water, and other obstacles. Deleting a Waypoint or an MOB 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Waypoints. 2 Select a waypoint or an MOB. 3 Select Review > Delete. Deleting All Waypoints Select NAV INFO > User Data > Delete User Data > Waypoints > All. Routes A route is a path from one location to one or more destinations. 48 Navigation with a Chartplotter Creating and Navigating a Route From Your Present Location You can create and immediately navigate a route on the Navigation chart or the Fishing chart. This method does not save the route. 1 From the Navigation chart or Fishing chart, select a destination. 2 Select SELECT > Navigate To > Route To. 3 Select the location of the last turn before the destination. 4 Select SELECT > Add Turn. 5 If necessary, repeat to add turns, working backward from the destination to the present location of your vessel. The last turn you add should be the first turn you make, starting from your present location. It should be the turn closest to your vessel. 6 Select SELECT > Done. 7 Review the course indicated by the magenta line. 8 Follow the magenta line, steering to avoid land, shallow water, and other obstacles. Creating and Saving a Route You can add up to 250 turns to one route. 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Routes > New > Route Using Chart. 2 Select the starting location of the route. The starting point can be your present location or another location. 3 Select Add Turn. 4 Select the location of the next turn on the chart. 5 Select Add Turn. 6 If necessary, repeat steps 4 and 5 to add more turns. 7 Select Done. Viewing a List of Routes and Auto Guidance Paths 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Routes. 2 If necessary, select Filter to see routes only or Auto Guidance paths only. 3 Select Sort to sort the list of available routes by range, length, or name. Editing a Saved Route You can change the name of a route or change the turns the route contains. 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Routes. 2 Select a route. 3 Select Review > Edit Route. 4 Select an option:

To change the name, select Name, and enter the name. To edit a turn from a list, select Edit Turns > Use Turn List, and select a turn from the list. To select a turn using the chart, select Edit Turns > Use Chart, and select a location on the chart. Modifying a turn that uses a saved waypoint does not move that waypoint, it relocates the turn in the route. Moving the location of a waypoint used in a route does not move the turn in the route. Navigation with a Chartplotter 49 Finding and Navigating a Saved Route Before you can browse a list of routes and navigate to one of them, you must create and save at least one route

(Creating and Saving a Route, page 49). 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Routes. 2 Select a route. 3 Select Navigate To. 4 Select an option:

To navigate the route from the starting point used when the route was created, select Forward. To navigate the route from the destination point used when the route was created, select Backward. To navigate parallel to the route, select Offset (Browsing for and Navigating Parallel to a Saved Route, page 50). To navigate a route from the route's first waypoint, select From Start. A magenta line appears. In the center of the magenta line is a thinner purple line that represents the corrected course from your present location to the destination. The corrected course is dynamic, and it moves with your boat when you are off course. 5 Review the course indicated by the magenta line. 6 Follow the magenta line along each leg in the route, steering to avoid land, shallow water, and other obstacles. 7 If you are off course, follow the purple line (corrected course) to go to your destination, or steer back to the magenta line (direct course). Browsing for and Navigating Parallel to a Saved Route Before you can browse a list of routes and navigate to one of them, you must create and save at least one route

(Creating and Saving a Route, page 49). 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Routes. NOTE: Auto Guidance is available with premium charts, in some areas. 2 Select a route. 3 Select Navigate To. 4 Select Offset to navigate parallel to the route. 5 Select Offset to enter the distance to offset from the route. 6 Indicate how to navigate the route:

To navigate the route from the starting point used when the route was created, to the left of the original route, select Forward - Port. To navigate the route from the starting point used when the route was created, to the right of the original route, select Forward - Starboard. To navigate the route from the destination point used when the route was created, to the left of the original route, select Backward - Port. To navigate the route from the destination point used when the route was created, to the right of the original route, select Backward - Starboard. 7 If necessary, select Done. A magenta line appears. In the center of the magenta line is a thinner purple line that represents the corrected course from your present location to the destination. The corrected course is dynamic, and it moves with your boat when you are off course. 8 Review the course indicated by the magenta line. 9 Follow the magenta line along each leg in the route, steering to avoid land, shallow water, and other obstacles. 10 If you are off course, follow the purple line (corrected course) to go to your destination, or steer back to the magenta line (direct course). 50 Navigation with a Chartplotter Initiating a Search Pattern You can initiate a search pattern to search an area. Different patterns are better suited for different search situations. 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Routes > New > Route Using SAR Pattern. 2 Select a pattern:

Select Sector Search when the location of the object is fairly known, the search area is small, and an intensive search is needed. Select Expanding Square when the location of the object is somewhat doubtful, the search area is small, and an intensive search is needed. Select Creeping/Parallel Line when the location of the object is approximate, the search area is small, and a consistent search is needed. 3 Enter the search parameters. 4 Select Done. 5 If necessary, select Engage. Deleting a Saved Route 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Routes. 2 Select a route. 3 Select Review > Delete. Deleting All Saved Routes Select NAV INFO > User Data > Delete User Data > Routes. Auto Guidance WARNING The Auto Guidance feature is based on electronic chart information. That data does not ensure obstacle and bottom clearance. Carefully compare the course to all visual sightings, and avoid any land, shallow water, or other obstacles that may be in your path. All route and navigation lines displayed on the chartplotter are only intended to provide general route guidance or to identify proper channels, and are not intended to be precisely followed. Always defer to the navaids and conditions on the water when navigating to avoid groundings or hazards that could result in vessel damage, personal injury, or death. NOTE: Auto Guidance is available with premium charts, in some areas. You can use Auto Guidance to plot the best path to your destination. Auto Guidance uses your chartplotter to scan chart data, such as water depth and known obstacles, to calculate a suggested path. You can adjust the path during navigation. Setting and Following an Auto Guidance Path 1 Select a destination (Destinations, page 44). 2 Select Navigate To > Auto Guidance. 3 Review the path, indicated by the magenta line. 4 Select Start Navigation. 5 Follow the magenta line, steering to avoid land, shallow water, and other obstacles (Route Color Coding, page 44). NOTE: When using Auto Guidance, a gray segment within any part of the magenta line indicates that Auto Guidance cannot calculate part of the Auto Guidance line. This is due to the settings for minimum safe water depth and minimum safe obstacle height. Navigation with a Chartplotter 51 Creating and Saving an Auto Guidance Path 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Routes > New > Auto Guidance. 2 Select a starting point, and select Next. 3 Select a destination, and select Next. 4 Select an option:

To view a hazard and adjust the path near a hazard, select Hazard Review. To adjust the path, select Adjust Path, and follow the on-screen instructions. To delete the path, select Cancel Auto Guidance. To save the path, select Done. Adjusting a Saved Auto Guidance Path 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Routes. 2 Select a path, and select Review > Edit > Adjust Path. TIP: When navigating an Auto Guidance path, select the path on the navigation chart, and select Adjust Path. 3 Select a location on the path. 4 Use the arrow keys to move the point to a new location. 5 If necessary, select a point, and select Remove. 6 Select Done. Canceling an Auto Guidance Calculation in Progress From the Navigation chart, select MENU > Cancel. TIP: You can select BACK to quickly cancel the calculation. Setting a Timed Arrival You can use this feature on a route or an Auto Guidance path to get feedback about when you should arrive at a selected point. This allows you to time your arrival at a location, such as a bridge opening or a race starting line. 1 From the Navigation chart, select MENU. 2 Select Navigation Options > Timed Arrival. TIP: You can quickly open the Timed Arrival menu by selecting a point on the path or route. 52 Navigation with a Chartplotter Auto Guidance Path Configurations CAUTION The Preferred Depth and Vertical Clearance settings influence how the chartplotter calculates an Auto Guidance path. If a section of an Auto Guidance path is shallower than the Preferred Depth or lower than the Vertical Clearance settings, the section of the Auto Guidance path appears as a solid orange line or a red striped line in Garmin Navionics+ and Garmin Navionics Vision+ charts and appears as a magenta and gray striped line in previous versions. When your boat enters one of those areas, a warning message appears (Route Color Coding, page 44). NOTE: Auto Guidance is available with premium charts, in some areas. NOTE: Not all settings apply to all maps. You can set the parameters the chartplotter uses when calculating an Auto Guidance path. Select

> Preferences > Navigation > Auto Guidance. Preferred Depth: Sets the minimum water depth, based on chart depth data, that your boat can safely travel over. NOTE: The minimum water depth for the premium charts (made before 2016) is 3 feet. If you enter a value of less than 3 feet, the charts only use depths of 3 feet for Auto Guidance path calculations. Vertical Clearance: Sets the minimum height of a bridge or obstacle, based on chart data, that your boat can safely travel under. Shoreline Distance: Sets how close to the shore you want the Auto Guidance path to be placed. The path may move if you change this setting while navigating. The available values for this setting are relative, not absolute. To ensure that path is placed the appropriate distance from shore, you can assess the placement of the path using one or more familiar destinations that require navigation through a narrow waterway

(Adjusting the Distance from Shore, page 54). Navigation with a Chartplotter 53 Adjusting the Distance from Shore The Shoreline Distance setting indicates how close to the shore you want the Auto Guidance line to be placed. The Auto Guidance line may move if you change this setting while navigating. The available values for the Shoreline Distance setting are relative, not absolute. To ensure the Auto Guidance line is placed the appropriate distance from shore, you can assess the placement of the Auto Guidance line using one or more familiar destinations that require navigation through a narrow waterway. 1 Dock your vessel or drop the anchor. 2 Select

> Preferences > Navigation > Auto Guidance > Shoreline Distance > Normal. 3 Select a destination that you have navigated to previously. 4 Select Navigate To > Auto Guidance. 5 Review the placement of the Auto Guidance line, and determine whether the line safely avoids known obstacles and the turns enable efficient travel. 6 Select an option:

If the placement of the line is satisfactory, select MENU > Navigation Options > Stop Navigation, and proceed to step 10. If the line is too close to known obstacles, select Shoreline Distance > Far. If the turns in the line are too wide, select Distance > Near.

> Preferences > Navigation > Auto Guidance >

> Preferences > Navigation > Auto Guidance > Shoreline 7 If you selected Near or Far in step 6, review the placement of the Auto Guidance line, and determine whether the line safely avoids known obstacles and the turns enable efficient travel. Auto Guidance maintains a wide clearance from obstacles in open water, even if you set the Shoreline Distance setting to Near or Nearest. As a result, the chartplotter may not reposition the Auto Guidance line, unless the destination selected requires navigation through a narrow waterway. 8 Select an option:

If the placement of the line is satisfactory, select MENU > Navigation Options > Stop Navigation, and proceed to step 10. If the line is too close to known obstacles, select Shoreline Distance > Farthest. If the turns in the line are too wide, select Distance > Nearest.

> Preferences > Navigation > Auto Guidance >

> Preferences > Navigation > Auto Guidance > Shoreline 9 If you selected Nearest or Farthest in step 8, review the placement of the Auto Guidance line, and determine whether the line safely avoids known obstacles and the turns enable efficient travel. The Auto Guidance path maintains a wide clearance from obstacles in open water, even if you set the Shoreline Distance setting to Near or Nearest. As a result, the chartplotter may not reposition the Auto Guidance line, unless the destination selected requires navigation through a narrow waterway. 10 Repeat steps 3 through 9 at least once more, using a different destination each time, until you are familiar with the functionality of the Shoreline Distance setting. Tracks A track is a recording of the path of your boat. The track currently being recorded is called the active track, and it can be saved. You can show tracks in each chart or 3D chart view. Showing Tracks 1 From a chart, select MENU > Layers > User Data > Tracks. 2 Select the tracks to display. A trailing line on the chart indicates your track. 54 Navigation with a Chartplotter Setting the Color of the Active Track 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Tracks > Active Track Options > Track Color. 2 Select a track color. Saving the Active Track The track currently being recorded is called the active track. 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Tracks > Save Active Track. 2 Select an option:

Select the time the active track began. Select Entire Log. 3 Select Save. Viewing a List of Saved Tracks Select NAV INFO > User Data > Tracks > Saved Tracks. Editing a Saved Track 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Tracks > Saved Tracks. 2 Select a track. 3 Select Review > Edit Track. 4 Select an option:

Select Name, and enter the new name. Select Track Color, and select a color. Select Save as Route to save the track as a route. Select Save as Boundary to save the track as a boundary. Saving a Track as a Route 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Tracks > Saved Tracks. 2 Select a track. 3 Select Review > Edit Track > Save as Route. Browsing for and Navigating a Recorded Track Before you can browse a list of tracks and navigate to them, you must record and save at least one track

(Tracks, page 54). 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Tracks > Saved Tracks. 2 Select a track. 3 Select Follow Track. 4 Select an option:

To navigate the track from the starting point used when the track was created, select Forward. To navigate the track from the destination point used when the track was created, select Backward. 5 Review the course indicated by the colored line. 6 Follow the line along each leg in the route, steering to avoid land, shallow water, and other obstacles. Deleting a Saved Track 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Tracks > Saved Tracks. 2 Select a track. 3 Select Review > Delete. Navigation with a Chartplotter 55 Deleting All Saved Tracks Select NAV INFO > User Data > Delete User Data > Saved Tracks. Retracing the Active Track The track currently being recorded is called the active track. 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Tracks > Follow Active Track. 2 Select an option:

Select the time the active track began. Select Entire Log. 3 Review the course indicated by the colored line. 4 Follow the colored line, steering to avoid land, shallow water, and other obstacles. Clearing the Active Track Select NAV INFO > User Data > Tracks > Clear Active Track. The track memory is cleared, and the active track continues to be recorded. Managing the Track Log Memory During Recording 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Tracks > Active Track Options. 2 Select Record Mode. 3 Select an option:

To record a track log until the track memory is full, select Fill. To continuously record a track log, replacing the oldest track data with new data, select Wrap. Configuring the Recording Interval of the Track Log You can indicate the frequency at which the track plot is recorded. Recording more frequent plots is more accurate but fills the track log faster. The resolution interval is recommended for the most efficient use of memory. 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Tracks > Active Track Options > Interval. 2 Select an option:

To record the track based on a distance between points, select Interval > Distance > Change, and enter the distance. To record the track based on a time interval, select Interval > Time > Change, and enter the time interval. To record the track plot based on a variance from your course, select Interval > Resolution > Change, and enter the maximum error allowed from the true course before recording a track point. This is the recommended recording option. Boundaries CAUTION The Beeper setting must be turned on to make alarms audible (Sounds and Display Settings, page 159). Failure to set audible alarms could lead to injury or property damage. Boundaries allow you to avoid or remain in designated areas in a body of water. You can set an alarm to alert you when you enter or exit a boundary. You can create boundary areas, lines, and circles using the map. You can also convert saved tracks and routes into boundary lines. You can create a boundary area using waypoints by creating a route from the waypoints, and converting the route into a boundary line. You can select a boundary to act as the active boundary. You can add the active boundary data to the data fields on the chart. 56 Navigation with a Chartplotter Creating a Boundary 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Boundaries > New. 2 Select a boundary shape. 3 Follow the on-screen instructions. Converting a Route to a Boundary 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Routes. 2 Select a route. 3 Select Review > Edit Route > Save as Boundary. Converting a Track to a Boundary 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Tracks > Saved Tracks. 2 Select a track. 3 Select Review > Edit Track > Save as Boundary. Editing a Boundary 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Boundaries. 2 Select a boundary. 3 Select Review. 4 Select an option:

To edit the appearance of the boundary on the chart, select Display Options. To change the boundary lines or name, select Edit Boundary. To edit the boundary alarm, select Alarm. Linking a Boundary to a SmartMode Layout You can link a boundary to a SmartMode layout to automatically open the layout when entering or exiting the boundary. For example, you can set a boundary around your marina, and automatically open the Docking layout when you approach the marina. 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Boundaries. 2 Select a boundary. 3 Select Review > Link SmartMode > SmartMode. 4 Select Entering, and select a layout. 5 Select Exiting, and select a layout. Setting a Boundary Alarm Boundary alarms alert you when you are within a specified distance of a set boundary. This can be helpful when attempting to avoid certain areas or when you should be very alert in certain areas, such as shipping lanes. 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Boundaries. 2 Select a boundary. 3 Select Review > Alarm. 4 Select an option:

To set an alarm for when your boat is a specified distance from the boundary, select Warning Dist., enter a distance, and select Done. To set an alarm for when you enter or exit an area boundary or a circle boundary, select Area to show Entering or Exiting. Disabling all Boundary Alarms Select NAV INFO > User Data > Boundaries > Alarms. Navigation with a Chartplotter 57 Deleting a Boundary 1 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Boundaries. 2 Select a boundary. 3 Select Review > Edit Boundary > Delete. Deleting All Saved Waypoints, Tracks, Routes, and Boundaries Select NAV INFO > User Data > Delete User Data > Delete All User Data > OK. Sailing Features Setting the Vessel Type for Sailing Features You must select a sailing vessel type to use the sailing features. 1 Select

> My Vessel > Vessel Type. 2 Select Sailboat or Sailing Catamaran. Sail Racing You can use the device to increase the likelihood that your boat will cross the start line of a race exactly when the race begins. When you synchronize the race timer with the official race countdown timer, you are alerted at one-minute intervals as the race start approaches. When you combine the race timer with the virtual start line, the device measures your speed, bearing, and remaining time on the countdown timer. The device uses this data to indicate whether your boat will cross the start line before, after, or at the correct time to start the race. Starting Line Guidance Sailing start line guidance is a visual representation of the information you need to cross the start line at the optimal time and speed. After you set the starboard and port start line pins, and the target speed and time, and after you start the race timer, a predictor line appears. The predictor line extends from your current location toward the start line and the laylines that extend from each pin. The end point and color of the predictor line indicate where the boat will be when the timer expires, based on your current boat speed. When the end point is before the start line, the line is white. This indicates the boat must increase speed to reach the start line on time. When the end point is past the start line, the line is red. This indicates the boat must reduce speed to avoid a penalty for reaching the start line before the timer expires. When the end point is on the start line, the line is white. This indicates the boat is moving at an optimal speed to reach the start line when the timer expires. By default, the start line guidance window and the race timer window appear in the Sail Racing combination screen. Setting the Starting Line The start line guidance window is added to the Sail Racing combination screen by default. 1 From the Sail Racing combination screen, select MENU > Start Line Guidance > Start Line. 2 Select an option:

To mark the port and starboard starting line marks as you sail past them, select Ping Marks. To mark the port and starboard starting line marks by entering their coordinates, select Enter Coordinates. To switch the position of the port and starboard marks after you have set them, select Swap Port &

Starbd.. 58 Sailing Features Using the Starting Line Guidance You can use the starting line guidance feature to help get you cross the start line, at the optimal speed during a sailing race. 1 Mark the starting line (Setting the Starting Line, page 58). 2 From the Sail Racing combination screen, select MENU > Start Line Guidance > Target Speed, and select your target speed when crossing the starting line. 3 Select Target Time, and select the target time to cross the starting line. 4 Select BACK. 5 Start the racing timer (Starting the Race Timer, page 59). Starting the Race Timer The race timer is added to the Sail Racing combination screen by default. 1 From the Sail Racing combination screen, select Start. NOTE: You can also access this from the Sailing SmartMode screen and the navigation chart. 2 When necessary, select Sync to synchronize with the official race timer. Stopping the Race Timer From the Sail Racing combination screen, select Stop. Setting the Distance between the Bow and the GPS Antenna You can enter the distance between the bow of your boat and the location of your GPS antenna. This helps ensure the bow of your boat crosses the starting line at the precise start time. 1 From the Sail Racing combination screen, select MENU > Start Line Guidance > Start Line > GPS Bow Ofst.. 2 Enter the distance. 3 Select Done. Sailing Features 59 Laylines Settings To use the laylines features, you must connect a wind sensor to the chartplotter. When in sailing mode (Setting the Vessel Type, page 7), you can display laylines on the navigation chart. Laylines can be very helpful when racing. From the Navigation chart, select MENU > Layers > My Vessel > Laylines > Setup. Sailing Ang.: Allows you to select how the device calculates laylines. The Actual option calculates the laylines using the measured wind angle from the wind sensor. The Manual option calculates the laylines using manually entered windward and leeward angles. The Polar Table option calculates the laylines based on the imported polar table data (Importing a Polar Table Manually, page 61). Windward Ang.: Allows you to set a layline based on the windward sailing angle. Leeward Ang.: Allows you to set a layline based on the leeward sailing angle. Tide Correction: Corrects the laylines based on the tide. Layline Filter: Filters the layline data based on the time interval entered. For a smoother layline that filters out some of the changes in the boat's heading or true wind angle, enter a higher number. For laylines that display a higher sensitivity to changes in the boat's heading or true wind angle, enter a lower number. Polar Tables WARNING This feature allows you to load and use data from a third party. Garmin makes no representations about the accuracy, reliability, completeness or timeliness of the data generated by third parties. Any use or reliance on data generated by third parties is at your own risk. You can use polar table data with your chartplotter. You can assign polar data types in data fields, and you can use polar data to calculate optimal laylines and starting line guidance. 60 Sailing Features Importing a Polar Table Manually If you save the polar table file as polar.plr and place it in the Garmin/polars/ folder on the memory card, the chartplotter imports the data automatically after you insert the memory card. If it does not import the data automatically, or if you want to load a different set of data, you can initiate the import manually. 1 Save the polar table file (polar.plr) to the Garmin/polars/ folder on the memory card. 2 Insert the memory card containing the polar data file into the chartplotter (Inserting Memory Cards, page 5). 3 Select

> My Vessel > Polar Table > Import from Card. 4 If necessary, select the card slot and the polar table file. Showing Polar Data in Data Fields Before you can view polar data, you must import a polar table from a memory card (Importing a Polar Table Manually, page 61). 1 Open the screen to which you want to add polar data. 2 Select MENU > Edit Overlays. 3 Select the data field to change. 4 Select Sailing. 5 Select the polar data to display in the data field. To show the boat speed from the polar table at the current true wind speed and angle, select Polar Speed. To show the optimal boat speed at the target wind angle, select Target Speed. To show the optimal wind angle at the current true wind speed, select Target True Wind Angle. To show Target TWA converted to apparent using target speed, select Target App. Wind Angle. To show the difference between the current boat speed and the optimal boat speed shown as speed, select Polar Speed. To show the difference between the current boat speed and the optimal boat speed as a percentage, select Polar Speed Percent. To show the difference between the current boat speed and the target boat speed shown as speed, select Target Speed. To show the difference between the current boat speed and the target boat speed shown as a percentage, select Target Speed Percent. To show the difference between the true wind angle and target true wind angle, select Target True Wind Angle. To show the difference between the apparent wind angle and target apparent wind angle and the true wind angle, select Target App. Wind Angle. TIP: You can also use the polar table data when calculating laylines and starting line guidance. Sailing Features 61 Setting the Keel Offset You can enter a keel offset to compensate the water depth reading for the transducer installation location. This allows you to view the depth of the water below the keel or the true depth of the water, depending on your needs. If you want to know the water depth below the keel or the lowest point of your boat and the transducer is installed at the water line or anywhere above the end of the keel, measure the distance from the transducer location to the keel of the boat. If you want to know the true water depth and the transducer is installed below the water line, measure the distance from the bottom of the transducer up to the water line. NOTE: This option is only available when you have valid depth data. 1 Measure the distance:

If the transducer is installed at the water line distance from the transducer location to the keel of the boat. Enter this value as a positive number. or anywhere above the end of the keel, measure the If the transducer is installed at the bottom of the keel water, measure the distance from the transducer to the water line. Enter this value in as a negative number. and you want to know the true depth of the 2 Complete an action:

62 If the transducer is connected to the chartplotter or a sonar module, select Anchoring > Keel Offset.

> My Vessel > Depth and If the transducer is connected to the NMEA 2000 network, select Setup > Device List, select the transducer, and select Review > Keel Offset.

> Communications > NMEA 2000 Sailing Features 3 Select if the transducer is installed at the water line, or select if the transducer is installed at the bottom of the keel. 4 Use the arrow keys to enter the keel offset measured in step 1. Sailboat Autopilot Operation When engaged, the autopilot controls only the rudder. You and your crew remain responsible for the sails while the autopilot is engaged. In addition to heading hold, you can use the autopilot to maintain a wind hold. You can also use the autopilot to control the rudder while tacking and gybing. CAUTION Wind Hold You can set the autopilot to maintain a specific bearing relative to the current wind angle. Your device must be connected to a NMEA 2000 or NMEA 0183 compatible wind sensor to perform a wind hold or a wind-based tack or gybe. Changing the Wind Hold Type With the wind hold engaged, select MENU > Wind Hold Type. The wind hold type changes from Apparent to True, or vice versa. Engaging Wind Hold Before you can engage wind hold, you must connect a NMEA 2000 wind sensor to the autopilot. Although a NMEA 2000 wind sensor is preferred, you can connect a NMEA 0183 wind sensor to the autopilot to use wind hold. 1 When the autopilot is in standby mode, select MENU. 2 Select an option:

To engage an apparent wind hold, select Engage App. Wind Hold. To engage a true wind hold, select Engage True Wind Hold. TIP: You can quickly engage the last type of wind hold used by selecting Wind Hold from standby mode. Engaging Wind Hold from Heading Hold Before you can engage wind hold, you must connect a NMEA 2000 wind sensor to the autopilot. Although a NMEA 2000 wind sensor is preferred, you can connect a NMEA 0183 wind sensor to the autopilot to use wind hold. 1 With heading hold engaged, select MENU. 2 Select an option:

To change from heading hold to apparent wind hold, select Engage App. Wind Hold. To change from heading hold to true wind hold, select Engage True Wind Hold. Adjusting the Wind Hold Angle You can adjust the wind hold angle on the autopilot when wind hold is engaged. To adjust the wind hold angle in increments of 1, select <1 or 1>. NOTE: Holding <1 or 1> for a few seconds automatically transitions the autopilot from Wind Hold to Heading Hold and initiates rudder steering. To adjust the wind hold angle in increments of 10, select <<10 or 10>>. NOTE: You can adjust the settings so that the step turn size is smaller or larger than 10Adjusting the Step Steering Increment, page 104. Tack and Gybe You can set the autopilot to perform a tack or gybe while heading hold or wind hold is engaged. Sailing Features 63 Tacking and Gybing from Heading Hold 1 Engage a heading hold (Engaging the Autopilot, page 105). 2 Select MENU. 3 Select an option. The autopilot steers your boat through a tack or gybe. Tacking and Gybing from Wind Hold Before you can engage wind hold, you must have a wind sensor installed. 1 Engage wind hold (Engaging Wind Hold, page 63). 2 Select MENU. 3 Select an option. The autopilot steers your boat through a tack or gybe, and information about the progress of the tack or gybe appears on the screen. Setting a Tack Delay The tack delay allows you to delay steering a tack after you initiate the maneuver. 1 From the autopilot screen, select MENU > Autopilot Setup > Sailing Setup > Tack Delay. 2 Select the length of the delay. 3 If necessary, select Done. Enabling the Gybe Inhibitor NOTE: The gybe inhibitor does not prevent you from manually performing a gybe using the helm or step steering. The gybe inhibitor prevents the autopilot from performing a gybe. 1 From the autopilot screen, select MENU > Autopilot Setup > Sailing Setup > Gybe Inhibitor. 2 Select Enabled. Heading Line and Angle Markers The heading line is an extension drawn on the map from the bow of the boat in the direction of travel. Angle markers indicate relative position from the heading or course over ground, which are helpful for casting or finding reference points. Setting the Heading Line and Angle Markers The heading line is an extension drawn on the map from the bow of the boat in the direction of travel. Angle markers indicate relative position from the heading or course over ground, which are helpful for casting or finding reference points. You can show the heading line and the course over ground (COG) line on the chart. COG is your direction of movement. Heading is the direction the bow of the boat is pointed, when a heading sensor is connected. 1 From a chart, select MENU > Layers > My Vessel > Heading Line > Angle Markers. 2 If necessary, select Source, and select an option:

To automatically use the available source, select Auto. To use the GPS antenna heading for COG, select GPS Heading (COG). To use data from a connected heading sensor, select Heading. To use data from both a connected heading sensor and the GPS antenna, select COG and Heading. This displays both the heading line and the COG line on the chart. 3 Select Display, and select an option:

Select Distance > Distance, and enter the length of the line shown on the chart. Select Time > Time, and enter the time used to calculate the distance your boat will travel in the specified time at your present speed. 64 Sailing Features Sonar Fishfinder When properly connected to a compatible transducer, your chartplotter can be used as a fishfinder. For more information about which transducer is best for your needs, go to garmin.com/transducers. Different sonar views can help you view the fish in the area. The sonar views available vary depending on the type of transducer and sounder module connected to the chartplotter. For example, you can view certain Panoptix sonar screens only if you have a compatible Panoptix transducer connected. There are four basic styles of sonar views available: a full-screen view, a split-screen view that combines two or more views, a split-zoom view, and a split-frequency view that displays two different frequencies. You can customize the settings for each view in the screen. For example, if you are viewing the split-frequency view, you can separately adjust the gain for each frequency. If you do not see an arrangement of sonar views to suit your needs, you can create a custom combination screen (Creating a New Combination Page, page 9). You can also add sonar views to SmartMode layouts

(Adding a SmartMode Layout, page 9). Stopping the Transmission of Sonar Signals To disable the active sonar, from the sonar screen, select MENU > Transmit. To disable all sonar transmissions, press

, and select Disable All Sonar Trans.. Traditional Sonar View There are several full-screen views available, depending on the transducer that is connected. The full-screen Traditional sonar view shows a large image of the sonar readings from a transducer. The range scale along the right side of the screen shows the depth of detected objects as the screen scrolls from the right to the left. Depth information Suspended targets or fish Bottom of the body of water Split-Frequency Sonar View In the split-frequency sonar view, the two sides of the screen show a full-view graph of sonar data of different frequencies. NOTE: The split-frequency sonar view requires the use of a dual-frequency transducer. Sonar Fishfinder 65 Split-Zoom Sonar View The split-zoom sonar view shows a full-view graph of sonar readings, and a magnified portion of that graph, on the same screen. Garmin ClearV Sonar View NOTE: To receive Garmin ClearV scanning sonar, you need a compatible transducer. For information about compatible transducers, go to garmin.com/transducers. Garmin ClearV high-frequency sonar provides a detailed picture of the fishing environment around the boat in a detailed representation of structures the boat is passing over. Traditional transducers emit a conical beam. The Garmin ClearV scanning sonar technology emits a beam similar to the shape of the beam in a copy machine. This beam provides a clearer, picture-like image of what is beneath the boat. 66 Sonar Fishfinder Garmin SideV Sonar View Not all models provide built-in Garmin SideV sonar support. If your model does not provide built-in SideV sonar, you need a compatible sounder module and compatible SideV transducer. If your model does provide built-in SideV sonar, you need a compatible SideV transducer. SideV scanning sonar technology shows you a picture of what lies to the sides of the boat. You can use this as a search tool to find structures and fish. Left side of the boat Right side of the boat The transducer on your vessel Logs Old tires Trees Water between the vessel and the bottom Distance from the side of the boat Sonar Fishfinder 67 SideV Scanning Technology Instead of a more common conical beam, the SideV transducer uses a flat beam to scan the water and bottom to the sides of your boat. Measuring Distance on the Sonar Screen You can measure the distance between two points on the SideV sonar view. 1 From the SideV sonar view, select

. 2 Select a location on the screen. 3 Select Measure. A push pin appears on the screen at the selected location. 4 Select another location. The distance and angle from the pin is listed in the upper-left corner. TIP: To reset the pin and measure from the current location of the pin, select Set Reference. Panoptix Sonar Views To receive Panoptix sonar, you need a compatible transducer. The Panoptix sonar views allow you to see all around the boat in real time. You can also watch your bait underwater and bait schools in front of or below your boat. The LiveV sonar views provide you a view of the live movement either in front of or below your boat. The screen updates very quickly, producing sonar views that look more like live video. The RealV 3D sonar views provide three-dimensional views of either what is in front of or below your boat. The screen updates with each sweep of the transducer. To see all five Panoptix sonar views, you need one transducer to show the down views and a second transducer to show the forward views. To access the Panoptix sonar views, select Sonar, and select a view. 68 Sonar Fishfinder LiveV Down Sonar View This sonar view shows a two-dimensional view of what is below the boat and can be used to see a bait ball and fish. Panoptix down view history in a scrolling sonar view Boat Range Trails Drop shot rig Bottom Sonar Fishfinder 69 LiveV Forward Sonar View This sonar view shows a two-dimensional view of what is in front of the boat and can be used to see a bait ball and fish. Boat Range Fish Trails Bottom 70 Sonar Fishfinder RealV 3D Forward Sonar View This sonar view shows a three-dimensional view of what is in front of the transducer. This view can be used when you are stationary and you need to see the bottom and the fish approaching the boat. Color legend Boat Ping indicator Fish Bottom Range Sonar Fishfinder 71 RealV 3D Down Sonar View This sonar view shows a three-dimensional view of what is below the transducer and can be used when you are stationary and want to see what is around your boat. Color legend Boat Sonar beam Range Fish Bottom 72 Sonar Fishfinder RealV 3D Historical Sonar View This sonar view provides a three-dimensional view of what is behind your boat as you are moving and shows the entire water column in 3D, from the bottom to the top of the water. This view is used for finding fish. Color legend Boat Range Bottom Structure Fish Sonar Fishfinder 73 FrontV Sonar View The Panoptix FrontV sonar view increases your situational awareness by showing obstructions under the water, up to 91 meters (300 feet) in front of the boat. The ability to effectively avoid forward collisions with FrontV sonar decreases as your speed rises above 8 knots. To see the FrontV sonar view, you must install and connect a compatible transducer, such as a PS21 transducer. You may need to update the transducer software. LiveScope Sonar View This sonar view shows a live view of what is in front of or below the boat and can be used to see fish and structures. Depth information Suspended targets or fish Bottom of the body of water 74 Sonar Fishfinder Perspective View This sonar view shows a live view of what is around and ahead of your boat and can be used to see shorelines, fish, and structures. This view is best used in shallow water of 50 feet (15 meters) or less. To see this sonar view, you must install a compatible LiveScope transducer on compatible a perspective mode mount. Selecting the Transducer Type This chartplotter is compatible with a range of accessory transducers, including the Garmin ClearV transducers, which are available at garmin.com/transducers. If you are connecting a transducer that was not included with the chartplotter, you may need to set the transducer type to make the sonar function properly. NOTE: Not all chartplotters and sonar modules support this feature. 1 Complete an action:

From a sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup > Installation > Transducers. Select

> My Vessel > Transducers. 2 Select an option:

To enable the chartplotter to detect the transducer automatically, select the transducer to change, and select Auto Detect. To select the transducer manually, learn the range for the installed transducer, select the transducer to change, select the option that matches the installed transducer, such as Dual Beam (200/77 kHz) or Dual Freq (200/50 kHz), and select Change Model. Manually selecting a transducer could result in damage to the transducer or reduced transducer performance. NOTICE NOTE: If you select the transducer manually, disconnect that transducer, and then connect a different transducer, you should reset this option to Auto Detect. Selecting a Sonar Source This feature may not be available with all models. When you are using more than one sonar data source for a particular sonar view, you can select the source to use for that sonar view. For example, if you have two sources for Garmin ClearV, you can select the source to use from the Garmin ClearV sonar view. 1 Open the sonar view for which you will change the source. 2 Select MENU > Sonar Setup > Source. 3 Select the source for this sonar view. Sonar Fishfinder 75 Renaming a Sonar Source You can rename a sonar source to easily identify that source. For example, you use "Bow" as the name of the transducer on the bow of your boat. To rename a source, you must be in the applicable sonar view for the source. For example, to rename the Garmin ClearV sonar source, you must open the Garmin ClearV sonar view. 1 From the sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup > Source > Rename Sources. 2 Enter the name. Creating a Waypoint on the Sonar Screen 1 From a sonar view, select or . 2 Select a location. 3 Select

. 4 If necessary, edit the waypoint information. Pausing the Sonar Display or . From a sonar view, select To reactivate sonar after pausing, select BACK. Viewing Sonar History You can scroll the sonar display to view historical sonar data. NOTE: Not all transducers save historical sonar data. 1 From a sonar view, hold 2 Select BACK to exit history. to scroll through the history. Sonar Sharing You can view the sonar data from all compatible sources on the Garmin Marine Network. You can view sonar data from a compatible external sonar module, such as a GCV sonar module. In addition, you can view the sonar data from other chartplotters that have a built-in sonar module. Each chartplotter on the network can display sonar data from every compatible sonar module and transducer on the network, no matter where the chartplotters and transducers are mounted on your boat. For example, from one 1022 device mounted at the back of the boat, you can view the sonar data from another GPSMAP device and Garmin ClearV transducer mounted at the front of your boat. When sharing sonar data, the values of some sonar settings, such as Range and Gain, are synchronized across the devices on the network. The values of other sonar settings, such as the Appearance settings, are not synchronized and should be configured on each individual device. In addition, the scroll rates of the various traditional and Garmin ClearV sonar views are synchronized to make the split views more cohesive. NOTE: Using multiple transducers simultaneously can create cross talk, which can be removed by adjusting the Interference sonar setting. 76 Sonar Fishfinder Adjusting the Level of Detail You can control the level of detail and noise shown on the sonar screen either by adjusting the gain for traditional transducers or by adjusting the brightness for Garmin ClearV transducers. If you want to see the highest intensity signal returns on the screen, you can lower the gain or brightness to remove lower intensity returns and noise. If you want to see all return information, you can increase the gain or brightness to see more information on the screen. This also increases noise, and can make it more difficult to recognize actual returns. 1 From a sonar view, select MENU. 2 Select Gain or Brightness. 3 Select an option:

To increase or decrease the gain or brightness manually, select Up or Down. To allow the chartplotter to adjust the gain or brightness automatically, select an automatic option. Adjusting the Range, Gain, and Brightness With the Knob On the Traditional sonar views, you can adjust the gain and range using the knob. On the ClearV and SideV sonar views, you can adjust the brightness and range using the knob. 1 From the sonar view, press the knob to switch between Range and Gain or Brightness. The visual representation of the knob on the screen indicates the setting you are adjusting and the current level. 2 Turn the knob to adjust the range, gain, or brightness. 3 Press and hold the knob to return to Auto mode. Adjusting the Color Intensity You can adjust the intensity of colors and highlight areas of interest on the sonar screen by adjusting the color gain for traditional transducers or the contrast for Garmin ClearV/SideV transducers. This setting works best after you have adjusted the level of detail shown on the screen using the gain or brightness settings. If you want to highlight smaller fish targets or create a higher intensity display of a target, you can increase the color gain or contrast setting. This causes a loss in the differentiation of the high intensity returns at the bottom. If you want to reduce the intensity of the return, you can reduce the color gain or contrast. 1 From a sonar view, select MENU. 2 Select an option:

While in the Garmin ClearV/SideV sonar view, select Contrast. While in a Panoptix sonar view, select Appearance. While in another sonar view, select Sonar Setup > Appearance > Color Gain. 3 Select an option:

To increase or decrease the color intensity manually, select Up or Down. To use the default setting, select Default. Sonar Fishfinder 77 Sonar Setup NOTE: Not all options and settings apply to all models and transducers. These settings apply to the following types of transducers. Traditional Garmin ClearV SideV These settings do not apply to Panoptix transducers. From a sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup. Scroll Speed: Sets the rate at which the sonar scrolls from right to left (Setting the Scroll Speed, page 79). In shallow water, you can select a slower scroll speed to extend the length of time the information is displayed on screen. In deeper water, you can select a faster scroll speed. Automatic scroll speed adjusts the scrolling speed to the speed the boat is traveling. Noise Reject: Reduces the interference and the amount of clutter shown on the sonar screen (Sonar Noise Rejection Settings, page 80). Appearance: Configures the appearance of the sonar screen (Sonar Appearance Settings, page 80). Alarms: Sets sonar alarms (Sonar Alarms, page 82). Advanced: Configures various sonar display and data source settings (Advanced Sonar Settings, page 82). Installation: Configures the transducer (Transducer Installation Settings, page 83). Setting the Zoom Level on the Sonar Screen 1 From a sonar view, select MENU > Zoom >

2 Select an option:

> Mode. To set the depth and zoom automatically, select Auto. If necessary, select Set Zoom to modify the zoom setting. Select View Up or View Down to set the depth range of the magnified area, and select Zoom In or Zoom Out to increase or decrease the magnification of the magnified area. To set the depth range of the magnified area manually, select Manual. If necessary, select Set Zoom to modify the zoom setting. Select View Up or View Down to set the depth range of the magnified area, and select Zoom In or Zoom Out to increase or decrease the magnification of the magnified area. To magnify one particular area of the screen, select Magnify. If necessary, select Magnify to increase or decrease the magnification level. TIP: You can drag the magnification box to a new location on the screen. To zoom in on the sonar data from the bottom depth, select Bottom Lock. If necessary, select Span to adjust the depth and placement of the bottom lock area. To cancel the zoom, deselect the Zoom option. 78 Sonar Fishfinder Setting the Scroll Speed You can set the rate at which the sonar image moves across the screen. A higher scroll speed shows more detail until there is no additional detail to show, at which point it starts stretching out the existing detail. This can be useful while moving or trolling, or when you are in very deep water where the sonar is pinging very slowly. A lower scroll speed displays sonar information on the screen longer. For most situations, the Default setting provides a good balance between a quickly scrolling image and less distorted targets. 1 From a sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup > Scroll Speed. 2 Select an option:

To adjust the scroll speed automatically using speed-over-ground or water speed data, select Auto. The Auto setting selects a scroll rate to match the boat speed, so targets in the water are drawn with the correct aspect ratio and appear less distorted. When viewing Garmin ClearV/SideV sonar views or searching for structure, it is recommend to use the Auto setting. To scroll faster, select Up. To scroll more slowly, select Down. Adjusting the Range You can adjust the range of the depth scale for traditional and Garmin ClearV sonar views. You can adjust the range of the width scale for the SideV sonar view. Allowing the device to adjust the range automatically keeps the bottom within the lower or outer third of the sonar screen, and can be useful for tracking a bottom that has minimal or moderate terrain changes. Manually adjusting the range enables you to view a specified range, which can be useful for tracking a bottom that has large terrain changes, such as a drop-offs or cliffs. The bottom can appear on the screen as long as it appears within the range you have set. 1 From a sonar view, select MENU > Range. 2 Select an option:

To allow the chartplotter to adjust the range automatically, select Auto. To increase or decrease the range manually, select Up or Down. TIP: From the sonar screen, you can select TIP: You can select modes. or or to manually adjust the range. simultaneously to switch between the automatic and manual adjustment TIP: When viewing multiple sonar screens, you can select SELECT to choose the active screen. TIP: When viewing a single sonar screen, you can select SELECT to change the shortcut for the keys. Pressing SELECT repeatedly allows you to choose Range, Gain, or Magnify level. and Sonar Fishfinder 79 Sonar Noise Rejection Settings From a sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup > Noise Reject. Interference: Adjusts the sensitivity to reduce the effects of interference from nearby sources of noise. The lowest interference setting that achieves the desired improvement should be used to remove interference from the screen. Correcting installation issues that cause noise is the best way to eliminate interference. Color Limit: Hides part of the color palette to help eliminate fields of weak clutter. By setting the color limit to the color of the undesired returns, you can eliminate the display of undesired returns on the screen. Smoothing: Removes noise that is not part of a normal sonar return, and adjusts the appearance of returns, such as the bottom. When smoothing is set to high, more of the low-level noise remains than when using the interference control, but the noise is more subdued because of averaging. Smoothing can remove speckle from the bottom. Smoothing and interference work well together to eliminate low-level noise. You can adjust the interference and smoothing settings incrementally to remove undesirable noise from the display. Surface Noise: Hides surface noise to help reduce clutter. Wider beam widths (lower frequencies) can show more targets, but can generate more surface noise. TVG: Adjusts the time varying gain, which can reduce noise. This control is best used for situations when you want to control and suppress clutter or noise near the water surface. It also allows for the display of targets near the surface that are otherwise hidden or masked by surface noise. Sonar Appearance Settings From a sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup > Appearance. Color Scheme: Sets the color scheme. Color Gain: Adjusts the intensity of colors (Adjusting the Color Intensity, page 77). A-Scope: Displays a vertical flasher along the right side of the screen that shows instantaneously the range to targets along a scale. Depth Line: Shows a quick-reference depth line. Edge: Highlights the strongest signal from the bottom to help define the hardness or softness of the signal. View Selection: Sets the direction of the Garmin SideV sonar view. Fish Symbols: Sets how the sonar interprets suspended targets. Shows suspended targets as symbols and background sonar information. Shows suspended targets as symbols with target depth information and background sonar informa tion. Shows suspended targets as symbols. Shows suspended targets as symbols with target depth information. Pic. Advance: Allows the sonar picture to advance faster by drawing more than one column of data on the screen for each column of sounder data received. This is especially helpful when you are using the sounder in deep water, because the sonar signal takes longer to travel to the water bottom and back to the transducer. The 1/1 setting draws one column of information on the screen per sounder return. The 2/1 setting draws two columns of information on the screen per sounder return, and so on for the 4/1 and 8/1 settings. Echo Stretch: Adjusts the size of the echoes on the screen to make it easier to see separate returns on the screen. 80 Sonar Fishfinder When targets are difficult to see see on the screen. If the echo stretch value is too high, the targets blend together. If the value is too low the targets are small and more difficult to see.

, echo stretch makes the target returns more pronounced and easier to

, You can use echo stretch and filter width together to obtain the preferable resolution and noise reduction. With echo stretch and filter width set to low, the display has the highest resolution, but is the most susceptible to noise. With echo stretch set to high and filter width set to low, the display has a lower resolution, but has wider targets. With echo stretch and filter width set to high, the display has the lowest resolution, but is the least susceptible to noise. It is not recommended to set echo stretch to low and filter width to high. Overlay Data: Sets the data shown on the sonar screen. Sonar Fishfinder 81 Sonar Alarms The sonar alarms feature is a tool for situational awareness only and may not prevent grounding in all circumstances. It is your obligation to ensure safe operation of the vessel. WARNING The Beeper setting must be turned on to make alarms audible (Sounds and Display Settings, page 159). Failure to set audible alarms could lead to injury or property damage. CAUTION NOTE: Not all options are available on all transducers. From an applicable sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup > Alarms.

> Alarms > Sonar. You can also open the sonar alarms by selecting Shallow Water: Sets an alarm to sound when the depth is less than the specified value. Deep Water: Sets an alarm to sound when the depth is greater than the specified value. FrontV Alarm: Sets an alarm to sound when the depth in front of the vessel is less than the specified value, which can help you avoid running aground (Setting the FrontV Depth Alarm, page 86). This alarm is available only with Panoptix FrontV transducers. Water Temp.: Sets an alarm to sound when the transducer reports a temperature that is 2F (1.1C) above or below the specified temperature. Contour: Sets an alarm to sound when the transducer detects a suspended target within the specified depth from the surface of the water and from the bottom. Fish: Sets an alarm to sound when the device detects a suspended target. sets the alarm to sound when fish of all sizes are detected. sets the alarm to sound only when medium or large fish are detected. sets the alarm to sound only when large fish are detected. Advanced Sonar Settings From a Traditional sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup > Advanced. Shift: Allows you to set the depth range on which the sonar is focused. This allows you to zoom in a higher resolution in the focused depth. When using shift, bottom tracking may not work effectively, because the sonar looks for data within the depth range of the focused area, which may not include the bottom. Using shift also can impact the scroll speed, because data outside the depth range of the focused area is not processed, which reduces the time required to receive and display the data. You can zoom in to the focused area, which enables you to evaluate target returns more closely at a higher resolution than just zooming alone. Btm. Srch. Limit: Limits the search for the bottom to the depth selected when the Range setting is set to Auto. To minimize the length of time it takes to find the bottom, you can select a depth to limit the search for the bottom. The device will not search for the bottom deeper than the selected depth. 82 Sonar Fishfinder Transducer Installation Settings These settings apply to the following types of sonar. Traditional Garmin ClearV Garmin SideV From an applicable sonar view, select an option. From a Traditional sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup > Installation. From a Garmin ClearV sonar view, select MENU > ClearV Setup > Installation. From a Garmin SideV sonar view, select MENU > SideV Setup > Installation. Transmit Rate: Sets the length of time between sonar pings. Increasing the transmit rate increases the scroll speed, but it may also increase self-interference. Reducing the transmit rate increases the spacing between transmit pulses and can resolve self-interference. This option is available on the Traditional sonar view only. Transmit Power: Reduces transducer ringing near the surface. A lower transmit power value reduces transducer ringing, but can also reduce the strength of the returns. This option is available on the Traditional sonar view only. Filter Width: Defines the edges of the target. A shorter filter more clearly defines the edges of the targets but may allow more noise. A longer filter creates softer target edges and may also reduce noise. This option is available on the Traditional sonar view only. Flip Left/Right: Switches the SideV view orientation from left to right. This option is available on the SideV sonar view only. Restore Sonar Defaults: Restores the sonar settings to the factory default values. Transducers: Allows you to change the transducer, view details about the transducers, and save details to a memory card. Sonar Frequencies NOTE: The frequencies available depend on the transducers being used. Adjusting the frequency helps adapt the sonar for your particular goals and the present depth of the water. Higher frequencies use narrow beam widths, and are better for high-speed operation and rough sea conditions. Bottom definition and thermocline definition can be better when using a higher frequency. Lower frequencies use wider beam widths, which can let the fisherman see more targets, but could also generate more surface noise and reduce bottom signal continuity during rough sea conditions. Wider beam widths generate larger arches for fish target returns, making them ideal for locating fish. Wider beam widths also perform better in deep water, because the lower frequency has better deep water penetration. CHIRP frequencies allow you to sweep each pulse through a range of frequencies, resulting in better target separation in deep water. CHIRP can be used to distinctly identify targets, like individual fish in a school, and for deep water applications. CHIRP generally performs better than single frequency applications. Because some fish targets may show up better using a fixed frequency, you should consider your goals and water conditions when using CHIRP frequencies. Some transducers also provide the ability to customize preset frequencies for each transducer element, which enables you to change the frequency quickly using the presets as the water and your goals change. Viewing two frequencies concurrently using the split-frequency view allows you to see deeper with the lower frequency return and, at the same time, see more detail from the higher frequency return. NOTICE Always be aware of local regulations on sonar frequencies. For example, to protect orca whale pods, you might be prohibited from using frequencies between 50 to 80 khz within 1/2 mile of an orca whale pod. It is your responsibility to use the device in compliance with all applicable laws and ordinances. Sonar Fishfinder 83 Selecting the Transducer Frequency NOTE: You cannot adjust the frequency for all sonar views and transducers. You can select which frequencies appear on the sonar screen. NOTICE Always be aware of local regulations on sonar frequencies. For example, to protect orca whale pods, you might be prohibited from using frequencies between 50 to 80 khz within mile of an orca whale pod. It is your responsibility to use the device in compliance with all applicable laws and ordinances. 1 From a sonar view, select MENU > Frequency. 2 Select a frequency suited to your needs and water depth. For more information on frequencies, see Sonar Frequencies, page 83. Creating a Frequency Preset NOTE: Not available with all transducers. You can create a preset to save a specific sonar frequency, which allows you to change frequencies quickly. 1 From a sonar view, select MENU > Frequency. 2 Select Manage Frequencies > New Preset. 3 Enter a frequency. Turning On the A-Scope NOTE: This feature is available in the Traditional sonar views. The a-scope is a vertical flasher along the right side of the view, showing you what is underneath the transducer right now. You can use the a-scope to identify target returns that may be missed when the sonar data is quickly scrolling across the screen, such as when your boat is moving at high speeds. It can also be helpful for detecting fish that are close to the bottom. The a-scope above shows fish returns and a soft bottom return

. 1 From a sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup > Appearance > A-Scope. 2 If necessary, select

> Peak Hold to adjust the length of time the sonar returns are displayed. 84 Sonar Fishfinder Panoptix Sonar Setup Adjusting the RealV Sweep Speed You can update how quickly the transducer sweeps back and forth. A faster sweep rate creates a less detailed image, but the screen refreshes faster. A slower sweep rate creates a more detailed image, but the screen refreshes more slowly. NOTE: This feature is not available for the RealV 3D Historical sonar view. 1 From a RealV sonar view, select MENU > Sweep Speed. 2 Select an option. LiveV Forward and FrontV Sonar Settings From the LiveV Forward or FrontV sonar view, select MENU. Gain: Controls the level of detail and noise shown on the sonar screen. If you want to see the highest intensity signal returns on the screen, you can lower the gain to remove lower intensity returns and noise. If you want to see all return information, you can increase the gain to see more information on the screen. This also increases noise, and can make it more difficult to recognize actual returns. Depth Range: Adjusts the range of the depth scale. Allowing the device to adjust the range automatically keeps the bottom within the lower portion of the sonar screen, and can be useful for tracking a bottom that has minimal or moderate terrain changes. Manually adjusting the range enables you to view a specified range, which can be useful for tracking a bottom that has large terrain changes, such as a drop-offs or cliffs. The bottom can appear on the screen as long as it appears within the range you have set. Forward Range: Adjusts the range of the forward scale. Allowing the device to adjust the range automatically adjusts the forward scale in relation to the depth. Manually adjusting the range enables you to view a specified range. The bottom can appear on the screen as long as it appears within the range you have set. Manually reducing this option can reduce the effectiveness of the FrontV Alarm, reducing your reaction time to low depth readings. Transmit Angle: Adjusts the focus of the transducer to the port or starboard side. This feature is available only with RealV capable Panoptix transducers, such as the PS31 transducer. Transmit: Stops the active transducer from transmitting. FrontV Alarm: Sets an alarm to sound when the depth in front of the vessel is less than the specified value

(Setting the FrontV Depth Alarm, page 86). This is available only with Panoptix FrontV transducers. Sonar Setup: Adjusts the setup of the transducer and the appearance of the sonar returns. Edit Overlays: Adjusts the data shown on the screen (Customizing the Data Overlays, page 11). Setting the LiveV and FrontV Transducer Transmit Angle This feature is available only with RealV capable Panoptix transducers, such as the PS30, PS31, and PS60. You can change the transducer transmit angle to aim the transducer at a particular area of interest. For example, you might aim the transducer to follow a bait ball or focus on a tree as you pass it. 1 From a LiveV or FrontV sonar view, select MENU > Transmit Angle. 2 Select an option. Sonar Fishfinder 85 Setting the FrontV Depth Alarm FrontV sonar and the FrontV depth alarm are tools for situational awareness only, and may not prevent groundings in all circumstances. As vessel speeds approach and exceed 8 knots, your ability to effectively respond to the information provided by the sonar and/or alarm decreases. It is your responsibility to remain aware of your surroundings while underway and to operate your vessel in a safe and prudent manner. Failure to do so could result in an accident leading to property damage, personal injury, or death. WARNING CAUTION The Beeper setting must be turned on to make alarms audible (Sounds and Display Settings, page 159). Failure to set audible alarms could lead to injury or property damage. This alarm is available only with Panoptix FrontV transducers. You can set an alarm to sound when the depth is below a specified level. For best results, you should set the bow offset when using the front collision alarm (Setting the Bow Offset, page 88). 1 From the FrontV sonar view, select MENU > FrontV Alarm. 2 Select On. 3 Enter the depth at which the alarm is triggered, and select Done. On the FrontV screen, a depth line shows the depth at which the alarm is set. The line is green when you are in a safe depth. The line turns yellow when you are going faster than the forward range gives you time to react (10 seconds). It turns red and sounds an alarm when the system detects an obstruction or the depth is less than the entered value. LiveV and FrontV Appearance Settings From a LiveV or FrontV Panoptix sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup > Appearance. Color Scheme: Sets the color palette. Color Gain: Adjusts the intensity of colors shown on the screen. You can select a higher color gain value to see targets higher in the water column. A higher color gain value also allow you to differentiate low intensity returns higher in the water column, but this causes a loss in the differentiation of the returns at the bottom. You can select a lower color gain value when targets are near the bottom, to help you distinguish between targets and high intensity returns such as sand, rock, and mud. Trails: Sets the how long the trails appear on the screen. The trails show the movement of the target. Bottom Fill: Colors the bottom brown to distinguish it from the water returns. LiveV and FrontV Layout Settings From a LiveV or FrontV Panoptix sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup > Layout. Grid Overlay: Shows a grid of range lines. Scroll History: Shows the sonar history on the side of the screen. Beam Icon: Selects the icon used to show the direction of the transducer beam. On-screen Control: Shows the on-screen buttons. Compress Range: In forward views, compresses the forward range farther away from the boat and expands the range closer to the boat. This allows you to see closer objects more clearly while keeping farther objects on the screen. 86 Sonar Fishfinder RealV Appearance Settings From a RealV sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup > Appearance. Point Colors: Sets a different color palette for the sonar return points. Bottom Colors: Sets the color scheme for the bottom. Bottom Style: Sets the style for the bottom. When you are in deep water, you can select the Points option and manually set the range to a shallower value. Color Key: Shows a legend of the depths the colors represent. On-screen Control: Shows or hides the on-screen buttons. Panoptix Transducer Installation Settings From a Panoptix sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup > Installation. Install Depth: Sets the depth below the water line where the Panoptix transducer is mounted. Entering the actual depth at which the transducer is mounted results in a more accurate visual presentation of what is in the water. Bow Offset: Sets the distance between the bow and the forward view Panoptix transducer installation location. This allows you to view the forward distance from the bow instead of the transducer location. This applies to Panoptix transducers in the FrontV, LiveV Forward, and RealV 3D Forward sonar views. Beam Width: Sets the width of the down view Panoptix transducer beam. Narrow beam widths allow you to see deeper and farther. Wider beam widths allow you to see more coverage area. This applies to Panoptix transducers in the FrontV, LiveV Down, and LiveV Forward sonar views. Use AHRS: Enables the internal attitude heading and reference system (AHRS) sensors to detect the installation angle of the Panoptix transducer automatically. When this setting is turned off, you can enter the specific installation angle for the transducer using the Pitch Angle setting. Many forward view transducers are installed at a 45-degree angle and down view transducers are installed at a zero-degree angle. Flipped: Sets the orientation of the Panoptix sonar view when the down view transducer is installed with the cables pointing toward the port side of the boat. This applies to Panoptix transducers in the LiveV Down, RealV 3D Down, and RealV 3D Historical sonar views. Calibrate Compass: Calibrates the internal compass in the Panoptix transducer (Calibrating the Compass, page 89). This applies to Panoptix transducers with an internal compass, such as the PS21-TR transducer. Orientation: Controls if the transducer is in down or forward installation mode. The Auto setting uses the AHRS sensor to determine the orientation. This applies to PS22 transducers. Restore Sonar Defaults: Restores the sonar settings to the factory default values. Sonar Fishfinder 87 Setting the Bow Offset For forward view Panoptix transducers, you can enter a bow offset to compensate the forward distance readings for the transducer installation location. This allows you to view the forward distance from the bow instead of the transducer installation location. This feature applies to Panoptix transducers in the FrontV, LiveV Forward, and RealV 3D Forward sonar views. 1 Measure the horizontal distance from the transducer to the bow. 2 From an applicable sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup > Installation > Bow Offset. 3 Enter the distance measured, and select Done. On the applicable sonar view, the forward range shifts by the distance you entered. 88 Sonar Fishfinder Calibrating the Compass Before you can calibrate the compass, the transducer must be installed far enough away from the trolling motor to avoid magnetic interference, and deployed in the water. Calibration must be of sufficient quality to enable the internal compass. NOTE: The compass may not work if you mount the transducer on the motor. NOTE: For best results, you should use a heading sensor such as the SteadyCast heading sensor. The heading sensor shows the direction the transducer is pointing relative to the boat. NOTE: Compass calibration is available only for transducers with an internal compass, such as the PS21-TR transducer. You can begin turning your boat before calibrating, but you must fully rotate your boat 1.5 times during calibration. 1 From an applicable sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup > Installation. 2 If necessary, select Use AHRS to turn on the AHRS sensor. 3 Select Calibrate Compass. 4 Follow the on-screen instructions. LiveScope and Perspective Sonar Settings From the LiveScope or Perspective sonar view, select MENU. Gain: Controls the level of detail and noise shown on the sonar screen. If you want to see the highest intensity signal returns on the screen, you can lower the gain to remove lower intensity returns and noise. If you want to see all return information, you can increase the gain to see more information on the screen. Increasing the gain also increases noise, and can make it more difficult to recognize actual returns. Depth Range: Adjusts the range of the depth scale. Allowing the device to adjust the range automatically keeps the bottom within the lower portion of the sonar screen, and can be useful for tracking a bottom that has minimal or moderate terrain changes. Manually adjusting the range enables you to view a specified range, which can be useful for tracking a bottom that has large terrain changes, such as a drop-offs or cliffs. The bottom can appear on the screen as long as it appears within the range you have set. Available in LiveScope sonar view. Forward Range: Adjusts the range of the forward scale. Allowing the device to adjust the range automatically adjusts the forward scale in relation to the depth. Manually adjusting the range enables you to view a specified range. The bottom can appear on the screen as long as it appears within the range you have set. Available in LiveScope sonar view. Range: Adjusts the range. Allowing the device to adjust the range automatically keeps the bottom within the lower or outer third of the sonar screen, and can be useful for tracking a bottom that has minimal or moderate terrain changes. Manually adjusting the range enables you to view a specified range, which can be useful for tracking a bottom that has large terrain changes, such as a drop-offs or cliffs. The bottom can appear on the screen as long as it appears within the range you have set. Available in Perspective sonar view. Transmit: Stops the active transducer from transmitting. Sonar Setup: Adjusts the setup of the transducer and the appearance of the sonar returns (LiveScope and Perspective Sonar Setup, page 90). Edit Overlays: Adjusts the data shown on the screen (Customizing the Data Overlays, page 11). Sonar Fishfinder 89 LiveScope and Perspective Sonar Setup From the LiveScope or Perspective sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup. Appearance: Configures the appearance of the sonar screen (LiveScope and Perspective Appearance Settings, page 90). Layout: Configures the layout of the sonar screen (LiveScope and Perspective Layout Settings, page 90). Noise Reject: Reduces noise and interference and attempts to remove returns that are not actually targets in the water. Ghost Reject: Reduces the occurrence of "ghost" images, which are duplicated or reflected images that are not actually targets in the water. The Ghost Reject setting sends more transmit power forward in the water to see farther with less noise generated by the bottom. Adjusting the Ghost Reject and Noise Reject settings together reduces the occurrence of "ghost" images most effectively. This feature is available in LiveScope Forward orientation only. TVG: Adjusts the time varying gain, which can reduce noise. This control is best used for situations when you want to control and suppress clutter or noise near the water surface. It also allows for the display of targets near the surface that are otherwise hidden or masked by surface noise. Overlay Data: Sets the data shown on the sonar screen. Installation: Configures the transducer (LiveScope and Perspective Transducer Installation Settings, page 91). LiveScope and Perspective Appearance Settings From the LiveScope or Perspective sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup > Appearance. Color Scheme: Sets the color palette. Color Gain: Adjusts the contrast of colors shown on the screen. You can select a higher color gain value to see minor variances in targets with large color changes. You can select a lower color gain value to see more similar colors in the same situation. Trails: Sets the how long the trails appear on the screen. The trails show the movement of the target. Bottom Fill: Colors the bottom brown to distinguish it from the water returns. Not available in Perspective mode. LiveScope and Perspective Layout Settings From the LiveScope or Perspective sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup > Layout. Grid Overlay: Shows a grid of range lines. The Grid option shows a square grid. The Radial option shows a circular grid with radial angle lines. Scroll History: Shows the sonar history on the side of the screen. Not available in Perspective mode. Beam Icon: Selects the icon used to show the direction of the transducer beam. Beam Overlay: Enables an outline to show where the transducers are oriented in relation to each other, when two or more calibrated Panoptix transducers are connected. On-screen Control: Shows the on-screen buttons. Reverse Range: Adjusts the amount of range shown behind the transducer. Compress Range: In forward views, compresses the forward range farther away from the boat and expands the range closer to the boat. This allows you to see closer objects more clearly while keeping farther objects on the screen. 90 Sonar Fishfinder LiveScope and Perspective Transducer Installation Settings From the LiveScope or Perspective sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup > Installation. Install Depth: Sets the depth below the water line where the Panoptix transducer is mounted. Entering the actual depth at which the transducer is mounted results in a more accurate visual presentation of what is in the water. Use AHRS: Enables the internal attitude heading and reference system (AHRS) sensors to detect the installation angle of the Panoptix transducer automatically. When this setting is turned off, you can enter the specific installation angle for the transducer using the Pitch Angle setting. Many forward view transducers are installed at a 45-degree angle and down view transducers are installed at a zero-degree angle. Calibrate Compass: Calibrates the internal compass in the Panoptix transducer (Calibrating the Compass, page 89). This applies to LiveScope transducers with an internal compass. Orientation: Controls if the transducer is in down or forward installation mode. The Auto setting uses the AHRS sensor to determine the orientation. Focus: Adjusts the sonar view to compensate for the speed of sound in water. The Auto setting uses the temperature of the water to calculate the speed of sound. Restore Sonar Defaults: Restores the sonar settings to the factory default values. Radar WARNING The marine radar transmits microwave energy that has the potential to be harmful to humans and animals. Before beginning radar transmission, verify that the area around the radar is clear. The radar transmits a beam approximately 12 above and below a line extending horizontally from the center of the radar. To avoid possible personal injury, do not look directly at the antenna at close range when the radar is transmitting. Eyes are the most sensitive part of the body to electromagnetic energy. When you connect your compatible chartplotter to an optional Garmin marine radar, such as a GMR Fantom 6 radar or a GMR 24 xHD, you can view more information about your surroundings. The radar transmits a narrow beam of microwave energy as it rotates to a 360 pattern. When the transmitted energy contacts a target, some of that energy is reflected back to the radar. Radar 91 Radar Interpretation Reading and interpreting the radar display takes practice. The more you use the radar, the better you will become at relying on the radar display when you really need it. Radar can be useful in many situations, such as avoiding collisions when you have limited visibility, for example when it is dark or foggy, tracking weather, seeing what is ahead of you, and locating birds and fish. The radar overlay feature can help you interpret the radar display more easily, because it overlays the radar returns on top of the chart. This can help you identify the difference between a radar return of a land mass, bridge, or rain cloud. Showing the AIS vessels on the radar overlay can also help you identify features on the radar display. In the screenshot below, the radar overlay is turned on. This screen also shows a video feed. We can easily identify a few items on the radar screen. Land Vessel Radar Overlay When you connect your chartplotter to an optional Garmin marine radar, you can use overlay radar information on the Navigation chart or on the Fishing chart. Data appears on the radar overlay based on the most recently used radar mode and all settings configurations applied to the radar overlay are also applied to the last-used radar mode. Radar Overlay and Chart Data Alignment When using the Radar overlay, the chartplotter aligns radar data with chart data based on the boat heading, which is based by default on data from a magnetic heading sensor connected using a NMEA 0183 or NMEA 2000 network. If a heading sensor is not available, the boat heading is based on GPS tracking data. GPS tracking data indicates the direction in which the boat is moving, not the direction in which the boat is pointing. If the boat is drifting backward or sideways due to a current or wind, the Radar overlay may not perfectly align with the chart data. This situation should be avoided by using boat-heading data from an electronic compass. If the boat heading is based on data from a magnetic heading sensor or an automatic pilot, the heading data could be compromised due to incorrect setup, mechanical malfunction, magnetic interference, or other factors. If the heading data is compromised, the Radar overlay may not align perfectly with the chart data. 92 Radar Transmitting Radar Signals NOTE: As a safety feature, the radar enters standby mode after it warms up. This gives you an opportunity to verify the area around the radar is clear before beginning radar transmission. 1 With the chartplotter off, connect your radar as described in the radar installation instructions. 2 Turn on the chartplotter. If necessary, the radar warms up and a countdown alerts you when the radar is ready. 3 Select Radar. 4 Select a radar mode. A countdown message appears while the radar is starting up. 5 Select MENU > Transmit Radar. Stopping the Transmission of Radar Signals From a radar screen, select MENU > Radar To Standby. TIP: Press

> Radar To Standby from any screen to quickly stop radar transmission. Setting Up the Timed Transmit Mode To help conserve power, you can set up time intervals in which the radar will transmit and not transmit (standby) signal transmissions. NOTE: This feature is not available in dual radar modes. 1 From a radar screen, select MENU > Radar Options > Timed Transmit. 2 Select Timed Transmit to enable the option. 3 Select Stdby Time, enter the time interval between radar signal transmissions, and select Done. 4 Select Transmit Time, enter the duration of each radar signal transmission, and select Done. Enabling and Adjusting a Radar No Transmit Zone You can indicate areas within which the radar scanner does not transmit signals. NOTE: GMR Fantom and xHD2 radar models support two no-transmit zones. Most other GMR radar models support one no-transmit zone. GMR 18 HD+ radar models do not support no-transmit zones. 1 From a radar screen, select MENU > Radar Setup > Installation > No Transmit Zone. The no-transmit zone is indicated by a shaded area on the radar screen. 2 Select Angle 1, and select the new location for the first angle. 3 Select Angle 2, and select the new location for the second angle. 4 Select Done. 5 If necessary, repeat for the second zone. Adjusting the Radar Range The range of the radar signal indicates the length of the pulsed signal transmitted and received by the radar. As the range increases, the radar transmits longer pulses in order to reach distant targets. Closer targets, especially rain and waves, also reflect the longer pulses, which can add noise to the Radar screen. Viewing information about longer-range targets can also decrease the amount of space available on the Radar screen for viewing information about shorter-range targets. Turn the knob to increase or decrease the range. Radar 93 Tips for Selecting a Radar Range Determine what information you need to see on the Radar screen. For example, do you need information about nearby weather conditions or targets and traffic, or are you more concerned about distant weather conditions?

Assess the environmental conditions where the radar is being used. Especially in inclement weather, longer-range radar signals can increase the clutter on the Radar screen and make it more difficult to view information about shorter-range targets. In rain, shorter-range radar signals can enable you to view information about nearby objects more effectively, if the rain clutter setting is configured optimally. Select the shortest effective range, given your reason for using radar and the present environmental conditions. MotionScope Doppler Radar Technology The GMR Fantom radar uses the Doppler effect to detect and highlight moving targets to help you avoid potential collisions, find flocks of birds, and track weather formations. The Doppler effect is the frequency shift in the radar echo due to the relative motion of the target. This allows for instant detection of any targets moving toward or away from the radar. The MotionScope feature highlights the moving targets on the radar display so you can navigate around other boats or severe weather, or toward fishing spots where birds are feeding at the surface. The moving targets are color-coded so you can tell at a glance which targets are moving toward or away from you. On most color schemes, green indicates the target is moving away from you and red indicates the target is moving toward you. On some models, you can also adjust the M-Scope Sensitivity setting to change the speed threshold for target highlighting. A higher setting highlights slower targets, and a lower setting highlights only faster targets. Enabling a Guard Zone You can enable a guard zone to alert you when anything comes within a specified area around your boat. From a radar screen, select MENU > Radar Options > Guard Zone. 94 Radar Defining a Circular Guard Zone Before you can define the boundaries of the guard zone, you must enable a guard zone (Enabling a Guard Zone, page 94). You can define a circular guard zone that completely surrounds your boat. 1 From a radar screen, select MENU > Radar Options > Guard Zone >

2 Press SELECT. 3 Select Circle. 4 Select the location of the outer guard zone circle. 5 Select the location of the inner guard zone circle to define the width of the guard zone. Defining a Partial Guard Zone You can define the boundaries of a guard zone that does not completely surround your boat. 1 From a radar screen, select MENU > Radar Options > Guard Zone >

2 Use the arrow keys to move location of the outer guard-zone corner

. 3 Press SELECT. 4 Select Corner 2. 5 Use the arrow keys to move the inner guard-zone corner to define the width of the guard zone. 6 Select Done. MARPA WARNING This feature is intended to enhance situational awareness and may not prevent collisions in all circumstances. You are responsible for the safe and prudent operation of your vessel and for remaining aware of obstacles or hazards in or around the water. Failure to do so could result in an accident causing property damage, serious personal injury, or death. Mini-automatic radar plotting aid (MARPA) enables you to identify and track targets and is primarily used for collision avoidance. To use MARPA, you assign a MARPA tag to a target. The radar system automatically tracks the tagged object and provides you with information about the object, including the range, bearing, speed, GPS heading, nearest approach, and time to nearest approach. MARPA indicates the status of each tagged object

(acquiring, lost, tracking, or dangerous), and the chartplotter can sound a collision alarm if the object enters your safe zone. Before you can use MARPA, you must have a heading sensor connected and an active GPS signal. The heading sensor must provide the NMEA 2000 parameter group number (PGN) 127250 or the NMEA 0183 HDM or HDG output sentence. Radar 95 MARPA Targeting Symbols Acquiring a target. Concentric, dashed green rings radiate from the target while the radar is locking onto it. Target has been acquired. A solid green ring indicates the location of a target that the radar has locked onto. A dashed green line attached to the circle indicates the projected course over ground or the GPS heading of the target. Dangerous target is in range. A red ring flashes from the target while an alarm sounds and a message banner appears. After the alarm has been acknowledged, a solid red dot with a dashed red line attached to it indicates the location and the projected course over ground or the GPS heading of the target. If the safe-zone collision alarm has been set to Off, the target flashes, but the audible alarm does not sound and the alarm banner does not appear. Target has been lost. A solid green ring with an X through it indicates that the radar could not lock onto the target. Closest point of approach and time to closest point of approach to a dangerous target. Acquiring MARPA Targets Automatically You can acquire MARPA targets automatically based on MotionScope, guard zones, or boundaries. 1 From a radar screen, select MENU > Layers > Other Vessels > MARPA > Auto Acquire. 2 Select

, and adjust additional settings (optional). Removing MARPA Targets Automatically You can enable the MARPA Auto Remove setting to remove lost targets from the target list automatically. While enabled, lost targets are removed when new targets are acquired while the target list is at full capacity. 1 From a radar screen, select MENU > Layers > Other Vessels > MARPA. 2 Select Auto Remove > On. Assigning a MARPA Tag to an Object Before you can use MARPA, you must have a heading sensor connected and an active GPS signal. The heading sensor must provide the NMEA 2000 parameter group number (PGN) 127250 or the NMEA 0183 HDM or HDG output sentence. 1 From a radar screen, select an object or location. 2 Select Acquire Tgt. > MARPA Target. Removing a MARPA Tag from a Targeted Object 1 From the Radar screen, select a MARPA target. 2 Select MARPA Target > Remove. Viewing Information about a MARPA-tagged Object You can view the range, bearing, speed, and other information about a MARPA-tagged object. 1 From a radar screen, select a targeted object. 2 Select MARPA Target. 96 Radar Viewing a List of AIS and MARPA Threats From any Radar screen or the Radar overlay, you can view and customize the appearance of a list of AIS and MARPA threats. 1 From a Radar screen, select MENU > Layers > Other Vessels. 2 Select an option:

To view a list of AIS threats, select AIS > AIS List. To view a list of MARPA threats, select MARPA > MARPA List. 3 If necessary, select Display Options > Show, and select the type of threats to include in the list. Showing AIS Vessels on the Radar Screen AIS requires the use of an external AIS device and active transponder signals from other vessels. You can configure how other vessels appear on the Radar screen. If any setting (except the AIS display range) is configured for one radar mode, the setting is applied to every other radar mode. The details and projected heading settings configured for one radar mode are applied to every other radar mode and to the Radar overlay. 1 From a Radar screen or the Radar overlay, select MENU > Layers > Other Vessels > AIS. 2 Select an option:

To indicate the distance from your location within which AIS vessels appear, select Display Range, and select a distance. To show details about AIS-activated vessels, select Details > Show. To set the projected heading time for AIS-activated vessels, select Proj. Heading, and enter the time. To show the tracks of AIS vessels, select Trails, and select the length of the track that appears. VRM and EBL The variable range marker (VRM) and the electronic bearing line (EBL) measure the distance and bearing from your boat to a target object. On the Radar screen, the VRM appears as a circle that is centered on the present location of your boat, and the EBL appears as a line that begins at the present location of your boat and intersects the VRM. The point of intersection is the target of the VRM and the EBL. Showing and Adjusting the VRM and the EBL You can adjust the diameter of the VRM and the angle of the EBL, which moves the intersection point of the VRM and the EBL. The VRM and the EBL configured for one mode are applied to all other radar modes. 1 From a radar screen, select MENU > Radar Options > VRM/EBL >

2 Select a new location for the intersection point of the VRM and the EBL 3 Select Done. Measuring the Range and Bearing to a Target Object Before you can adjust the VRM and the EBL, you must show them on the Radar screen (Showing and Adjusting the VRM and the EBL, page 97). 1 From a Radar screen, select the target location. 2 Select Measure. The range and the bearing to the target location appear in the upper-left corner of the screen. Radar 97 Echo Trails The echo trails feature enables you to track the movement of vessels on the radar display. As a vessel moves, you can see a faint trail of the vessel's wake. You can change the length of time the trail is displayed. NOTE: Depending upon the radar in use, the settings configured for use in one radar mode may or may not be applied to other radar modes or to the radar overlay. NOTE: This feature is not available on xHD open array or HD/HD+ radome models. Turning on Echo Trails From a radar screen, select MENU > Radar Options > Echo Trails > Display. Adjusting the Length of the Echo Trails 1 From a radar screen or the radar overlay, select MENU > Radar Options > Echo Trails > Time. 2 Select the length of the trail. Clearing the Echo Trails You can remove the echo trails from the radar screen to reduce the clutter on the screen. From a radar screen, select MENU > Radar Options > Echo Trails > Clear Trails. Radar Settings NOTE: Not all options and settings are available on all radar and chartplotter models. NOTE: You can optimize the radar display for each radar mode. Radar Gain Adjusting Gain on the Radar Screen Automatically The automatic gain setting for each radar mode is optimized for that mode, and may differ from the automatic gain setting used for another mode. NOTE: Depending upon the radar in use, the gain setting configured for use in one radar mode may or may not be applied to other radar modes or to the Radar overlay. NOTE: Not all options are available on all radar models. 1 From a radar screen or the radar overlay, select MENU > Gain. 2 Select an option:

To adjust the gain automatically for changing conditions, select Auto Low or Auto High. To adjust the gain automatically to show birds over the surface of the water, select Auto Bird. NOTE: This option is not available on xHD open array or HD/HD+ radome models. 98 Radar Adjusting Gain on the Radar Screen Manually For optimal radar performance, you can manually adjust the gain. NOTE: Depending upon the radar in use, the gain setting configured for use in one radar mode may or may not be applied to other radar modes or to the Radar overlay. 1 From a Radar screen or the Radar overlay, select MENU > Gain. 2 Select Up to raise the gain, until light speckles appear across the Radar screen. Data on the Radar screen is refreshed every few seconds. As a result, the effects of manually adjusting the gain may not appear instantly. Adjust the gain slowly. 3 Select Down to lower the gain until the speckles disappear. 4 If boats, land, or other targets are within range, select Down to lower the gain until the targets begin to blink. 5 Select Up to raise the gain until the boats, land, or other targets appear steadily lit on the Radar screen. 6 Minimize the appearance of nearby large objects, if necessary. 7 Minimize the appearance of side-lobe echoes, if necessary. Minimizing Nearby Large-Object Interference Nearby targets of significant size, such as jetty walls, can cause a very bright image of the target to appear on the Radar screen. This image can obscure smaller targets located near it. NOTE: Depending upon the radar in use, the gain setting configured for use in one radar mode may or may not be applied to other radar modes or to the Radar overlay. 1 From a Radar screen or the Radar overlay, select MENU > Gain. 2 Select Down to lower the gain until the smaller targets are clearly visible on the Radar screen. Reducing the gain to eliminate nearby large-object interference may cause smaller or distant targets to blink or disappear from the Radar screen. Minimizing Side-Lobe Interference on the Radar Screen Side-lobe interference may appear to streak outward from a target in a semi-circular pattern. Side-lobe effects can be avoided by reducing the gain or reducing the radar range. NOTE: Depending upon the radar in use, the gain setting configured for use in one radar mode may or may not be applied to other radar modes or to the Radar overlay. 1 From a Radar screen or the Radar overlay, select MENU > Gain. 2 Select Down to lower the gain until the semi-circular, streaked pattern disappears from the Radar screen. Reducing the gain to eliminate side-lobe interference may cause smaller or distant targets to blink or disappear from the Radar screen. Radar 99 Radar Filter Settings Adjusting Sea Clutter on the Radar Screen You can adjust the appearance of clutter caused by choppy sea conditions. The sea clutter setting affects the appearance of nearby clutter and targets more than it affects the appearance of distant clutter and targets. A higher sea clutter setting reduces the appearance of clutter caused by nearby waves, but it can also reduce or eliminate the appearance of nearby targets. NOTE: Depending upon the radar in use, the sea clutter setting configured for use in one radar mode may or may not be applied to other radar modes or to the radar overlay. NOTE: Not all options and settings are available on all radar and chartplotter models. 1 From a radar screen or the radar overlay, select MENU > Radar Filters > Sea Clutter. 2 Select an option:. Select an Auto option based on the sea conditions. Select Up or Down to adjust the appearance of sea clutter until other targets are clearly visible on the radar screen. Select a setting that reflects the present sea conditions. Clutter caused by sea conditions may still be visible. When using a compatible radar model, the chartplotter adjusts the sea clutter based on the sea conditions automatically. Adjusting Rain Clutter on the Radar Screen You can adjust the appearance of clutter caused by rain. Reducing the radar range also can minimize rain clutter

(Adjusting the Radar Range, page 93). The rain clutter setting affects the appearance of nearby rain clutter and targets more than it affects the appearance of distant rain clutter and targets. A higher rain clutter setting reduces the appearance of clutter caused by nearby rain, but it can also reduce or eliminate the appearance of nearby targets. NOTE: Depending upon the radar in use, the rain clutter settings configured for use in one radar mode may or may not be applied to other radar modes or to the radar overlay. 1 From a radar screen, select MENU > Radar Filters > Rain Clutter. 2 Select Up or Down to decrease or increase the appearance of nearby rain clutter until other targets are clearly visible on the radar screen. Clutter caused by rain may still be visible. Averaging Multiple Scans on the Radar Screen You can average the results of multiple scans on the radar screen. This can be an effective method to filter out noise and enhances the detection of consistent targets. Averaging is most effective when using a longer range. 1 From a radar screen or the radar overlay, select MENU > Radar Filters > Scan Average. 2 Select an option. The High setting filters out the most noise. 100 Radar Radar Options Menu From a radar screen, select MENU > Radar Options. MotionScope: Uses the Doppler effect to detect and highlight moving targets to help you avoid potential collisions, find flocks of birds, and track weather formations (MotionScope Doppler Radar Technology, page 94). This option is only available on Fantom models. Pulse Exp.: Increases the duration of the transmit pulse, which helps maximize the energy directed toward targets. This helps to enhance the detection and identification of targets. This option is only available on xHD radome and xHD2 open array models. Target Size: Adjusts the size of targets, by adjusting the pulse compression processing. Select smaller targets for a sharp, high resolution radar image. Select larger targets to display larger echos for point targets, like boats and buoys. This option is only available on Fantom models. Echo Trails: Enables you to track the movement of vessels on the radar screen. This option is not available on xHD open array or HD/HD+ radome models. VRM/EBL: Shows the variable range marker (VRM) circle and the electronic bearing line (EBL) to allow you to measure the distance and bearing from your boat to a target object (VRM and EBL, page 97). Guard Zone: Sets a safe zone around your boat and sounds an alarm when anything enters the zone (Enabling a Guard Zone, page 94). Timed Transmit: Helps conserve power by transmitting radar signals at set intervals. Radar Setup Menu From a radar screen, select MENU > Radar Setup. Source: Selects the radar source when more than one radar is connected to the network. Chart Display: Shows the chart under the radar image. When enabled, the Layers menu appears. Orientation: Sets the perspective of the radar display. Crosstalk Rej.: Reduces the appearance of clutter caused by interference from another nearby radar source. Rotation Spd.: Sets the preferred speed at which the radar rotates. The High Speed option can be used to increase the refresh rate. In some situations, the radar automatically rotates at the normal speed to improve detection, for example, when a longer range is selected or when MotionScope or Dual range is used. Appearance: Sets the color scheme, look-ahead speed, and navigation appearance. Installation: Allows you to configure the radar for the installation, such as setting the front of the boat and the antenna park position. Reducing Cross Talk Clutter on the Radar Screen You can reduce the appearance of clutter caused by interference from another nearby radar source, when the cross talk reject setting is on. NOTE: Depending upon the radar in use, the cross talk reject setting configured for use in one radar mode may or may not be applied to other radar modes or to the Radar overlay. From a radar screen, select MENU > Radar Setup > Crosstalk Rej.. Radar Appearance Settings From a radar screen, select MENU > Radar Setup > Appearance. NOTE: These settings do not apply to the radar overlay. Bkgd. Color: Sets the color for the background. Frgd. Color: Sets the color scheme for the radar returns. Brightness: Sets the brightness of various radar features, such as range rings and tracking symbols. Look-Ahead Speed: Shifts your present location toward the bottom of the screen automatically as your speed increases. Enter your top speed for the best results. Radar 101 Radar Installation Settings Front of Boat: Compensates for the physical location of the radar when it is not on the boat axis (Measuring and Setting the Front-of-Boat Offset, page 102). Antenna Configuration: Sets the radar antenna size and sets the position in which the radar stops (Setting a Custom Park Position, page 102). No Transmit Zone: Sets the area in which the radar does not transmit signals (Enabling and Adjusting a Radar No Transmit Zone, page 93). Measuring and Setting the Front-of-Boat Offset The front-of-boat offset compensates for the physical location of the radar scanner on a boat, if the radar scanner does not align with the bow-stern axis. The front-of-boat offset setting configured for use in one radar mode is applied to every other radar mode and to the radar overlay. 1 Using a magnetic compass, take an optical bearing of a stationary target located within viewable range. 2 Measure the target bearing on the radar. 3 If the bearing deviation is more than +/- 1 degree, set the front-of-boat offset. 4 From a radar screen, select MENU > Radar Setup > Installation > Front of Boat. 5 Select Up or Down to adjust the offset. Setting a Custom Park Position By default, the antenna is stopped perpendicular to the pedestal when it is not spinning. You can adjust this position. 1 From the radar screen, select MENU > Radar Setup > Installation > Antenna Configuration > Park Position. 2 Use the slider bar to adjust the position of the antenna when stopped, and select BACK. Radar My Vessel Layer Settings From a radar screen, select MENU > Layers > My Vessel. Heading Line: Shows an extension from the bow of the boat in the direction of travel on the radar screen. Range Rings: Shows the range rings that help you to visualize distances on the radar screen. Bearing Ring: Shows a bearing relative to your heading or based on a north reference, to help you determine the bearing to an object shown on the radar screen. Selecting a Different Radar Source 1 Select an option:

From a radar screen or the radar overlay, select MENU > Radar Setup > Source. Select

> Communications > Preferred Sources > Radar. 2 Select the radar source. 102 Radar Autopilot WARNING You can use the autopilot feature only at a station installed next to a helm, throttle, and helm control device. You are responsible for the safe and prudent operation of your vessel. The autopilot is a tool that enhances your capability to operate your boat. It does not relieve you of the responsibility of safely operating your boat. Avoid navigational hazards and never leave the helm unattended. Always be prepared to promptly regain manual control of your boat. Learn to operate the autopilot on calm and hazard-free open water. Use caution when operating the autopilot near hazards in the water, such as docks, pilings, and other boats. The autopilot system continuously adjusts the steering of your boat to maintain a constant heading (heading hold). The system also allows manual steering and several modes of automatic-steering functions and patterns. When the chartplotter is connected to a compatible Garmin autopilot system, you can engage and control the autopilot from the chartplotter. For information about compatible Garmin autopilot systems, go to garmin.com. When the chartplotter is connected to a compatible Yamaha autopilot system, you can control the autopilot from the chartplotter using the Yamaha autopilot screen and overlay bar (Yamaha Autopilot, page 109). For information about compatible Yamaha autopilot systems, contact your Yamaha dealer. Autopilot Configuration NOTICE To avoid damage to your boat, the autopilot system should be installed and configured by a qualified marine installer. Specific knowledge of marine steering and electrical systems is required for proper installation and configuration. The autopilot system must be configured to work properly with your boat. You can configure the autopilot using a chartplotter on the same NMEA 2000 network as the autopilot. For configuration instructions, go to support.garmin.com, and download the configuration guide for your specific autopilot model. Selecting the Preferred Heading Source NOTICE For best results, use the autopilot CCU internal compass for the heading source. Using a third-party GPS compass can cause the data to be delivered erratically and may result in excessive delays. The autopilot needs timely information, and therefore cannot often use third-party GPS compass data for GPS location or speed. If a third-party GPS compass is used, the autopilot will likely report loss of navigation data and speed source periodically. If you have more than one heading source on the network, you can select a your preferred source. The source could be a compatible GPS compass or a magnetic heading sensor. 1 From the autopilot screen, select MENU > Autopilot Setup > Preferred Sources 2 Select a source. If the selected heading source is unavailable, the autopilot screen does not display any data. Opening the Autopilot Screen Before you can open the autopilot screen, you must have a compatible Garmin autopilot installed and configured. Select Vessel > Autopilot. Autopilot 103 Autopilot Screen Actual heading Intended heading (heading the autopilot is steering toward) Actual heading (when in standby mode) Intended heading (when engaged) Rudder position indicator (This functionality is available only when a rudder sensor is connected.) Adjusting the Step Steering Increment 1 From the autopilot screen, select MENU > Autopilot Setup > Step Turn Size. 2 Select an increment. Setting the Power Saver You can adjust the level of rudder activity. 1 From the autopilot screen, select MENU > Autopilot Setup > Power Mode Setup > Power Saver. 2 Select a percentage. Selecting a higher percentage reduces rudder activity and heading performance. The higher the percentage, the more the course deviates before the autopilot corrects it. TIP: In choppy conditions at low speeds, increasing the Power Saver percentage reduces rudder activity. 104 Autopilot Enabling the Shadow Drive Feature WARNING If the Shadow Drive feature is disabled, steering the boat manually will not disengage the autopilot system. You must use the helm control or connected chartplotter to disengage the autopilot system. NOTE: The Shadow Drive feature is not available on all autopilot models. If the Shadow Drive feature has been disabled, you must enable it again before you can steer the boat manually to disengage the autopilot system. 1 From the autopilot screen, select MENU > Autopilot Setup > Shadow Drive Setup. 2 If Disabled is shown, select Shadow Drive to enable the Shadow Drive feature. The Shadow Drive feature is enabled. You can repeat these steps to disable the feature again. Autopilot Overlay Bar NOTE: Not all options are available on all autopilot models. Autopilot status Engages and disengages heading hold Steers left Actual heading Rudder position indicator (available only when a rudder sensor is connected) Intended heading (heading the autopilot is steering toward) Steers right Engages the last used steering pattern Engages follow route mode (available only when autopilot is in standby status and navigating using Go To, Route To, or Auto Guidance) Opens the full autopilot screen and menu Engaging the Autopilot When you engage the autopilot, the autopilot takes control of the helm and steers the boat to maintain your heading. From any screen, select Engage. Your intended heading shows in the center of the Autopilot screen. Autopilot 105 Adjusting the Heading Using the Helm NOTE: You must enable the Shadow Drive feature before you can adjust the heading using the helm while the autopilot is engaged . With the autopilot engaged, manually steer the boat using the helm. Shadow Drive and using the helm. at the top of the heading screen appear in yellow, and you have full steering control When you release the helm and maintain a specific heading for a few seconds, the autopilot resumes a heading hold at the new heading. Adjusting the Heading with the Chartplotter in Step Steering Mode 1 Engage a heading hold (Engaging the Autopilot, page 105). 2 Select an option:

Select <1 or 1> to initiate a single 1 turn. Select <<10 or 10>> to initiate a single 10 turn. Hold <1 or 1> to initiate a rate-controlled turn. The boat continues to turn until you let go of the key. Hold <<10 or 10>> to initiate a sequence of 10 turns. Steering Patterns You are responsible for the safe operation of your boat. Do not begin a pattern until you are certain the water is clear of obstacles. The autopilot can steer the boat in preset patterns for fishing, and it can perform other specialty maneuvers such as U-turns and Williamson turns. WARNING Following the U-Turn Pattern You can use the u-turn pattern to turn the boat around 180 degrees and maintain the new heading. 1 From the autopilot screen, select MENU > Pattern Steering > U-Turn. 2 Select Engage Port or Engage Starboard. Setting Up and Following the Circles Pattern You can use the circles pattern to steer the boat in a continuous circle, in a specified direction, and at a specified time interval. 1 From the autopilot screen, select MENU > Pattern Steering > Circles. 2 If necessary, select Time, and select a time for the autopilot to steer one complete circle. 3 Select Engage Port or Engage Starboard. Setting Up and Following the Zigzag Pattern You can use the zigzag pattern to steer the boat from port to starboard and back, over a specified time and angle, across your present heading. 1 From the autopilot screen, select MENU > Pattern Steering > Zigzag. 2 If necessary, select Amplitude, and select a degree. 3 If necessary, select Period, and select a length of time. 4 Select Engage Zigzag. 106 Autopilot Following the Williamson Turn Pattern You can use the Williamson turn pattern to steer the boat around with the intent of running alongside the location where the Williamson turn pattern was initiated. The Williamson turn pattern can be used in man overboard situations. 1 From the autopilot screen, select MENU > Pattern Steering > Williamson Turn. 2 Select Engage Port or Engage Starboard. Following an Orbit Pattern You can use the orbit pattern to steer the boat in a continuous circle around the active waypoint. The size of the circle is defined by your distance from the active waypoint when you begin the orbit pattern. 1 From the autopilot screen, select MENU > Pattern Steering > Orbit. 2 Select Engage Port or Engage Starboard. Setting Up and Following the Cloverleaf Pattern You can use the cloverleaf pattern to steer the boat to repeatedly pass over an active waypoint. When you begin the cloverleaf pattern, the autopilot drives the boat toward the active waypoint and begins the cloverleaf pattern. You can adjust the distance between the waypoint and the location where the autopilot turns the boat for another pass over the waypoint. The default setting turns the boat at a range of 1000 ft. (300 m) from the active waypoint. 1 From the autopilot screen, select MENU > Pattern Steering > Cloverleaf. 2 If necessary, select Length, and select a distance. 3 Select Engage Port or Engage Starboard. Setting Up and Following a Search Pattern You can use the search pattern to steer the boat in increasingly larger circles outward from the active waypoint, forming a spiral pattern. When you begin the search pattern, the autopilot immediately drives the boat in a circle centered on the active waypoint and expands the spiral as it completes each circle. You can adjust the distance between each circle in the spiral. The default distance between circles is 50 ft.

(20 m). 1 From the autopilot screen, select MENU > Pattern Steering > Search. 2 If necessary, select Search Spacing, and select a distance. 3 Select Engage Port or Engage Starboard. Cancelling a Steering Pattern Physically steer the boat. NOTE: Shadow Drive feature must be enabled to cancel a steering pattern by physically steering the boat. Select or to cancel a pattern using step steering mode. Select Standby. Adjusting the Autopilot Response The Response setting allows you to adjust the autopilot responsiveness for varying sea and wind conditions. For advanced autopilot configuration, see the configuration guide included with your autopilot system. 1 From the autopilot screen, select MENU > Response. 2 Adjust the rudder response. If you want the rudder to be more responsive and move more quickly, increase the value. If the rudder is too responsive and moving too quickly, decrease the value. Autopilot 107 Enabling the Autopilot Controls on a Garmin Watch You can control the Garmin autopilot with a compatible Garmin watch. Go to garmin.com for a list of compatible Garmin watches. NOTE: Smart notifications are not available on your watch when the autopilot remote control is enabled. 1 Select Communications > Wireless Devices > Connect IQ Apps > Autopilot Control > Enable > New Connection. 2 Follow the on-screen instructions. Customizing the Autopilot Button Actions Before you can set the autopilot button actions, you must install and configure a compatible Garmin autopilot. You can select up to three autopilot actions for your Garmin watch to perform. NOTE: Available autopilot actions depend on the autopilot installed. 1 On the chartplotter, select Communications > Wireless Devices > Connect IQ Apps > Autopilot Control >

Button Actions. 2 Select a button. 3 Select an action. Controlling the Autopilot with a GRID 20 Remote Control Press the knob to change the mode. While in step steering mode, turn the knob to steer. Each turn of the knob produces a 1-degree step turn. While in autopilot response mode, turn the knob to adjust the Response setting. While in rudder steering mode, hold the joystick to the right or left to steer. Reactor Autopilot Remote Control WARNING You are responsible for the safe and prudent operation of your vessel. The autopilot is a tool that enhances your capability to operate your boat. It does not relieve you of the responsibility of safely operating your boat. Avoid navigational hazards and never leave the helm unattended. You can wirelessly connect a Reactor autopilot remote control to the chartplotter to control the compatible Reactor autopilot system. For more information about using the remote, see the Reactor autopilot remote control instructions at garmin.com Pairing a Reactor Autopilot Remote Control With a Chartplotter 1 Select MENU > Communications > Wireless Devices > Wireless Remotes > Autopilot Remote. 2 If necessary, select Enable. 3 Select New Connection. 4 On the remote control, select

> Pair with MFD. The chartplotter beeps and shows a confirmation message. 5 On the chartplotter, select Yes to complete the pairing process. Changing the Functions of the Reactor Autopilot Remote Control Action Keys You can change the patterns or actions assigned to the Reactor autopilot remote control action keys. 1 Select

> Communications > Wireless Devices > Wireless Remotes > Autopilot Remote > Button Actions. 2 Select an action key to change. 3 Select a pattern or action to assign to the action key. 108 Autopilot Updating the Reactor Autopilot Remote Control Software You can update the Reactor autopilot remote control software using the chartplotter. 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot on the computer. 2 Go to garmin.com/software/autopilot_remote_control, and select Software. 3 Select Download. 4 Read and agree to the terms. 5 Select Download. 6 Choose a location, and select Save. 7 Double-click the downloaded file. 8 Select Next. 9 Select the drive associated with the memory card, and select Next > Finish. 10 On the chartplotter, insert the memory card into the card slot. 11 Select

> Communications > Wireless Devices > Autopilot Remote > Update Software. Yamaha Autopilot You can use the autopilot feature only at a station installed next to a helm, throttle, and helm control device. You are responsible for the safe and prudent operation of your vessel. The autopilot is a tool that enhances your capability to operate your boat. It does not relieve you of the responsibility of safely operating your boat. Avoid navigational hazards and never leave the helm unattended. WARNING Always be prepared to promptly regain manual control of your boat. Learn to operate the autopilot on calm and hazard-free open water. Use caution when operating the autopilot near hazards in the water, such as docks, pilings, and other boats. The autopilot system continuously adjusts the steering of your boat to maintain a constant heading (heading hold). When the chartplotter is connected to a compatible Yamaha autopilot system, you can view the autopilot information using the Yamaha autopilot screen and overlay bar. For information about compatible Yamaha autopilot systems, contact your Yamaha dealer. Autopilot 109 Yamaha Autopilot Screen Actual heading Intended heading (heading the autopilot is steering toward) Yamaha Autopilot Settings From a Yamaha engine screen, select MENU > Autopilot Setting. Pattern Set: Allows you to select an autopilot pattern. Direction: Sets a port or starboard direction for the pattern. Spacing: Sets the spacing for the pattern. Length: Sets the length of the pattern. Amplitude: Sets the angle for the zigzag pattern. Initial Radius: Sets the radius of the spiral pattern. Final Track Point Mode: Sets the mode for the autopilot when it reaches the end of a route. The FishPoint option maintains the position, but does not maintain the heading. The DriftPoint option allows the boat to drift with the wind or current while maintaining the selected heading, but does not maintain the position. The StayPoint option maintains the position and the heading. The Deceleration option stops the motor, but does not maintain the position or heading. The No Deceleration option does not stop the motor. Course Hold Offset: Sets a distance to navigate parallel to a route. NOTE: Detailed information on the operation of the Yamaha Joystick and Autopilot system can be found in the Quick Guide included with the latest Joystick/Autopilot kit. 110 Autopilot Yamaha Autopilot Overlay Bar Autopilot mode Actual heading Intended heading (heading the autopilot is steering toward) Opens the full autopilot screen and menu Force Trolling Motor Control WARNING Do not run the motor when the propeller is out of the water. Contact with the rotating propeller may result in severe injury. Do not use the motor in areas where you or other people in the water may come into contact with the rotating propeller. Always disconnect the motor from the battery before cleaning or servicing the propeller to avoid injury. You are responsible for the safe and prudent operation of your vessel. The autopilot features on the trolling motor are tools that enhance your capability to operate your boat. They do not relieve you of the responsibility of safely operating your boat. Avoid navigational hazards and never leave the motor controls unattended. Learn to operate the autopilot on calm and hazard-free open water. Use caution when operating the autopilot near hazards in the water, such as docks, pilings, and other boats. When using the autopilot features, be prepared for sudden stops, acceleration, and turns. When stowing or deploying the motor, be aware of slick surfaces around the motor. Slipping when stowing or deploying the motor may result in injury. You can connect the Force trolling motor to the chartplotter to view and control the motor using the chartplotter. CAUTION Connecting to a Trolling Motor You can connect the chartplotter wirelessly to a compatible Garmin Force trolling motor on your boat to control the trolling motor from the chartplotter. 1 Turn on the chartplotter and the trolling motor. 2 Enable the WiFi network on the chartplotter (Setting Up the WiFi Network, page 20). 3 If multiple chartplotters are connected on the Garmin Marine Network, make sure this chartplotter is the host of the WiFi network (Changing the WiFi Host, page 21). 4 On the chartplotter, select 5 On the trolling motor display panel, press

> Communications > Wireless Devices > Garmin Trolling Motor. three times to enter pairing mode. on the trolling motor display panel is solid blue as it searches for a connection to the chartplotter, and turns green when the connection is successful. After the chartplotter and trolling motor connect successfully, enable the trolling motor overlay bar to control the motor (Adding the Trolling Motor Controls to Screens, page 112). Force Trolling Motor Control 111 Adding the Trolling Motor Controls to Screens After you have connected the chartplotter to the Force trolling motor, you must add the trolling motor control bar to screens to control the trolling motor. 1 Open a screen from which you would like to control the trolling motor. 2 Select an option:

From a combination page or SmartMode layout, select MENU > Edit > Overlays. From a full screen, select MENU > Edit Overlays. 3 Select Top Bar or Bottom Bar. 4 Select Trolling Motor Bar. Repeat these steps to add the trolling motor controls to all of the screens from which you would like to control the trolling motor. Trolling Motor Control Bar The trolling motor control bar allows you to control a Force trolling motor and see the status of the motor. Select an item to engage it. The button illuminates when selected. Select the item again to disengage it. Trolling motor battery status. Turns the propeller on and off. Reduces the speed. Speed indicator. Increases the speed. Enables the cruise control at the current speed over ground (SOG). Engages the propellor at full speed. Trolling motor status. Enables anchor lock, which uses the trolling motor to hold your position. Steers the trolling motor. When in anchor lock, jogs the anchor lock position forward, backward, left, or right. Enables heading hold (set and maintain the current heading). When the trolling motor is in heading hold, an autopilot bar appears in the trolling motor bar. Opens the trolling motor settings. 112 Force Trolling Motor Control Trolling Motor Settings From the trolling motor bar, select Calibrate: Calibrates the trolling motor compass (Calibrating the Trolling Motor Compass, page 113) and sets

. the trolling motor bow offset (Setting the Bow Offset, page 114). Anchor Gain: Sets the response of the trolling motor when in anchor lock mode. If you need the trolling motor to be more responsive and move quicker, increase the value. If the motor is moving too much, decrease the value. Navigation Gain: Sets the response of the trolling motor when navigating. If you need the trolling motor to be more responsive and move quicker, increase the value. If the motor is moving too much, decrease the value. Heading Hold Mode: Sets the heading hold mode. The Vessel Align option attempts to keep the boat pointing in the same direction regardless of drift. The Go To option attempts to navigate a straight line in the requested direction. Arrival Mode: Sets the behavior of the trolling motor when you reach the end of a route. With the Anchor Lock setting, the trolling motor holds the position using the anchor lock feature when the boat reaches the end of the route. With the Manual setting, the propeller turns off when the boat reaches the end of the route. CAUTION You are responsible for the safe operation of your boat. When using the Manual setting for the Arrival Mode option, you must be ready to take control of the boat. Auto Power On: Turns on the trolling motor when you apply power to the system. Prop. Stow Side: Sets which side of the trolling motor the propellor rotates to when stowing the trolling motor. This is helpful when you store other items near the stowed propellor. Shortcut Keys: Enables the shortcut keys on the trolling motor remote control to work with this particular chartplotter. The keys work with only one chartplotter at a time. Restore Defaults: Resets the trolling motor settings to the factory default values. Assigning a Shortcut to the Trolling Motor Remote Control Shortcut Keys You can quickly open commonly used screens by assigning a shortcut key on the trolling motor remote control. You can create a shortcut to screens, such as sonar screens and charts. NOTE: If you have more than one chartplotter on the network, you can assign shortcut keys to one chartplotter only. 1 Open a screen. 2 Hold a shortcut key. TIP: The shortcut is also saved to the Pinned category with the shortcut key number. Calibrating the Trolling Motor Compass You must calibrate the compass in the trolling motor before you can use the autopilot features. 1 Drive the boat to an open area of calm water. 2 From the trolling motor bar, select

> Calibrate > Compass Cal.. 3 Follow the on-screen instructions. Force Trolling Motor Control 113 Setting the Bow Offset Based on the installation angle, the trolling motor may not align with the center line of your boat. For the best results, you should set the bow offset. 1 Adjust the angle of the trolling motor so it aligns with the center line of your boat

, pointing straight forward. 2 From the trolling motor bar, select

> Calibrate > Bow Offset. Digital Selective Calling Networked Chartplotter and VHF Radio Functionality If you have a NMEA 0183 VHF radio or a NMEA 2000 VHF radio connected to your chartplotter, these features are enabled. The chartplotter can transfer your GPS position to your radio. If your radio is capable, GPS position information is transmitted with DSC calls. The chartplotter can receive digital selective calling (DSC) distress and position information from the radio. The chartplotter can track the positions of vessels sending position reports. If you have a Garmin NMEA 2000 VHF radio connected to your chartplotter, these features are also enabled. The chartplotter allows you to quickly set up and send individual routine call details to your Garmin VHF radio. When you initiate a man-overboard distress call from your radio, the chartplotter shows the man-overboard screen and prompts you to navigate to the man-overboard point. When you initiate a man-overboard distress call from your chartplotter, the radio shows the Distress Call page to initiate a man-overboard distress call. For information about installing and connecting a VHF radio, see the VHF radio installation instructions. 114 Digital Selective Calling Turning On DSC Select

> Other Vessels > DSC. DSC List The DSC list is a log of the most recent DSC calls and other DSC contacts you have entered. The DSC list can contain up to 100 entries. The DSC list shows the most recent call from a boat. If a second call is received from the same boat, it replaces the first call in the call list. Viewing the DSC List Before you can view the DSC list, the chartplotter must be connected to a VHF radio that supports DSC. Select NAV INFO > Other Vessels > DSC List. Adding a DSC Contact You can add a vessel to your DSC list. You can make calls to a DSC contact from the chartplotter. 1 Select NAV INFO > Other Vessels > DSC List > Add Contact. 2 Enter the Maritime Mobile Service Identity (MMSI) of the vessel. 3 Enter the name of the vessel. Incoming Distress Calls If your compatible chartplotter and VHF radio are connected using NMEA 0183 or NMEA 2000, your chartplotter alerts you when your VHF radio receives a DSC distress call. If position information was sent with the distress call, that information is also available and recorded with the call. designates a distress call in the DSC list and marks the position of the vessel on the Navigation chart at the time of the DSC distress call. Navigating to a Vessel in Distress designates a distress call in the DSC list and marks the position of a vessel on the Navigation chart at the time of the DSC distress call. 1 Select NAV INFO > Other Vessels > DSC List. 2 Select a position-report call. 3 Select Review > Navigate To. 4 Select Go To or Route To. Man-Overboard Distress Calls Initiated from a VHF Radio When the chartplotter is connected to a compatible VHF radio with NMEA 2000, and you initiate a man-

overboard DSC distress call from the radio, the chartplotter shows the man-overboard screen and prompts you to navigate to the man-overboard point. If you have a compatible autopilot system connected to the network, the chartplotter prompts you to start a Williamsons turn to the man-overboard point. If you cancel the man-overboard distress call on the radio, the chartplotter screen prompting you to activate navigation to the man-overboard location disappears. Man-Overboard and SOS Distress Calls Initiated from the Chartplotter When your chartplotter is connected to a Garmin NMEA 2000 compatible radio and you mark an SOS or man-

overboard location, the radio shows the Distress Call page so you can quickly initiate a distress call. For information on placing distress calls from your radio, see the VHF radio owners manual. For information about marking an MOB or SOS location, see Marking a Man Overboard (MOB) Location, page 46. Digital Selective Calling 115 Position Tracking When you connect the chartplotter to a VHF radio using NMEA 0183, you can track vessels that send position reports. This feature is also available with NMEA 2000, when the vessel sends the correct PGN data (PGN 129808; DSC Call Information). Every position report call received is logged in the DSC list (DSC List, page 115). Viewing a Position Report 1 Select NAV INFO > Other Vessels > DSC List. 2 Select a position-report call. 3 Select Review. 4 Select an option:

To view the position report details, select To view to a chart marking the location, select

. Navigating to a Tracked Vessel 1 Select NAV INFO > Other Vessels > DSC List. 2 Select a position-report call. 3 Select Review > Navigate To. 4 Select Go To or Route To. Creating a Waypoint at the Position of a Tracked Vessel 1 Select NAV INFO > Other Vessels > DSC List. 2 Select a position-report call. 3 Select Review > Create Waypoint. Editing Information in a Position Report 1 Select NAV INFO > Other Vessels > DSC List. 2 Select a position-report call. 3 Select Review > Edit. To enter the name of the vessel, select Name. To select a new symbol, select Symbol, if available. To enter a comment, select Comment. To show a trail line for the vessel if your radio is tracking the position of the vessel, select Trail. To select a color for the trail line, select Trail Line. Deleting a Position-Report Call 1 Select NAV INFO > Other Vessels > DSC List. 2 Select a position-report call. 3 Select Review > Edit > Clear Report. 116 Digital Selective Calling Viewing Vessel Trails on the Chart You can view trails for all tracked vessels on some chart views. By default, a black line indicates the path of the vessel, a black dot indicates each previously reported position of a tracked vessel, and a blue flag indicates the last reported position of the vessel. 1 From a chart or 3D chart view, select MENU > Layers > Other Vessels > DSC > DSC Trails. 2 Select the number of hours to show tracked vessels on the chart. For example, if you select 4 Hours, all trail points that are less than four hours old appear for all tracked vessels. Individual Routine Calls When you connect the chartplotter to a Garmin VHF radio, you can use the chartplotter interface to set up an individual routine call. When setting up an individual routine call from your chartplotter, you can select the DSC channel on which you want to communicate. The radio transmits this request with your call. Selecting a DSC Channel NOTE: The selection of a DSC channel is limited to those channels that are available in all frequency bands. The default channel is 72. If you select a different channel, the chartplotter uses that channel for subsequent calls until you call using another channel. 1 Select NAV INFO > Other Vessels > DSC List. 2 Select a vessel or a station to call. 3 Select Review > Call with Radio > Channel. 4 Select an available channel. Making an Individual Routine Call NOTE: When initiating a call from the chartplotter, if the radio does not have an MMSI number programmed, the radio will not receive call information. 1 Select NAV INFO > Other Vessels > DSC List. 2 Select a vessel or a station to call. 3 Select Review > Call with Radio. 4 If necessary, select Channel, and select a new channel. 5 Select Send. The chartplotter sends information about the call to the radio. 6 On your Garmin VHF radio, complete the call. Making an Individual Routine Call to an AIS Target 1 From a chart or 3D chart view, select an AIS target. 2 Select AIS Vessel > Call with Radio. 3 If necessary, select Channel, and select a new channel. 4 Select Send. The chartplotter sends information about the call to the radio. 5 On your Garmin VHF radio, complete the call. Gauges and Graphs The gauges and graphs provide various information about the engine and environment. To view the information, a compatible transducer or sensor must be connected to the network. Gauges and Graphs 117 Viewing the Gauges 1 Select Vessel. 2 Select a gauge, such as Vessel. 3 Select or to view a different gauge page, if applicable. Engine Alert Icons If an icon lights up on the gauges page, it indicates an issue with the motor. Low oil level or oil pressure alert Temperature alert Battery voltage alert Check engine alert Changing the Data Shown in a Gauge 1 Open a gauge page. 2 Select MENU > Edit Gauge Pages. 3 Select a gauge to edit. 4 Select Replace Data. 5 Select a data type. 6 Select the data to display. 118 Gauges and Graphs Customizing the Gauges You can add a gauge page, change the layout of the gauge page, change how the gauges are displayed, and change the data in each gauge. 1 Open a gauge page. 2 Select MENU > Edit Gauge Pages. 3 If necessary, select a gauge view or gauge to edit. 4 Select an option:

To change the data shown in a gauge, select the gauge and select Replace Data. To change the layout of the gauges on the page, select Change Layout. To add a page to this set of gauge pages, select Add Page. To restore this page to the original view, select Restore Default View. Customizing Engine Gauge and Fuel Gauge Limits You can configure the upper and lower limits and the range of desired standard operation of a gauge. NOTE: Not all options are available for all gauges. 1 From an applicable gauges screen, select MENU > Installation > Set Gauge Limits. 2 Select a gauge to customize. 3 Select an option:

To set the minimum value of the standard operating range, select Rated Min.. To set the maximum value of the standard operating range, select Rated Max.. To set the lower limit of the gauge lower than the rated minimum, select Scale Min.. To set the upper limit of the gauge higher than the rated maximum, select Scale Max.. 4 Select the limit value. 5 Repeat steps 4 and 5 to set additional gauge limits. Selecting the Number of Engines Shown in Gauges You can show information for up to four engines. 1 From the engine gauges screen, select MENU > Installation > Engine Selection > Num. Engines. 2 Select an option:

Select the number of engines. Select Auto Configure to automatically detect the number of engines. Customizing the Engines Shown in Gauges Before you can customize how the engines are shown in the gauges, you must manually select the number of engines (Selecting the Number of Engines Shown in Gauges, page 119). 1 From the engine gauges screen, select MENU > Installation > Engine Selection > Num. Engines. 2 Select First Engine. 3 Select the engine to display in the first gauge. 4 Repeat for the remaining engine bars. Enabling Status Alarms for Engine Gauges You can enable the chartplotter to display engine status alarms. From the engine gauges screen, select MENU > Installation > Status Alarms > On. When an engine alarms is triggered, a gauge status alarm message appears and the gauge may become red depending on the type of alarm. Gauges and Graphs 119 Enabling Some Engine Gauge Status Alarms 1 From the engine gauges screen, select MENU > Installation > Status Alarms > Custom. 2 Select one or more engine gauge alarms to turn on or off. 120 Gauges and Graphs Yamaha Engine Gauges Select Vessel > YAMAHA to view the Yamaha engine gauges. This screen varies based on the engine network and throttle controller. Data fields Hold to replace the data. Current time Hold to view trip data. Select to toggle the autopilot bar on and off (Helm Master EX). Select to set the joystick button for Set Point functions (Helm Master). Tank level information Hold a tank to view detailed tank level sensor information. Status icons GPS signal strength (Helm Master) Select to set the Fish Point settings (Helm Master/Helm Master EX). Select to set the trolling speed (Helm Master/Helm Master EX/Mechanical RC/Digital Electronic RC

(6X6/6X7)). Data fields Hold to replace the data. Shift position Tachometer and trim angle Hold to change the background. Engine information Hold to replace the data and change the gauge appearance. Gauges and Graphs 121 Engine Condition Icons Orange icons indicate engine conditions. Yamaha security system is on. Engines are under synchronization control. Engines are warming up. Engine Alert Icons Red icons indicate engine abnormalities. Consult your Yamaha dealer if the problem cannot be located and corrected. NOTICE Low cooling water pressure. Low oil pressure. Stop the engine. Check the engine oil level, and add more oil if necessary. Do not continue to run the engine if this indicator is on. Serious engine damage will occur. NOTICE Engine overheating. Stop the engine immediately. Check the cooling water inlet, and clear it if it is blocked. Do not continue to run the engine if this indicator is on. Serious engine damage will occur. NOTICE Low battery voltage. Check the battery and battery connections, and tighten all loose battery connections. Return to port soon if tightening the battery connections does not increase the battery voltage. Consult your Yamaha dealer immediately. NOTE: Do NOT stop the engine when this alert is on. If you do, you may not be able to restart the engine. Water in the fuel. Water has collected in the fuel filter (fuel separator). Stop the engine immediately and consult the engine manual to drain the water from the fuel filter. NOTE: Gasoline mixed with water might cause damage to the engine. Check engine/maintenance alert. Consult your Yamaha dealer immediately. The check engine alert also appears when more than 100 hours have elapsed since the previous maintenance. Engine alert notification. (Helm Master) Engine emission issue. 122 Gauges and Graphs Setting Up the Gauges Configuring the Number of Engines 1 From a gauges screen, select MENU > Num. Engines. 2 Select the number of engines. Configuring the Tank Level Sensors 1 From a gauges screen, select MENU > Tank Preset. 2 Select a tank level sensor to configure. 3 Select Name, enter a name, and select Done. 4 Select Type, and select the type of sensor. 5 Select Style, and select the style of sensor. 6 Select Tank Capacity, enter the capacity of the tank, and select Done. 7 Select Calibration, and follow the on-screen instructions to calibrate the tank levels. If you do not calibrate the tank levels, the system uses default settings for the tank levels. Changing the Data Shown 1 From a data screen, hold a customizable item. 2 Select a data type. 3 Select the data to display. Yamaha Engine Data Settings NOTICE Be sure the settings are set correctly. If not, the engine screen will not display the correct information. From a Yamaha engine screen, select MENU. Trip: Displays information about the trip, such as distance and hours, and allows you to reset these values. Maintenance Reminder: Displays maintenance information, enables you to set the maintenance intervals, and allows you to reset the time elapsed since the previous maintenance. Tank Preset: Sets the tank name, fluid type, sensor style, and tank capacity, and calibrates the sensor. Trim Assist: Turns the trim assist feature on or off. Available on the Helm Master system equipped with a digital engine control (DEC) system. Steer Friction: Sets the friction on the steering wheel. The friction adjusts automatically according to the engine speed. Available on the Helm Master system equipped with a digital engine control (DEC) system. Lock to Lock: Sets the number of times the steering wheel can be turned between locks, fully to port and fully to starboard. Speed Control: Sets the speed source to GPS or RPM. Using GPS as the Speed Source is available only with the Helm Master EX system equipped with an autopilot or joystick. GPS is not available on the Helm Master system. Autopilot Setting: Configures the Yamaha autopilot settings. Available on the Helm Master EX system equipped with an autopilot. For Garmin autopilot information, see (Autopilot, page 103). Joystick and Set Point: Sets the joystick thrust, trim angle and preset, fine tuning distance, and fish point settings. Available on the Helm Master system and the Helm Master EX system equipped with a joystick. Trim Assist Preset: Sets up the trim assist presets. Available on the Helm Master system equipped with a digital engine control (DEC) system. Fuel Flow Offset: Sets the offset for the fuel flow data. Off Timer: Turns off the system one hour after the engine is turned off. Battery Management: Configures the battery management system, such as setting the type and capacity of the batteries. Also displays the battery status. Available on Helm Master EX systems equipped with Battery Management System (BMS). Calibration: Calibrates various features, such as the Trim Zero Set and compass. Gauges and Graphs 123 Reset: Resets the engine and gateway data. Mercury Engine Gauges NOTE: This feature is available only when connected to the Mercury SmartCraft Connect gateway. Select Vessel > Mercury to view the Mercury engine gauges. This screen varies based on the engine network. Engine voltage or Mercury Steering Angle1 Boat status Boat speed Fuel Transmission gear Engine speed Trim tabs Engine trim 1 The Mercury Steering Angle may appear on the display, depending on the engine model and configuration, and its location on the display may vary. 124 Gauges and Graphs Setting the Fuel Alarm CAUTION The Beeper setting must be turned on to make alarms audible (Sounds and Display Settings, page 159). Failure to set audible alarms could lead to injury or property damage. Before you can set a fuel level alarm, you must connect a compatible fuel flow sensor to the chartplotter. You can set an alarm to sound when the total amount of remaining onboard fuel reaches the level you specify. 1 Select

> Alarms > Fuel > Set Total Fuel Onboard > On. 2 Enter the remaining amount of fuel that triggers the alarm, and select Done. Synchronizing the Fuel Data with the Actual Vessel Fuel If you are using fuel flow sensors, you must synchronize the fuel levels in the chartplotter with the actual fuel in the vessel when you add fuel to your vessel. If you are using fuel tank sensors, the level is adjusted automatically based on the tank level sensor data and it is not necessary to synchronize fuel levels manually

(Fuel Settings, page 169). 1 Select Vessel. 2 Select Engines or Fuel. 3 Select MENU. 4 Select an option:

If you have filled up all the fuel tanks on the vessel, select Fill Up All Tanks. The fuel level is set to maximum capacity. If you have added less than a full tank of fuel, select Add Fuel to Boat, and enter the amount added. To specify the total fuel in the vessel tanks, select Set Total Fuel Onboard, and enter the total amount of fuel in the tanks. Viewing the Wind Gauges Before you can view wind information, you must have a wind sensor connected to the chartplotter. Select Vessel > Wind. Configuring the Sailing Wind Gauge You can configure the sailing wind gauge to show true or apparent wind speed and angle. 1 From the wind gauge, select MENU > Sailing Wind Gauge. 2 Select an option:

To show true or apparent wind angle, select Needle, and select an option. To show true or apparent wind speed, select Wind Speed, and select an option. Configuring the Speed Source You can specify whether the vessel speed data displayed on the gauge and used for wind calculations is based on water speed or GPS speed. 1 From the wind gauge, select MENU > Compass Gauge > Speed Display. 2 Select an option:

To calculate the vessel speed based on data from the water-speed sensor, select Water Speed. To calculate the vessel speed based on GPS data, select GPS Speed. Gauges and Graphs 125 Configuring the Heading Source of the Wind Gauge You can specify the source of the heading displayed on the wind gauge. Magnetic heading is the heading data received from a heading sensor, and GPS heading is calculated by your chartplotter GPS (course over ground). 1 From the wind gauge, select MENU > Compass Gauge > Heading Source. 2 Select GPS or Magnetic. NOTE: When moving at low speeds or when stationary, the magnetic compass source is more accurate than the GPS source. Customizing the Close-Hauled Wind Gauge You can specify the range of the close-hauled wind gauge for both the upwind scale and the downwind scale. 1 From the wind gauge, select MENU > Compass Gauge > Gauge Type > Close Hauled Gauge. 2 Select an option:

To set the maximum and minimum values that appear when the upwind close-hauled wind gauge appears, select Change Upwind Scale, and set the angles. To set the maximum and minimum values that appear when the downwind close-hauled wind gauge appears, select Change Downwind Scale, and set the angles. To view true or apparent wind, select Wind, and select an option. Viewing Trip Gauges Trip gauges show information for odometer, speed, time, and fuel for your present trip. Select NAV INFO > Trip & Graphs > Trip. Resetting Trip Gauges 1 Select NAV INFO > Trip & Graphs > Trip. 2 Select an option:

To set all the readings for the present trip to zero, select Reset Trip. To set the maximum speed reading to zero, select Reset Maximum Speed. To set the odometer reading to zero, select Reset Odometer. To set all the readings to zero, select Reset All. Viewing Graphs Before you can view graphs of various environmental changes, such as temperature, depth, and wind, you must have an appropriate transducer or sensor connected to the network. Select NAV INFO > Trip & Graphs > Graphs. TIP: You can view different available graphs by selecting Change Graph, and selecting a new graph. Setting the Graph Range and Time Scales You can indicate the amount of time and the range of depth that appear in the depth and water temperature graphs. 1 From a graph, select Graph Setup. 2 Select an option:

To set a time-elapsed scale, select Duration. The default setting is 10 minutes. Increasing the time-

elapsed scale allows you to view variations over a longer period of time. Decreasing the time-elapsed scale allows you to view more detail over a shorter period of time. To set the graph scale, select Scale. Increasing the scale allows you to view more variation in readings. Decreasing the scale allows you to view more detail in the variation. 126 Gauges and Graphs Battery Management You can view the battery and other power sources, and the devices that use those sources. Batteries are listed along the top of the screen. Other sources of power, such as solar, alternator, converter, and wind generator, are listed along the left side. The items along the right side of the screen are devices that use the batteries and other power sources. Setting Up the Battery Management Page 1 Select Vessel > Battery Management > MENU > Edit Devices. 2 Select an item. 3 Select Device, and select an item from the list. 4 If necessary, select Name, enter a name for this device, and select Done. 5 If necessary, select Change Icon, select a new symbol, and select Done. 6 Repeat steps 2 through 5 for each device. inReach Messages WARNING Do not read or reply to notifications while operating the vessel. Failure to pay attention to the conditions on the water can result in vessel damage, personal injury, or death. You can connect an inReach Mini device to the chartplotter to view, reply to, and send preset messages from the chartplotter. NOTE: The inReach Mini device must be connected to the chartplotter and receiving satellite signals to send and receive messages using the chartplotter. To open the InReach page, select Vessel > InReach. Connecting an inReach Device to the Chartplotter You can connect a compatible inReach device to the chartplotter to manage messages. 1 Bring the inReach device within 3 m (10 ft.) of the chartplotter. 2 From the main menu of the inReach device, select Setup > ANT+ > Status > On. 3 On the chartplotter, select Vessel > InReach > Start Pairing. The chartplotter begins searching for and connecting to the inReach device. This can take up to 60 seconds. 4 If necessary, compare the code on the inReach device to the chartplotter, and select OK if they match. The inReach and chartplotter connect automatically when they are within range. Receiving inReach Messages When your inReach device receives a message, a pop-up notification appears briefly on the GPSMAP screen. To review the full message, select Review. To dismiss the pop-up notification, select OK or wait for the notification to close automatically. Sending an inReach Preset Message Preset messages are messages that you created at explore.garmin.com. Preset messages have predefined text and recipients. 1 From the InReach page, select Messages > Send inReach Preset. 2 Select a preset message. 3 Select Send. inReach Messages 127 Replying to an inReach Message You can reply to an inReach message with a pre-written message. 1 From the InReach page, select Messages. A list of sent and received messages appears. 2 Select a received message. 3 Select Reply. 4 Select a message. 5 Select Send. Digital Switching Your chartplotter can be used to monitor and control circuits when connected to a compatible digital switching system. For example, you can control the interior lights and navigation lights on the vessel. You can also monitor live well circuits. To access the digital switching controls, select Vessel > Switching. For more information about purchasing and configuring a digital switching system, contact your Garmin dealer. Adding and Editing a Digital Switching Page You can add and customize digital switching pages on the chartplotter. 1 Select Vessel > Switching > MENU > Setup. 2 Select Add Page or Edit Page. 3 Set up the page as needed:

To enter a name for the page, select Name. To set up the switches, select Edit Switches. To add an image of the boat, select Add BoatView Image. NOTE: You can use the default vessel image or use a custom image of your vessel. You should save the custom image to the /Garmin folder on the memory card. You can also adjust the view and placement of the image. Garmin Boat Switch Garmin strongly recommends using a professional installer with proper knowledge of electrical systems to install the device. Incorrectly installing the device can result in serious bodily injury and damage to the vessel or the battery. WARNING Configuring the Garmin Boat Switch Device Some digital switches controlled by the Garmin Boat Switch device must be configured before use. Configuring a Switch as Momentary All latching and momentary channels on the Garmin Boat Switch device must be configured in the chartplotter software as momentary switches for proper operation. 1 From a Garmin chartplotter connected to the same NMEA 2000 network as the Garmin Boat Switch device, select

> My Vessel > Switching > NMEA Standard. 2 Select the switch number. 3 Select Configuration > Momentary. 128 Digital Switching Naming a Switch You can provide a custom name to be used instead of the default name for each switch. 1 From a Garmin chartplotter connected to the same NMEA 2000 network as the Garmin Boat Switch device, select

> My Vessel > Switching > NMEA Standard. 2 Select the switch number. 3 Select Name > Change Name. 4 Enter a new name. 5 Select Done. Labeling a Switch You can provide a custom label for each switch. The switch label is separate from the switch name. 1 From a Garmin chartplotter connected to the same NMEA 2000 network as the Garmin Boat Switch device, select

> My Vessel > Switching > NMEA Standard. 2 Select the switch number. 3 Select Label > Edit Label. 4 Enter a new label. 5 Select Done. Showing and Hiding Switches You can select which switches are hidden or displayed on the Garmin chartplotter. 1 From a Garmin chartplotter connected to the same NMEA 2000 network as the Garmin Boat Switch device, select

> My Vessel > Switching > NMEA Standard. 2 Select the switch number. 3 Select Visibility to show or hide the switch. Configuring the Navigation Light Option WARNING It is your responsibility to comply with applicable laws, regulations, and standards related to the use and/or operation of marine navigation lights. Garmin is not responsible for any fines, penalties, citations, or damages that may be incurred due to any such lack of compliance. By default, channels 1 and 2 are interlocked for navigation lighting to satisfy the international regulations for preventing collisions at sea. Depending on the lighting specifics of your boat, you may need to configure the Garmin Boat Switch device to use the wiring option you that applies to your installation type. If you do not intend to connect navigation and anchor lights to the device, you can configure channels 1 and 2 to operate independently as normal latching switches. 1 From a Garmin chartplotter connected to the same NMEA 2000 network as the Garmin Boat Switch device, select Vessel > Switching. 2 Press and hold switch 1 for 5 seconds. Switch 1 starts flashing. 3 Press and hold switch 2 for 5 seconds. The switch stops flashing, and a message confirms the newly selected wiring option. 4 Repeat the previous two steps until the device is configured for the wiring option that applies to your installation type. NOTE: After selecting option C, the next configuration option in the cycle deactivates the interlocks so that channels 1, 2, and 3 operate independently as normal latching switches. Digital Switching 129 Using the Bilge Pump Switches You can manually operate connected bilge pumps by using switches 12 and 13 on the Garmin chartplotter. 1 From a Garmin chartplotter connected to the same NMEA 2000 network as the Garmin Boat Switch device, select Vessel > Switching. 2 Select an option:

Press and hold the bilge pump switch for one second to run the bilge pump for 2 minutes. Press and hold the bilge pump switch for three seconds to run the bilge pump continuously. NOTE: Your Garmin chartplotter notifies you every 5 minutes while continuous mode is active. Using Dimmable Lights You can operate connected dimmable lights by using switches 17 through 21 on the Garmin chartplotter. 1 From a Garmin chartplotter connected to the same NMEA 2000 network as the Garmin Boat Switch device, select Vessel > Switching. 2 Select an option:

Press a dimmable light switch to turn a light on or off. NOTE: The light turns on at the dim level set when the light was last turned off. With a light on, press and hold a dimmable light switch dim the light, and release to stop dimming. With a light off, press and hold a dimmable light switch to turn on the light at 100% brightness. Controlling Third-Party Equipment Installed on Your Boat Power-Pole Anchor System WARNING Do not engage the Power-Pole Anchor System while underway. Doing so could cause result in an accident causing property damage, serious personal injury, or death. If a compatible Power-Pole anchor system is connected to the NMEA 2000 network, you can use the chartplotter to control the Power-Pole anchor. The chartplotter automatically detects the Power-Pole anchor system's C-Monster gateway on the NMEA 2000 network. Enabling the Power-Pole Anchor Overlay You must enable the Power-Pole overlay on the chartplotter to control the Power-Pole anchor. 1 From the page to which you will add the overlay, select MENU > Edit Overlays 2 Select an option. 3 Select Power-Pole Anchor. After you enable the Power-Pole overlay on the chartplotter, you must set the Power-Pole installation mode to match the Power-Pole anchor installation on the boat (Setting Up the Power-Pole Anchor, page 131). 130 Controlling Third-Party Equipment Installed on Your Boat Setting Up the Power-Pole Anchor Before you can use the chartplotter to control the Power-Pole anchor, you must select the required installation mode. The default initial installation mode setting is None. While the installation mode is set to None, the chartplotter control of the Power-Pole anchor(s) is inactive. 1 From the Power-Pole toolbar, select

> Installation. 2 Select the installation mode that matches the anchor installation on the boat. To control a single port side Power-Pole anchor, select Port . To control a single starboard side Power-Pole anchor, select Starboard. To control dual Power-Pole anchors, select Dual. 3 Use the slider to set the desired speed for the anchor to deploy and retract. Power-Pole Overlay Before you can control the Power-Pole anchor with the chartplotter, you must enable the overlay (Enabling the Power-Pole Anchor Overlay, page 130) and set the Power-Pole installation mode (Setting Up the Power-Pole Anchor, page 131). The layout of the overlay varies based on the installation mode. Refer to your Power-Pole documentation for more information. Select to control both anchors simultaneously Deselect to control the anchors independently Select to fully retract the anchor Select to fully extend the anchor Hold to retract the anchor manually Release to stop the anchor Hold to extend the anchor manually Release to stop the anchor Select to open the menu PORT STBD Port side anchor control buttons Starboard side anchor control buttons Controlling Third-Party Equipment Installed on Your Boat 131 Enabling the Mercury Helm WARNING You are responsible for the safe and prudent operation of your vessel. The Mercury Helm does not steer the boat for you and does not avoid navigational hazards. Failure to safely operate your boat could result in an accident causing property damage, serious personal injury, or death. With a Mercury engine configured to operate with the Mercury Helm engine control feature on the chartplotter, you can enable one helm as the active Mercury Helm. The active Mercury Helm controls the Mercury engines and Mercury chartplotter engine control overlays (for example Mercury Cruise). The overlays at non-active helms are visible but disabled, so that users at a non-active helm cannot accidentally control the engine. As you move around the boat, you can change the active Mercury Helm from station to station, up to four. 1 Select Settings > System > Station Information > Mercury Helm. 2 Make a selection. Mercury Troll Control Features WARNING You are responsible for the safe and prudent operation of your vessel. The Mercury troll control features do not steer the boat for you and do not avoid navigational hazards. Failure to safely operate your boat could result in an accident causing property damage, serious personal injury, or death. When connected to a compatible Mercury engine, you can use the Mercury Troll overlay to set and adjust the trolling speed from the chartplotter. Adding the Mercury Troll Control Overlay When connected to a compatible Mercury engine, you can set and adjust the target speed using the Mercury Troll overlay on the chartplotter. 1 From the page where you want to add the overlay, select MENU > Edit Overlays. 2 Select Mercury Troll. 3 Select BACK. 132 Controlling Third-Party Equipment Installed on Your Boat Mercury Troll Overlay When connected to a compatible Mercury engine, you can use the Mercury Troll overlay on the chartplotter to set a target speed. Select to decrease the target speed Target speed Select to increase the target speed Actual speed Enable Disable Select to engage the Mercury Troll feature Select to disengage the Mercury Troll feature Mercury Cruise Control WARNING You are responsible for the safe and prudent operation of your vessel. Mercury Cruise Control does not steer the boat for you and does not avoid navigational hazards. Failure to safely operate your boat could result in an accident causing property damage, serious personal injury, or death. When connected to a compatible Mercury engine, you can set and adjust the cruise-control function using the chartplotter. Enabling the Mercury Cruise Control Overlay 1 From the page where you want to add the overlay, select MENU > Edit Overlays. 2 Select Mercury Cruise. Controlling Third-Party Equipment Installed on Your Boat 133 Mercury Cruise Control Overlay Select to decrease the target speed Target speed Select to increase the target speed Actual speed Enable Disable Select to engage the cruise control Select to disengage the cruise control Dometic Optimus Features When connected to a compatible Optimus system, the chartplotter allows you to access and control the system. You can enable the Optimus overlay to control the Optimus system (Activating the Optimus Overlay Bar, page 134). When necessary, the Optimus system provides messages with information, instructions, and alerts about faults and hazards. A no swimming icon modes, propeller control is automatic and could injure someone in the water. indicates that you should not swim when certain Optimus modes are active. In these Activating the Optimus Overlay Bar 1 From a chart, select MENU > Edit Overlays. 2 Select Top Bar or Bottom Bar. 3 Select Optimus Bar. 134 Controlling Third-Party Equipment Installed on Your Boat Optimus Overlay Bar Overview To use the overlay bar, you must connect your Optimus system to your chartplotter and add the overlay bar to the necessary screens (Activating the Optimus Overlay Bar, page 134). Control mode Optimus control buttons Rudder Standby button You must press a mode button on the overlay bar to engage or disengage the mode. When the mode is engaged, the button is illuminated. The overlay bar configuration and buttons vary, based on systems, modes, and equipment. Refer to your Optimus documentation for more information. Optimus Overlay Symbols Autopilot heading hold Autopilot track mode Autopilot route mode SeaStation position hold SeaStation heading hold Optimus Limp Home Mode WARNING In the event of a steering failure, Optimus Limp Home mode becomes available. Limp Home mode is a system override that may severely limit your boat's control. It should only be used in an emergency if you are unable to call for assistance. Proceed with extreme caution. Read the Optimus owner's manual and always wear a personal flotation device (PFD). You are responsible for the safe and prudent operation of your vessel. Use of Limp Home mode does not relieve you of the responsibility of safely operating your boat. Avoid navigational hazards and never leave the motor controls unattended. When available, the Limp Home button appears on the Optimus overlay bar. Refer to the Optimus owner's manual before using Limp Home mode. To engage Limp Home mode from any screen, select NAV INFO > Warning Manager > Steering Limp Home. Controlling Third-Party Equipment Installed on Your Boat 135 Tide, Current, and Celestial Information Tide Station Information WARNING Tide and current information is for information purposes only. It is your responsibility to heed all posted water-

related guidance, to remain aware of your surroundings, and to use safe judgment in, on, and around the water at all times. Failure to heed this warning could result in property damage, serious personal injury, or death. You can view information about a tide station for a specific date and time, including the tide height, and when the next high and low tides will occur. By default, the chartplotter shows tide information for the most recently viewed tide station, present date, and past hour. Select NAV INFO > Tides & Currents > Tides. Current Station Information WARNING Tide and current information is for information purposes only. It is your responsibility to heed all posted water-

related guidance, to remain aware of your surroundings, and to use safe judgment in, on, and around the water at all times. Failure to heed this warning could result in property damage, serious personal injury, or death. NOTE: Current station information is available with certain detailed maps. You can view information about a current station for a specific date and time, including the current speed and level of the current. By default, the chartplotter shows current information for the most recently viewed current station and for the present date and time. Select NAV INFO > Tides & Currents > Currents. Celestial Information You can view information about sunrise, sunset, moonrise, moonset, moon phase, and the approximate sky view location of the sun and moon. The center of the screen represents the sky overhead, and the outermost rings represent the horizon. By default, the chartplotter shows celestial information for the present date and time. Select NAV INFO > Tides & Currents > Celestial. Viewing Tide Station, Current Station, or Celestial Information for a Different Date 1 Select NAV INFO > Tides & Currents. 2 Select Tides, Currents, or Celestial. 3 Select an option:

To view information for a different date, select Change Date > Manual, and enter a date. To view information for today, select Change Date > Current. If available, to view information for the day after the date shown, select Next Day. If available, to view information for the day before the date shown, select Previous Day. Viewing Information for a Different Tide or Current Station 1 Select NAV INFO > Tides & Currents. 2 Select Tides or Currents. 3 Select Nearby Stations. 4 Select a station. 136 Tide, Current, and Celestial Information Viewing Almanac Information from the Navigation Chart 1 From a chart or 3D chart view, select a location. 2 Select Information. 3 Select Tides, Currents, or Celestial. The Warning Manager displays a color-coded alarm icon and prioritizes alarm messages by severity. To open the Warning Manager, select NAV INFO > Warning Manager. Warning Manager Color Severity Red Hazards that require immediate action to avoid severe personal injury or death Yellow Hazards or unsafe practices which could result in minor personal injury or product or property damage Viewing Messages 1 From the menu bar, select NAV INFO or 2 Select Warning Manager. 3 Select a message. 4 Select Review. Sorting and Filtering Messages 1 Select NAV INFO > Warning Manager > Sort/Filter. 2 Select an option to sort or filter the message list. Saving Messages to a Memory Card 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot. 2 Select NAV INFO > Warning Manager > Save to Card. Clearing All of the Messages Select NAV INFO > Warning Manager > Clear Warning Manager. Media Player If you have a compatible stereo or stereos connected to the chartplotter, you can control the audio using the media player on the chartplotter:

If you have a Fusion-Link compatible stereo connected to the NMEA 2000 network or the Garmin Marine Network, you can control the stereo using the chartplotter. The chartplotter should automatically detect the stereo. If you have multiple Fusion stereos connected to one another using Fusion PartyBus networking, you can control the networked stereos and groups using the chartplotter. As long as you have one of the networked Fusion stereos connected to the NMEA 2000 network or the Garmin Marine Network, the chartplotter should automatically detect the stereos. If you have a compatible third-party stereo connected to the NMEA 2000 network, you may be able to control the stereo using the chartplotter. NOTE: Not all features are available on all connected stereos. NOTE: You can play media only from sources that are connected to the stereo. Warning Manager 137 Opening the Media Player Before you can open the media player, you must connect a compatible device to the chartplotter. Select Vessel > Media. Media Player Icons NOTE: Not all devices have these icons. Icon Description Saves or deletes a channel as a preset Repeats all songs Repeats one song Scans for AM/FM radio stations Skips to next or previous track (tap) Fast forwards or rewinds (hold) Shuffles Increases the volume Decreases the volume Mutes volume Expands the media player to full screen Selecting the Media Device and Source You can select the media source connected to the stereo. When you have multiple stereo or media devices connected on a network, you can select the device from which you want to play music. NOTE: You can play media only from sources that are connected to the stereo. NOTE: Not all features are available on all media devices and sources. 1 From the media screen, select Devices, and select the stereo. 2 From the media screen, select Source, and select the media source. NOTE: The Devices button only appears when more than one media device is connected to the network. NOTE: The Source button only appears for devices that support multiple media sources. Adjusting the Volume and Audio Levels Adjusting the Volume NOTE: If your vessel's media system is set up in zones, the volume controls on the media screen adjust the volume for the Home Zone (Selecting the Home Zone, page 139). From the media screen, select the volume slider, and use the arrow keys to adjust the volume. Press the keys repeatedly, if needed. 138 Media Player Adjusting the Audio Level You can use the equalizer to adjust the audio levels on a connected media device. NOTE: If the media system has multiple zones, adjusting the audio level tone controls affects the home zone only. You can change the home zone to adjust the audio levels in other zones (Selecting the Home Zone, page 139). 1 From the media screen, select MENU > Audio Levels. 2 Select to adjust the audio levels you want to change. or Muting the Media Volume 1 From the media screen, select

. 2 If necessary, select SELECT. Stereo Zones and Groups NOTE: The Zones button appears only for stereos that support multiple speaker zones. NOTE: The Groups option appears only when you have multiple Fusion stereos connected to one another using Fusion PartyBus networking. If a connected stereo is set up to support multiple speaker zones, you can control the audio of the zones individually from the media screen on the chartplotter. For example, you could make the audio quieter in the cabin and louder on the deck (Adjusting the Zone Volume, page 140). If you have multiple Fusion stereos connected to one another using Fusion PartyBus networking, you can create stereo groups and control the networked stereos and groups using the chartplotter. Depending on the capabilities of the stereo or stereos connected to the chartplotter, you may have multiple options for controlling zone audio:

For third-party stereos and stereos using Fusion-Link technology, the Local Zones tab allow you to adjust the volume for all of the enabled speaker zones on the connected stereo. For multiple Fusion stereos connected to one another using Fusion PartyBus networking, the Group Zones tab allows you to adjust the volume for any zones on a stereo in the same group as Home Zone. For multiple Fusion stereos connected to one another using Fusion PartyBus networking, the Network tab allows you to adjust the volume for any zone on any stereo connected to the Fusion PartyBus network. Selecting the Home Zone If you have multiple stereos connected to the chartplotter, or have a stereo or stereos with multiple speaker zones connected to the chartplotter, you must designate one speaker zone on one stereo as the home zone. The playback and volume controls on the media screen adjust only the stereo or zone set as the home zone. The playback information on the media screen shows the source playing on the Home Zone stereo. It is recommended to set the home zone as the zone closest to the chartplotter. NOTE: Some stereos may feature a global zone. Setting a global zone as the home zone allows the controls on the media page to affect all of the zones on a stereo or media device. NOTE: The Zones button only appears for stereos or media devices that support multiple media zones. 1 From the media screen, select Options > Home Zone. 2 If necessary, select a connected stereo. 3 Select the zone you want to set as the Home Zone. The name of the selected home zone appears on the media screen. Media Player 139 Adjusting the Zone Volume NOTE: The Zones button appears only for stereos that support multiple speaker zones. 1 From the media screen, select Zones. A list of available zones appears. 2 If necessary, change the zone group to view the zone you want to adjust (Stereo Zones and Groups, page 139). 3 Select and to adjust the volume for a zone. Disabling a Speaker Zone If your connected media device features speaker zones, you can disable unused zones. 1 From the media screen, select MENU > Installation. 2 Select a connected stereo. 3 Select Zones. 4 Select the zone you want to disable. 5 Select Enable. The green bar on the button turns gray to indicate that the zone is disabled. You can select Enable to enable a disabled zone. Creating a Group If you have multiple Fusion stereos connected to each other using Fusion PartyBus networking, you can create stereo groups and control the networked stereos and groups using the chartplotter. One stereo must be connected to the chartplotter through the NMEA 2000 network. See the installation instructions and owner's manual provided with your compatible Fusion stereo for full information about how to install and configure a Fusion PartyBus network. NOTE: There are some limitations when streaming sources on the Fusion PartyBus network. See the owner's manual for your Fusion stereo for more information. 1 From the media screen, select MENU > Groups. 2 Select the name of the stereo you want to be the primary stereo in the group, and select Set as Source. 3 Select the stereos you want to include in the group. 4 Select Done. Editing a Group 1 From the media screen, select MENU > Groups. 2 Select the name of an existing group. 3 Select the stereos you want to add to or remove from the group. 4 Select Done. Playing Music Browsing for Music You can browse for music in some media sources. 1 From the media screen and an applicable source, select the button with the source name, such as USB. 2 Browse for, and select an item to play. 140 Media Player Enabling Alphabetical Search You can enable the alphabetical search feature to find a song or album in a large list. 1 From the media screen, select MENU > Installation. 2 Select the device. 3 Select Alpha Search. 4 Select the maximum number of tracks to appear in the search results. To disable the alphabetical search feature, select Alpha Searching Off. Setting a Song to Repeat 1 From the media screen while a song is playing, select an option. Select MENU > Repeat. Select MENU > Browse > Repeat. 2 If necessary, select Single. NOTE: Not all media devices and sources support the Single option for the Repeat control. Setting All Songs to Repeat NOTE: Not all media devices and sources support the All option for the Repeat control. From the media screen, select an option:

Select MENU > Repeat > All. Select MENU > Browse > Repeat > All. Setting Songs to Shuffle From the media screen, select an option:

Select MENU > Shuffle. Select MENU > Browse > Shuffle. Radio To listen to AM or FM radio, you must have a suitable marine AM/FM antenna properly connected to the stereo and be within range of a broadcasting station. For instructions on connecting an AM/FM antenna, see the stereo installation instructions. To listen to SiriusXM radio, you must have the appropriate equipment and subscriptions (SiriusXM Satellite Radio, page 143). For instructions on connecting a SiriusXM Connect Vehicle Tuner, see the stereo installation instructions. To listen to DAB stations, you must have the appropriate equipment (DAB Playback, page 142). For instructions on connecting a DAB adapter and antenna, see the installation instructions provided with your adapter and antenna. Setting the Tuner Region 1 From the media screen, select MENU > Installation > Tuner Region. 2 Select an option. Changing the Radio Station 1 From the media screen, select an applicable source, such as FM. 2 Select or to tune to a station. Media Player 141 Changing the Tuning Mode You can change how you select a station for some media types, such as FM or AM radio. NOTE: Not all tuning modes are available for all media sources. Press the button between the and buttons to cycle between the tuning modes:

To select a station manually, select MANUAL. To scan or stop on the next available station, select AUTO. To select a saved station preset, select FAVORITE. To select a category in some media sources, select CATEGORY. Presets You can save your favorite AM stations and FM stations as presets for easy access. You can save your favorite SiriusXM channels if the stereo is connected to an optional SiriusXM tuner and antenna. You can save your favorite DAB stations if the stereo is connected to the proper DAB equipment and set to the correct tuner region. (DAB Playback, page 142) Saving a Station as a Preset 1 From an applicable media screen, tune to the station to save as a preset. 2 Select Presets > Add Current Channel. Selecting a Preset 1 From an applicable media screen, select Presets. 2 Select a preset from the list. 3 Select Tune to Channel. Removing a Preset 1 From an applicable media screen, select Presets. 2 Select a preset from the list. 3 Select Remove Current Channel. DAB Playback When you connect a compatible Digital Audio Broadcasting (DAB) module and antenna, such as the Fusion MS-

DAB100A to a compatible stereo, you can tune in to and play DAB stations To use the DAB source, you must be in a region in which DAB is available, and select the tuner region (Setting the DAB Tuner Region, page 142). Setting the DAB Tuner Region You must select the region you are in to receive DAB stations properly. 1 From the media screen, select MENU > Installation > Tuner Region. 2 Select the region you are in. Scanning for DAB Stations NOTE: Because DAB signals are broadcast in select countries only, you must set the tuner region to a location where DAB signals are broadcast. 1 Select the DAB source. 2 Select Scan to scan for available DAB stations. When scanning is complete, the first available station in the first ensemble found begins playing. NOTE: After the first scan is complete, you can select Scan again to re-scan for DAB stations. When the re-

scan is complete, the system starts playing the first station in the ensemble you were listening to when you started the re-scan. 142 Media Player Changing DAB Stations 1 Select the DAB source. 2 If necessary, select Scan to scan for local DAB stations. to change the station. 3 Select or When you reach the end of the current ensemble, the stereo automatically changes to the first available station in the next ensemble. TIP: You can hold or to change the ensemble. Selecting a DAB Station from a List 1 From the DAB media screen, select Browse > Stations. 2 Select a station from the list. Selecting a DAB Station from a Category 1 From the DAB media screen, select Browse > Categories. 2 Select a category from the list. 3 Select a station from the list. DAB Presets You can save your favorite DAB stations as presets for easy access. You can save up to 15 DAB-station presets. Saving a DAB Station as a Preset 1 From the DAB media screen, select the station to save as a preset. 2 Select Browse > Presets > Save Current. Selecting a DAB Preset from a List 1 From the DAB media screen, select Browse > Presets > View Presets. 2 Select a preset from the list. Removing DAB Presets 1 From the DAB media screen, select Browse > Presets. 2 Select an option:

To remove one preset, select Remove Preset, and select the preset. To remove all presets, select Remove All Presets. SiriusXM Satellite Radio When you have a FUSION-Link capable stereo and SiriusXM Connect Tuner installed and connected to the chartplotter, you may have access to SiriusXM satellite radio, depending on your subscription. Locating a SiriusXM Radio ID Before you can activate your SiriusXM subscription, you must have the radio ID of your SiriusXM Connect Tuner. You can locate the SiriusXM Radio ID on the back of the SiriusXM Connect Tuner, on the back of its packaging, or by tuning your chartplotter to channel 0. 1 Select Media > Source > SiriusXM. 2 Tune to channel 0. The SiriusXM radio ID does not include the letters I, O, S, or F. Media Player 143 Activating a SiriusXM Subscription 1 With the SiriusXM source selected, tune to channel 1. You should be able to hear the preview channel. If not, check the SiriusXM Connect Tuner and antenna installation and connections, and try again. 2 Tune to channel 0 to locate the Radio ID. 3 Contact SiriusXM listener care by phone at (866) 635-2349 or go to siriusxm.com/activatenow to subscribe in the United States. Contact SiriusXM by phone at (877) 438-9677 or go to siriusxm.ca/activatexm to subscribe in Canada. 4 Provide the Radio ID. The activation process usually takes 10 to 15 minutes, but can take up to an hour. For the SiriusXM Connect Tuner to receive the activation message, it must be turned on and receiving the SiriusXM signal. 5 If the service is not activated within the hour, go to http://care.siriusxm.com/refresh or contact SiriusXM Listener Care by phone at 1-866-635-2349. Customizing the Channel Guide SiriusXM radio channels are grouped in categories. You can select the categories of channels that appear in the channel guide. Select an option:

If the media device is a FUSION-Link capable stereo, select Media > Browse > Channel. If the media device is a GXM antenna, select Media > Category. Saving a SiriusXM Channel to the Presets List You can save your favorite channels to the presets list. 1 Select Media. 2 Select the channel to save as a preset. 3 Select an option:

If the media device is a FUSION-Link capable stereo, select Browse > Presets. If the media device is a GXM antenna, select MENU > Presets > Add Current Channel. Parental Controls The parental control feature allows you to limit access to any SiriusXM channels, including those with mature content. When the parental control feature is enabled, you must enter a passcode to tune to the locked channels. You can also change the 4-digit passcode. Unlocking SiriusXM Parental Controls 1 From the media screen, select Browse > Parental > Unlock. 2 Enter your passcode. The default passcode is 0000. Setting Parental Controls on SiriusXM Radio Channels Before you can set parental controls, the parental controls must be unlocked. The parental control feature allows you to limit access to any SiriusXM channels, including those with mature content. When enabled, the parental control feature requires you to enter a passcode to tune to the locked channels. Select Browse > Parental > Lock/Unlock. A list of channels appears. A checkmark indicates a locked channel. NOTE: When you view the channels after setting parental controls, the display changes:

indicates a locked channel. indicates an unlocked channel. 144 Media Player Clearing All Locked Channels on a SiriusXM Radio Before you can clear all locked channels, the parental controls must be unlocked. 1 From the media screen, select Browse > Parental > Clear All Locked. 2 Enter your passcode. Restoring Default Parental Control Settings Values This process deletes all the settings information you have entered. When you restore the parental control settings to their default values, the passcode value is reset to 0000. 1 From the media menu, select Installation > Factory Defaults. 2 Select Yes. Changing a Parental Passcode on a SiriusXM Radio Before you can change the passcode, the parental controls must be unlocked. 1 From the media screen, select Browse > Parental > Change PIN. 2 Enter your passcode and select Done. 3 Enter a new passcode. 4 Confirm the new passcode. Setting the Device Name 1 From the media screen, select MENU > Installation > Set Device Name. 2 Enter a device name. 3 Select SELECT or Done. Updating the Media Player Software You can update the software on compatible connected stereos and accessories. See the stereo Owner's Manual at support.garmin.com for instructions on updating the software. SiriusXM Weather WARNING The weather information provided through this product is subject to service interruptions and may contain errors, inaccuracies, or outdated information, and consequently should not be relied upon exclusively. Always use common sense while navigating, and check alternate weather information sources prior to making safety-

related decisions. You acknowledge and agree that you shall be solely responsible for use of the weather information and all decisions taken with respect to navigating in weather. Garmin will not be responsible for any consequences of using SiriusXM weather information. NOTE: SiriusXM data is not available in all regions. A Garmin SiriusXM satellite weather receiver and antenna receives satellite weather data and shows it on various Garmin devices, including the Navigation chart on a compatible chartplotter. The weather data for each feature comes from reputable weather data centers such as the National Weather Service and the Hydrometeorological Prediction Center. For more information, go to www.siriusxm.com/sxmmarine. SiriusXM Equipment and Subscription Requirements To use satellite weather, you must have a compatible satellite weather receiver. To use SiriusXM satellite radio, you must have a compatible satellite radio receiver. Go to www.garmin.com for more information. You must also have a valid subscription to receive satellite weather and radio. For more information, refer to the instructions for your satellite weather and radio equipment. SiriusXM Weather 145 Weather Data Broadcasts Weather data is broadcast at different intervals for each weather feature. For example, radar is broadcast at five-minute intervals. When the Garmin receiver is turned on, or when a different weather feature is selected, the receiver must receive new data before it can be shown. You might experience a delay before weather data or a different feature appears on the chart. NOTE: Any weather feature can change in appearance if the source that provides the information changes. Weather Warnings and Weather Bulletins When a marine weather warning, weather watch, weather advisory, weather bulletin, or other weather statement is issued, shading indicates the area to which the information applies. The aqua lines on the chart indicate the boundaries of marine forecasts, coastal forecasts, and offshore forecasts. Weather bulletins may consist of either weather watches or weather advisories. To view information about the warning or bulletin, select the shaded area. Color Cyan Blue Red Yellow Red Marine Weather Group Flash Flood Flood Marine Severe Storm Tornado Viewing Precipitation Information Precipitation ranging from very light rain and snow, up to strong thunderstorms, is indicated in varying shades and colors. Precipitation is shown either independently or with other weather information. Select Charts > Precipitation. The time stamp in the upper-left corner of the screen indicates the elapsed time since the weather data provider last updated the information. Storm Cell and Lightning Information Storm cell are represented by the position of a storm and the projected path of that storm in the immediate future. icon on the weather precipitation chart. They indicate both the present Red cones appear with a storm cell icon, and the widest part of each cone points in the direction of the projected path of the storm cell. The red lines in each cone indicate where the storm will most likely be in the near future. Each line represents 15 minutes. Lightning strikes are represented by the were detected within the last seven minutes. The ground-based lightning detection network detects cloud-to-

ground lightning only. icon. Lightning appears on the weather precipitation chart if strikes NOTE: This feature is not available on all devices and in all subscriptions. Hurricane Information

, a tropical storm, or a tropical The weather Precipitation chart can show the present position of a hurricane depression. A red line stemming from a hurricane icon indicates the projected path of the hurricane. Darkened dots on the red line indicate the projected locations through which the hurricane will pass, as received from the weather data provider. Forecast Information The Forecast chart shows city forecasts, marine forecasts, warnings, hurricane warnings, METARS, county warnings, weather fronts and pressure centers, surface pressure, and weather buoys. 146 SiriusXM Weather Viewing a Marine Forecast or an Offshore Forecast 1 Select Charts > Forecast. 2 Pan the chart to an offshore location. The Marine Forecast or Offshore Forecast options appear when forecast information is available. 3 Select Marine Forecast or Offshore Forecast. Viewing Forecast Information for Another Time Period 1 Select Charts > Forecast. 2 Select an option:

To view the weather forecast for the next 48 hours, in 12-hour increments, select To view the weather forecast for the previous 48 hours, in 12-hour increments, select multiple times. multiple times. Weather Fronts and Pressure Centers Weather fronts appear as lines that indicate the leading edge of an air mass. Front Symbol Description Cold front Warm front Stationary front Occluded front Trough Pressure-center symbols often appear near weather fronts. Pressure-Center Symbol Description Indicates a low-pressure center, which is a region of relatively lower pressure. Moving away from a low-pressure center results in increased pressure. Winds flow counterclockwise around low-pressure centers in the northern hemisphere. Indicates a high-pressure center, which is a region of relatively higher pressure. Moving away from a high-pressure center results in decreased pressure. Winds flow clockwise around high-pressure centers in the northern hemisphere. SiriusXM Weather 147 City Forecasts City forecasts appear as weather symbols. The forecast is viewed in 12-hour increments. Symbol Weather Fair (sunny, hot, clear) Partly cloudy Cloudy Rain (drizzle, sleet, showers) Thunderstorms Windy Smoke (dusty, hazy) Foggy Snow (snow showers, flurries, blizzard, blowing snow, sleet, freezing rain, freezing drizzle) Viewing Fish Mapping Data NOTE: This feature requires a GXM 54 antenna and a SiriusXM Fish Mapping service subscription. The Fish Mapping weather chart shows information that can help you locate fish species. 1 Select Charts > Fish Mapping. 2 If necessary, select MENU > Layers, and turn on and off information. Viewing Sea Conditions The Sea Conditions feature shows information about surface conditions, including winds, wave height, wave period, and wave direction. Select Charts > Sea Conditions. 148 SiriusXM Weather Surface Winds Surface wind vectors appear on the Sea Conditions chart using wind barbs that indicate the direction from which the wind is blowing. A wind barb is a circle with a tail. The line or flag attached to the tail of the wind barb indicates the wind speed. A short line represents 5 knots, a long line represents 10 knots, and triangle represents 50 knots. Wind Barb Wind Speed Calm 5 knots 10 knots 15 knots 20 knots 50 knots 65 knots Wave Height, Wave Period, and Wave Direction Wave heights for an area appear as variations in color. Different colors indicate different wave heights, as shown in the legend. The wave period indicates the time (in seconds) between successive waves. Wave period lines indicate areas that have the same wave period. Wave directions appear on the chart using red arrows. The direction of each arrow pointer indicates the direction in which a wave is moving. Viewing Forecast Sea Conditions Information for Another Time Period 1 Select Charts > Sea Conditions. 2 Select an option:

To view forecasted sea conditions for the next 36 hours, in 12-hour increments, select multiple times. To view the forecasted sea conditions for the previous 36 hours, in 12-hour increments, select multiple times. Viewing Sea Temperature Information The Sea Temperature weather chart shows the present water temperature and present surface pressure conditions. Select Charts > Sea Temperature. SiriusXM Weather 149 Surface Pressure and Water Temperature Data Surface-pressure information appears as pressure isobars and pressure centers. Isobars connect points of equal pressure. Pressure readings can help to determine weather and wind conditions. High-pressure areas are generally associated with fair weather. Low-pressure areas are generally associated with clouds and the chance of precipitation. Isobars packed closely together show a strong pressure gradient. Strong pressure gradients are associated with areas of stronger winds. Pressure units are shown in millibars (mb), inches of Mercury (inHg), or hectopascals (hPa). Colored shading indicates the surface temperature of the water, as shown in the legend in the corner of the display. Changing the Sea Surface Temperature Color Range You can change the color range dynamically to view higher resolution sea surface temperature readings. 1 Select Charts > Sea Temperature > MENU > Sea Temperature. 2 Select an option:

To allow the chartplotter to adjust the temperature range automatically, select Auto Configure. The chartplotter automatically finds the lower and upper limits for the current screen, and updates the temperature-color scale. To enter the lower and upper limits for the temperature range, select Lower Limit or Upper Limit, and enter the lower or upper limit. Visibility Information Visibility is the forecast maximum horizontal distance that can be seen at the surface, as shown in the legend on the left of the screen. Variations in the visibility shading show the forecast change in surface visibility. NOTE: This feature is not available on all devices and in all subscriptions. Select Charts > Visibility. Viewing Forecast Visibility Information for Another Time Period 1 Select Charts > Visibility. 2 Select an option:

To view the visibility forecast for the next 36 hours, in 12-hour increments, select To view the visibility forecast for the previous 36 hours, in 12-hour increments, select multiple times. multiple times. Viewing Buoy Reports Report readings are taken from buoys and coastal observation stations. These readings are used to determine air temperature, dew point, water temperature, tide, wave height and period, wind direction and speed, visibility, and barometric pressure. 1 From a weather chart, select a 2 Select Buoy. buoy icon. Viewing Local Weather Information near a Buoy You can select an area near a buoy to view forecast information. 1 From a weather chart, select a location on the chart. 2 Select Local Weather. 3 Select an option:

To view present weather conditions from a local weather service, select Current Condition. To view a local weather forecast, select Forecast. To view surface wind and barometric pressure information, select Sea Surface. To view wind and wave information, select Marine Bulletin. 150 SiriusXM Weather Weather Overlay The weather overlay superimposes weather and weather-related information on the Navigation chart, the Fishing chart, and the Perspective 3D chart view. The Navigation chart and the Fishing chart can show weather radar, height of cloud tops, lightning, weather buoys, county warnings, and hurricane warnings. The Perspective 3D chart view can show weather radar. Weather overlay settings configured for use on one chart are not applied to another chart. The weather overlay settings for each chart must be configured separately. NOTE: The Fishing chart is available with premium charts, in some areas. Viewing Weather Subscription Information You can view information about the weather services you have subscribed to and how many minutes have passed since the data for each service was updated. From a weather chart, select MENU > Subscription. Viewing Video WARNING Do not view video or photos while operating the vessel. Failure to pay attention to the conditions on the water can result in vessel damage, personal injury, or death. Before you can view video, you must connect to a compatible source. Compatible devices include video devices connected to the ports on the chartplotter or to the Garmin Marine Network, as well as supported network (IP-based) video cameras, encoders, and thermal cameras. Select Vessel > Video. Selecting a Video Source 1 From the video screen, select MENU > Source. 2 Select the source of the video feed. Alternating Among Multiple Video Sources If you have two or more video sources, you can alternate between them using a specific time interval. 1 From the video screen, select MENU > Source > Alternate. 2 Select Time, and select the amount of time each video appears. 3 Select Source, and select the video sources to add to the alternating sequence. Networked Video Devices NOTICE A Garmin Power over Ethernet (PoE) Isolation Coupler (P/N 010-10580-10) must be used when connecting Ethernet devices, such as FLIR cameras, to a Garmin Marine Network. Connecting an Ethernet device directly to a Garmin Marine Network chartplotter damages the Garmin chartplotter and may damage the Ethernet device. Before you can view and control video devices such as IP cameras, encoders, and thermal cameras using your chartplotter, you must have a compatible video device connected to your chartplotter, and you must have a marine network cable Power over Ethernet (PoE) isolation coupler. Go to garmin.com for a list of compatible devices or to purchase a PoE Isolation Coupler. You can connect multiple supported video cameras and up to two video encoders to the Garmin Marine Network. You can select and view up to four video sources at once. Chartplotters with multiple composite built-

in video inputs can display a single built-in video input only. When the cameras are connected, the network detects them automatically and displays them in the source list. Viewing Video 151 Using Video Presets on Networked Video Cameras You can save, name, and activate video presets for each networked video source. Saving Video Presets on a Networked Video Camera 1 From a video screen, touch the screen. The video controls appear on the screen. 2 Hold a video preset button. A green light indicates the setting is stored. Naming Video Presets on a Networked Video Camera 1 From a video screen, select MENU > Video Setup > Presets. 2 Select a preset. 3 Select Rename. 4 Enter preset name. Activating Video Presets on a Networked Video Camera You can quickly return networked cameras to preset values. 1 From a video screen, touch the screen. The video controls appear on the screen. 2 Select a video preset. The camera restores the video settings saved for that preset. TIP: You can also save and activate presets using the video menu. Camera Settings Some cameras provide additional options to control the camera view. NOTE: Not all options are available on all camera models and chartplotter models. Refer to the camera manual for a list of available features. You may need to update the camera software to use this feature. From the infrared video screen, select MENU. IR Blend: Selects the infrared effect to MSX (Multi-Spectral Dynamic Imaging) mode or CTV (Color Thermal Vision) mode, and allows you to blend the effects. IR/Visible: Displays an infrared or visible light image. Scan: Surveys the surrounding area. Freeze: Pauses the camera image. Change Colors: Selects the color scheme of the infrared image. Change Scene: Selects the infrared image mode, such as day, night, MOB, or docking. Video Setup: Opens more video options. 152 Viewing Video Video Settings Some cameras provide additional setup options. NOTE: Not all options are available on all camera models and chartplotter models. You may need to update the camera software to use this feature. From the video screen, select MENU > Video Setup. Set Input: Associates the camera with a video source. Mirror: Reverses the image like a rearview mirror. Standby: Places the camera in standby mode to conserve power and protect the lens when not in use. Home Position: Sets the home position of the camera. Scan Speed: Sets how quickly the camera moves during a scan. Scan Width: Sets the width of the image captured by the camera during a scan. Stabilization: Stabilizes the picture using mechanical means. Low Light: Optimizes the video for low-light environments. Aspect: Sets the aspect ratio. Defog: Optimizes the video for foggy environments. Dynamic Range: Sets the range to wide or standard. E. Stabilization: Stabilizes the picture using software image processing. Light: Controls the camera's integrated light source to help illuminate the environment. Name: Allows you to enter a new name for this camera. FLIR Menu: Provides access to the settings for the camera. Associating the Camera to a Video Source You may need to associate the camera with a video source. 1 From the video screen, select MENU > Source. 2 Select the camera. 3 Select Video Setup > Set Input. 4 Select the video input. Video Camera Movement Control NOTICE Do not aim the camera at the sun or extremely bright objects. Damage to the lens may occur. Always use the chartplotter controls or buttons to pan and tilt the camera. Do not manually move the camera unit. Manually moving the camera may damage the camera. NOTE: This feature is available only when a compatible camera is connected. You may need to update the camera software to use this feature. You can control the movements of the connected video cameras that support panning, tilting, and zooming. Controlling Video Cameras Using On-Screen Controls On-screen controls allow you to control pan-tilt-zoom (PTZ) cameras. Refer to the camera manual for a list of available features. From a video screen, select an option:

To zoom in and out, turn the knob. To pan or tilt the camera, use the arrow keys. Viewing Video 153 Configuring the Video Appearance NOTE: Not all options are available on all camera models and chartplotter models. 1 From the video screen, select MENU > Video Setup. 2 Select an option:

To show the video using a stretched aspect ratio, select Aspect > Stretch. The video cannot be stretched beyond the dimensions provided by the connected video device, and it may not fill the entire screen. To show the video using a standard aspect ratio, select Aspect > Standard. To adjust the brightness, select Brightness, and select Up, Down, or Auto. To adjust the color saturation, select Saturation, and select Up, Down, or Auto. To adjust the contrast, select Contrast, and select Up, Down, or Auto. To allow the chartplotter to automatically select the source format, select Standard > Auto. Garmin VIRB Action Cameras WARNING Do not view video or photos while operating the vessel. Failure to pay attention to the conditions on the water can result in vessel damage, personal injury, or death. Most VIRB action cameras connect to the chartplotter from the camera menu (Connecting a VIRB Action Camera, page 154). The VIRB 360 camera connects using WPS (Connecting a VIRB 360 Action Camera, page 154). In this manual, the term "VIRB action camera" refers to all models, except in the instructions on how to connect. In that case, as listed above, the term "VIRB 360 camera" refers to only the 360 model. Connecting a VIRB 360 Action Camera You can connect a VIRB 360 action camera to the chartplotter using WPS. If you are connecting a VIRB camera, connect through the camera settings (Connecting a VIRB Action Camera, page 154). 1 Set up the chartplotter's WiFi network (Setting Up the WiFi Network, page 20). 2 Bring the camera near the chartplotter. 3 On the VIRB 360 camera main menu, select Wireless > Wi-Fi. 4 If necessary, select the Wi-Fi toggle switch to enable the WiFi technology. 5 Press to select WPS, and press OK. 6 On the chartplotter, select Vessel > VIRB >

. The camera searches for the WiFi network and connects. You can control the camera using the chartplotter. Connecting a VIRB Action Camera You connect a VIRB action camera to the chartplotter using the camera settings. If you are connecting a VIRB 360 camera, connect through the VIRB app (Connecting a VIRB 360 Action Camera, page 154). 1 Set up the chartplotter's WiFi network (Setting Up the WiFi Network, page 20). 2 From the VIRB camera main menu, select Wireless > Wi-Fi > Status to turn on WiFi wireless technology. 3 Select Mode > Connect. 4 Select Add New. The camera searches for nearby WiFi networks. 5 Select the chartplotter's WiFi network, and enter the network password. The app and the camera connect to the chartplotter's WiFi network. You can control the camera using the chartplotter. 154 Viewing Video Controlling the VIRB Action Camera with the Chartplotter Before you can control a VIRB action camera with the chartplotter, you must connect the devices using a wireless connection. You can connect up to five VIRB action cameras to the chartplotter. After you connect the VIRB action camera with the chartplotter, a new option is added to Vessel. You can start and stop recording on the VIRB action camera using the chartplotter. NOTE: The VIRB image shown on the chartplotter is a in a lower resolution than the VIRB action camera records. To view the high-resolution video, view the video on a computer or television. 1 Select Vessel > VIRB. 2 Select an option:

To take a still photograph, select To begin recording, select

. When recording, the remaining recording memory is shown. To stop recording, select again. If you have more than one VIRB action camera connected, use the arrows to select a different action camera to control. To view stored videos or images, select To pan and tilt the VIRB 360, use the arrow keys. To return the VIRB 360 view to the home position, select

. Controlling the VIRB Action Camera Video Playback You can view VIRB action camera video and images using the chartplotter. NOTE: The VIRB playback on the chartplotter is shown in the same quality as the live view on the chartplotter. To view the high-resolution video, view the video on a computer or television. 1 From the VIRB screen, select 2 Wait a few seconds for the thumbnail images to load. 3 Select a video or image. 4 Control the playback using the on-screen buttons or menu options:

To stop the video, select

. To pause the video, select To replay the video, select

. To play the video, select

. Deleting a VIRB Video You can delete a video or image from the VIRB action camera. 1 Open the VIRB video or image to delete. 2 Select MENU > Delete File. Starting a VIRB Video Slideshow You can view a slideshow of the videos and images on the VIRB action camera. 1 From the VIRB screen, select

. 2 Wait a few seconds for the thumbnail images to load. 3 Select a video or image. 4 Select MENU > Start Slideshow. To stop the slideshow, selcet MENU > Stop Slideshow. Viewing Video 155 VIRB Action Camera Settings NOTE: Not all options and settings apply to all camera models. Select Vessel > VIRB > MENU. Name: Allows you to enter a new name for the VIRB action camera. Recording: Starts and stops recording. Take Photo: Takes a still photograph. Playback: Allows you to view video recordings and photos. Freeze: Pauses the camera image. Sleep: Puts the VIRB action camera into a low power mode to conserve battery power. Not available on the VIRB 360 camera. Video Setup: Sets up the video (VIRB Action Camera Video Setup Settings, page 156). Edit Overlays: Adjusts the data shown on the screen (Customizing the Data Overlays, page 11). VIRB Action Camera Video Setup Settings NOTE: Not all options and settings apply to all camera models. Select Vessel > VIRB > MENU > Video Setup. Aspect: Sets the video aspect ratio. Video Mode: Sets the video mode. For example, you can select the Slow-Mo option to shoot slow motion videos. Video Size: Sets the size or pixel dimensions of videos. Video FPS: Sets the frames per second. Video Timestamp: Adds the date and time a video was recorded. Photo Timestamp: Adds the date and time a photo was taken. Photo Size: Sets the size or pixel dimensions of photos. Field of View: Sets the zoom level. Lens Mode: Sets which lens or lenses the camera uses while shooting video. Mirror: Allows you to flip or mirror the video. Rotation: Allows you to rotate the camera angle. Adding the VIRB Action Camera Controls to Other Screens Before you can control a VIRB action camera with the chartplotter, you must connect the devices using a wireless connection (Connecting a Wireless Device to the Chartplotter, page 21). You can add the VIRB action camera control bar to other screens. This allows you to start and stop recording from other functions in the chartplotter. 1 Open the screen to which you want to add the VIRB action camera control bar. 2 Select MENU > Edit Overlays > Bottom Bar > VIRB Bar. When viewing a screen that has the VIRB action camera controls, you can select view of the VIRB action camera. to open the full screen Pairing the GC 100 Camera with a Garmin Chartplotter Before you can connect a wireless device to the chartplotter wireless network, you must configure the chartplotter WiFi network (Setting Up the WiFi Network, page 20). 1 With the camera within an unobstructed 76 m (250 ft.) of the chartplotter, quickly press three times. 2 On the chartplotter, select

> Communications > Wireless Devices > Garmin Camera > Start. 3 Follow the on-screen instructions. 156 Viewing Video Surround View Camera System WARNING Do not solely rely on this system for vessel docking and operation purposes. Objects displayed by the cameras may be closer than they appear. This system is only intended to enhance situational awareness when used properly. If used improperly, you could become distracted by the display. Failure to pay attention to your surroundings during vessel docking and operation could cause you to miss obstacles or hazards in or around the water, leading to an accident causing property damage, personal injury, or death. The surround view camera system is a set of dedicated cameras installed and configured to provide a complete bird's-eye view of your vessel to easily see your immediate surroundings. You can also view video feeds from any of the dedicated cameras in the system to help with maneuvering and docking. The surround view camera system is available only on select vessels and is installed in the factory. To view the surround view camera screen, from the home screen, select Vessel > Surround View. Item Description Information Bird's-eye view Individual camera feeds Selected camera indicator Visual bumper The bird's-eye view is always shown on the surround view camera screen. You can include the bird's-eye view as part of a combo with another screen, such as a chart. By default, two individual camera feeds are shown on the surround view screen. You can customize this to show only one camera instead. You can quickly change which cameras are shown in these feeds. This indicator shows which camera is shown in the individual camera feed. You can enable and configure the visual bumper to show a line on the birds-eye view that can help you judge how close objects are to your boat. Distance marker You can enable this feature to help judge distances when maneuvering or docking. Changing a Camera You can change which camera shows a live feed on the surround view camera screen. 1 From the surround view camera screen, select MENU. 2 Select Camera 1 or Camera 2. 3 Select the camera you want to view. Surround View Camera System 157 Viewing a Camera Feed Full Screen You can switch to a full-screen view any of the live camera feeds. NOTE: You can also view each of the cameras in the surround view camera system in the Video screen. 1 From the surround view camera screen, select the camera you want to view full screen. 2 Select

. The camera switches to a full-screen view, and you can zoom and pan using the controls. To return to the surround view screen, select

. Changing the Surround View Camera Layout You can change the layout of the surround view camera screen to show one or two separate camera feeds in addition to the bird's-eye view. 1 From the surround view camera screen, select MENU > Layout. 2 Select the layout. Showing and Hiding the Visual Bumper The visual bumper is an adjustable perimeter line you can set around your boat. The visual bumper appears on the birds-eye view only, and can help you judge how close objects are to your boat. From the surround view camera screen, select MENU > Visual Bumper. Adjusting the Visual Bumper You must have the visual bumper shown on the bird's-eye view before you can adjust it. 1 From the surround view camera screen, select MENU > Visual Bumper >

2 Increase or decrease the range of the visual bumper line. 3 Select BACK. Showing the Distance Marker You can show the distance marker to gain a better sense of distance when maneuvering or docking. The distance markers shown on the bird's-eye view are determined by the cameras selected in the individual camera feeds. From the surround view camera screen, select MENU > Distance Marker. Renaming a Camera You can change the name of any camera in the surround view camera system. 1 From the surround view camera screen, select MENU > Rename Cameras. 2 Select the camera you want to rename. 3 Enter a new name for the camera. 4 Select Done. Setting the Camera to Mirrored Stern View You can set the camera to display a mirrored stern view that displays the camera view as you would view it in a mirror, such as a rearview mirror. A mirrored stern view is useful when docking the vessel. From the surround view camera screen, select MENU > Mirror Stern Camera. 158 Surround View Camera System Device Configuration System Settings Select

> System. Sounds and Display: Adjusts the display settings and the audio settings (if available). GPS: Provides information about the GPS satellites and settings. System Information: Provides information about the devices on the network and the software version. Station Information: Adjusts the setup of the station. Auto Power Up: Controls which devices turn on automatically when power is applied. Auto Power Off: Automatically turns off the system after it has been asleep for the selected length of time. Simulator: Turns the simulator on or off and allows you to set the time, date, speed, and simulated location. Sounds and Display Settings Select

> System > Sounds and Display. Beeper: Turns on and off the tone that sounds for alarms and selections. Audio Setup: Sets up the audio output. Backlight: Sets the backlight brightness. You can select the Auto option to adjust the backlight brightness automatically based on the ambient light. Backlight Sync: Synchronizes the backlight brightness of other chartplotters in the station. Synchronizes the backlight brightness of the MFDs in the station and the engine displays on the engine network. Color Mode: Sets the device to display day or night colors. You can select the Auto option to allow the device to set day or night colors automatically based on the time of day. Startup Image: Sets the image that appears when you turn on the device. Startup Layout: Sets the layout that appears when you turn on the device. Audio Settings You can adjust audible alarms, alerts, and warnings that are sounded over connected audio devices, such as a Fusion stereo. An audio device can be connected using HDMI or the NMEA 0183 Audio Cable accessory. Select

> System > Sounds and Display > Audio Setup. Audio Output: Turns on the audio output for audio alerts. Audio Alerts: Sets which system alarms and alerts are played over the compatible audio output. An alarm indicates a situation could be hazardous to passengers and requires immediate action. A warning indicates the situation could be hazardous to equipment on the vessel or the vessel itself and requires action very soon. All other messages and information are classified as alerts. Audio Alert Language: Sets the spoken language for alerts. Audio Alert Device: Sets the device to control when alerts are played. Audio Alert Source: Switches the audio device to the selected source when an alert is played. Alert Volume: Controls the volume of the alerts. Device Configuration 159 GPS Settings Select

> System > GPS. Skyview: Shows the relative position of GPS satellites in the sky. GLONASS: Turns on or off GLONASS data (Russia satellite system). When the system is used in situations with poor sky visibility, GLONASS data can be used in combination with GPS to provide more accurate position information. WAAS/EGNOS: Turns on or off WAAS data (in North America) or EGNOS data (in Europe), which can provide more-accurate GPS position information. When using WAAS or EGNOS data, the device may take longer to acquire satellites. Galileo: Turns on or off Galileo data (European Union satellite system). When the system is used in situations with poor sky visibility, Galileo data can be used in combination with GPS to provide more accurate position information. Speed Filter: Averages the speed of your vessel over a short period of time for smoother speed values. Source: Allows you to select the preferred source for GPS data. Station Settings Select

> System > Station Information. Change Station: Sets the entire station to a new set of defaults based on the location of this station. You can also select to use this display as a stand-alone, individual display, instead of grouping it with other displays to make a station. GRID Pairing: Allows you to pair a GRID remote input device with this station. Display Order: Sets the order of the displays, which is important when using a GRID remote input device. Autopilot Enabled: Allows you to control the autopilot from this device. Reset Layouts: Resets the layouts in this station to the factory default settings. Reset Station Settings: Resets all station settings to on all connected devices in the station to the factory default settings, and requires initial station setup. Viewing System Software Information You can view the software version, the basemap version, all supplemental map information (if applicable), the software version for an optional Garmin radar (if applicable), and the unit ID number. You may need this information to update the system software or to purchase additional map data information. Select

> System > System Information > Software Information. Viewing the Event Log The event log shows a list of system events. Select

> System > System Information > Event Log. Viewing E-label Regulatory and Compliance Information The label for this device is provided electronically. The e-label may provide regulatory information, such as identification numbers provided by the FCC or regional compliance markings, as well as applicable product and licensing information. Not available on all models. 1 Select 2 Select System. 3 Select Regulatory Information. 160 Device Configuration Preferences Settings Select

> Preferences. Units: Sets units of measure. Language: Sets the on-screen text language. Navigation: Sets navigation preferences. Filters: Smooths out the values shown in the data fields, which can decrease the noise or show longer term trends. Increasing the filter setting increases the smoothing and decreasing it reduces the smoothing. A filter setting of 0 will disable the filter and the value shown will be the raw value from the source. You can also synchronize these settings across all devices that enable the Sync Filters setting. Keyboard Layout: Arranges the keys on the on-screen keyboard. Screenshot Capture: Allows the device to save images of the screen. Units Settings Select

> Preferences > Units. System Units: Sets the unit format for the device. Variance: Sets the magnetic declination, the angle between magnetic north and true north, for your present location. North Reference: Sets the direction references used in calculating heading information. True sets geographic north as the north reference. Grid sets grid north as the north reference (000). Magnetic sets the magnetic north as the north reference. Position Format: Sets the position format in which a given location reading appears. Do not change this setting unless you are using a map or chart that specifies a different position format. Map Datum: Sets the coordinate system on which the map is structured. Do not change this setting unless you are using a map or chart that specifies a different map datum. Time: Sets the time format, time zone, and daylight saving time. Navigation Settings NOTE: Some settings and options require additional charts or hardware. Select

> Preferences > Navigation. Route Labels: Sets the type of labels shown with route turns on the map. Turn Transition: Adjusts how the chartplotter transitions to the next turn or leg or the route. You can set the transition to be based on time or distance before the turn. You can increase the time or distance value to help improve the accuracy of the autopilot when navigating a route or an Auto Guidance line with many frequent turns or at higher speeds. For straighter routes or slower speeds, lowering this value can improve autopilot accuracy. Speed Sources: Sets the source for the speed readings. Auto Guidance: Sets the measurements for the Preferred Depth, Vertical Clearance, and Shoreline Distance, when you are using some premium maps. Route Start: Selects a starting point for route navigation. Device Configuration 161 Auto Guidance Path Configurations CAUTION The Preferred Depth and Vertical Clearance settings influence how the chartplotter calculates an Auto Guidance path. If a section of an Auto Guidance path is shallower than the Preferred Depth or lower than the Vertical Clearance settings, the section of the Auto Guidance path appears as a solid orange line or a red striped line in Garmin Navionics+ and Garmin Navionics Vision+ charts and appears as a magenta and gray striped line in previous versions. When your boat enters one of those areas, a warning message appears (Route Color Coding, page 44). NOTE: Auto Guidance is available with premium charts, in some areas. NOTE: Not all settings apply to all maps. You can set the parameters the chartplotter uses when calculating an Auto Guidance path. Select

> Preferences > Navigation > Auto Guidance. Preferred Depth: Sets the minimum water depth, based on chart depth data, that your boat can safely travel over. NOTE: The minimum water depth for the premium charts (made before 2016) is 3 feet. If you enter a value of less than 3 feet, the charts only use depths of 3 feet for Auto Guidance path calculations. Vertical Clearance: Sets the minimum height of a bridge or obstacle, based on chart data, that your boat can safely travel under. Shoreline Distance: Sets how close to the shore you want the Auto Guidance path to be placed. The path may move if you change this setting while navigating. The available values for this setting are relative, not absolute. To ensure that path is placed the appropriate distance from shore, you can assess the placement of the path using one or more familiar destinations that require navigation through a narrow waterway

(Adjusting the Distance from Shore, page 54). 162 Device Configuration Adjusting the Distance from Shore The Shoreline Distance setting indicates how close to the shore you want the Auto Guidance line to be placed. The Auto Guidance line may move if you change this setting while navigating. The available values for the Shoreline Distance setting are relative, not absolute. To ensure the Auto Guidance line is placed the appropriate distance from shore, you can assess the placement of the Auto Guidance line using one or more familiar destinations that require navigation through a narrow waterway. 1 Dock your vessel or drop the anchor. 2 Select

> Preferences > Navigation > Auto Guidance > Shoreline Distance > Normal. 3 Select a destination that you have navigated to previously. 4 Select Navigate To > Auto Guidance. 5 Review the placement of the Auto Guidance line, and determine whether the line safely avoids known obstacles and the turns enable efficient travel. 6 Select an option:

If the placement of the line is satisfactory, select MENU > Navigation Options > Stop Navigation, and proceed to step 10. If the line is too close to known obstacles, select Shoreline Distance > Far. If the turns in the line are too wide, select Distance > Near.

> Preferences > Navigation > Auto Guidance >

> Preferences > Navigation > Auto Guidance > Shoreline 7 If you selected Near or Far in step 6, review the placement of the Auto Guidance line, and determine whether the line safely avoids known obstacles and the turns enable efficient travel. Auto Guidance maintains a wide clearance from obstacles in open water, even if you set the Shoreline Distance setting to Near or Nearest. As a result, the chartplotter may not reposition the Auto Guidance line, unless the destination selected requires navigation through a narrow waterway. 8 Select an option:

If the placement of the line is satisfactory, select MENU > Navigation Options > Stop Navigation, and proceed to step 10. If the line is too close to known obstacles, select Shoreline Distance > Farthest. If the turns in the line are too wide, select Distance > Nearest.

> Preferences > Navigation > Auto Guidance >

> Preferences > Navigation > Auto Guidance > Shoreline 9 If you selected Nearest or Farthest in step 8, review the placement of the Auto Guidance line, and determine whether the line safely avoids known obstacles and the turns enable efficient travel. The Auto Guidance path maintains a wide clearance from obstacles in open water, even if you set the Shoreline Distance setting to Near or Nearest. As a result, the chartplotter may not reposition the Auto Guidance line, unless the destination selected requires navigation through a narrow waterway. 10 Repeat steps 3 through 9 at least once more, using a different destination each time, until you are familiar with the functionality of the Shoreline Distance setting. Device Configuration 163 Communications Settings

> Communications > NMEA 0183 Setup. NMEA 0183 Settings Select Port Types: See Setting the Communication Format for Each NMEA 0183 Port, page 164. Output Sentences: See Configuring NMEA 0183 Output Sentences, page 164. Position Precision: Adjusts the number of digits to the right of the decimal point for transmission of NMEA output. XTE Precision: Adjusts the number of digits to the right of the decimal point for NMEA crosstalk error output. Waypoint IDs: Sets the device to transmit waypoint names or numbers using NMEA 0183 while navigating. Using numbers may resolve compatibility issues with older NMEA 0183 autopilots. Restore Defaults: Restores the NMEA 0183 settings to the original factory default values. Diagnostics: Displays NMEA 0183 diagnostic information. Configuring NMEA 0183 Output Sentences You can enable and disable NMEA 0183 output sentences. 1 Select

> Communications > NMEA 0183 Setup > Output Sentences. 2 Select an option. 3 Select one or more NMEA 0183 output sentences, and select BACK. 4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 to enable or disable additional output sentences. Setting the Communication Format for Each NMEA 0183 Port You can configure the communication format for each internal NMEA 0183 port when connecting your chartplotter to external NMEA 0183 devices, a computer, or other Garmin devices.

> Communications > NMEA 0183 Setup > Port Types. 1 Select 2 Select an input or output port. 3 Select a format:

To support the input or output of standard NMEA 0183 data, DSC, and sonar NMEA input support for the DPT, MTW, and VHW sentences, select NMEA Std.. To support the input or output of standard NMEA 0183 data for most AIS receivers, select NMEA High Speed. To support the input or output of Garmin proprietary data for interfacing with Garmin software, select Garmin. 4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 to configure additional input or output ports. NMEA 2000 Settings Select

> Communications > NMEA 2000 Setup. Device List: Displays the devices connected to the network and allows you to set options for some transducers connected using the NMEA 2000 network. Label Devices: Changes the labels for available connected devices. Naming Devices and Sensors on the Network You can name devices and sensors connected to the Garmin Marine Network and the NMEA 2000 network. 1 Select

> Communications. 2 Select Marine Network or NMEA 2000 Setup > Device List. 3 Select a device from the list on the left. 4 Select Change Name. 5 Enter the name, and select Done. 164 Device Configuration Garmin Marine Network The Garmin Marine Network allows you to share data from Garmin peripheral devices with chartplotters quickly and easily. You can connect a device to the Garmin Marine Network to receive data from and share data with other devices and chartplotters that are compatible with the Garmin Marine Network. Select

> Communications > Marine Network. Setting Alarms The Beeper setting must be turned on to make alarms audible (Sounds and Display Settings, page 159). Failure to set audible alarms could lead to injury or property damage. CAUTION Navigation Alarms Select

> Alarms > Navigation. Arrival: Sets an alarm to sound when you are within a specified distance or time from a turn or a destination. Anchor Drag: Sets an alarm to sound when you exceed a specified drift distance while anchored. Off Course: Sets an alarm to sound when you are off course by a specified distance. Boundary Alarms: Disables and enables all boundary alarms. Setting the Anchor Drag Alarm You can set an alarm to sound if you have moved more than an allowable distance. This is very useful when anchoring overnight. 1 Select

> Alarms > Navigation > Anchor Drag. 2 Select Alarm to turn on the alarm. 3 Select Set Radius, and select a distance on the chart. 4 Select BACK. Device Configuration 165 System Alarms Select

> Alarms > System. Unit Voltage: Sets an alarm to sound when the battery reaches a specified low voltage. GPS Accuracy: Sets an alarm to sound when the GPS location accuracy falls outside the user-defined value. Sonar Alarms The sonar alarms feature is a tool for situational awareness only and may not prevent grounding in all circumstances. It is your obligation to ensure safe operation of the vessel. WARNING The Beeper setting must be turned on to make alarms audible (Sounds and Display Settings, page 159). Failure to set audible alarms could lead to injury or property damage. CAUTION NOTE: Not all options are available on all transducers. From an applicable sonar view, select MENU > Sonar Setup > Alarms.

> Alarms > Sonar. You can also open the sonar alarms by selecting Shallow Water: Sets an alarm to sound when the depth is less than the specified value. Deep Water: Sets an alarm to sound when the depth is greater than the specified value. FrontV Alarm: Sets an alarm to sound when the depth in front of the vessel is less than the specified value, which can help you avoid running aground (Setting the FrontV Depth Alarm, page 86). This alarm is available only with Panoptix FrontV transducers. Water Temp.: Sets an alarm to sound when the transducer reports a temperature that is 2F (1.1C) above or below the specified temperature. Contour: Sets an alarm to sound when the transducer detects a suspended target within the specified depth from the surface of the water and from the bottom. Fish: Sets an alarm to sound when the device detects a suspended target. sets the alarm to sound when fish of all sizes are detected. sets the alarm to sound only when medium or large fish are detected. sets the alarm to sound only when large fish are detected. Setting Weather Alarms Before you can set weather alarms, you must have a compatible chartplotter connected to a weather device, such as a GXM device, and have a valid weather subscription. 1 Select

> Alarms > Weather. 2 Turn on alarms for specific weather events. Setting the Fuel Alarm CAUTION The Beeper setting must be turned on to make alarms audible (Sounds and Display Settings, page 159). Failure to set audible alarms could lead to injury or property damage. Before you can set a fuel level alarm, you must connect a compatible fuel flow sensor to the chartplotter. You can set an alarm to sound when the total amount of remaining onboard fuel reaches the level you specify. 1 Select

> Alarms > Fuel > Set Total Fuel Onboard > On. 2 Enter the remaining amount of fuel that triggers the alarm, and select Done. 166 Device Configuration My Vessel Settings NOTE: Some settings and options require additional charts or hardware. Select

> My Vessel. Transducers: Shows all transducers on the network, allows you to change transducers, and allows you to view diagnostic information (Selecting the Transducer Type, page 75). Depth and Anchoring: Allows you to enter information about the keel (Setting the Keel Offset, page 62) and the anchor. The Anchor Height value is the height of the anchor above the waterline. The Anchor Scope value is the ratio of the length of anchor rode in use to the vertical distance from the bow of the vessel to the bottom of the water. These anchor settings are used to calculate the Target Anchor Rode date field. Temp. Offset: Allows you to set an offset value to compensate for the water temperature reading from a NMEA 0183 water-temperature sensor or a temperature-capable transducer (Setting the Water Temperature Offset, page 169). Calibrate Water Speed: Calibrates the speed-sensing transducer or sensor (Calibrating a Water-Speed Device, page 170). Fuel: Sets the combined fuel capacity and fuel remaining in the fuel tanks on your vessel (Fuel Settings, page 169). Vessel Type: Enables some chartplotter features based on the boat type. Switching: Sets the digital switching circuits, such as SeaStar and CZone devices. Polar Table: Enables polar table data, when the vessel type is not a powerboat. System Profiles: Allows you to save your system profile to a memory card and import system profile settings from a memory card. This can be helpful for charter or fleet vessels, and for sharing your setup information with a friend. Hull ID Number: Allows you to enter the Hull Identification Number (HIN).The HIN might be permanently affixed to the upper starboard side of the transom or outboard side. Optimus Steering: Allows you to adjust the Optimus steering parameters. Device Configuration 167 Setting the Keel Offset You can enter a keel offset to compensate the water depth reading for the transducer installation location. This allows you to view the depth of the water below the keel or the true depth of the water, depending on your needs. If you want to know the water depth below the keel or the lowest point of your boat and the transducer is installed at the water line or anywhere above the end of the keel, measure the distance from the transducer location to the keel of the boat. If you want to know the true water depth and the transducer is installed below the water line, measure the distance from the bottom of the transducer up to the water line. NOTE: This option is only available when you have valid depth data. 1 Measure the distance:

If the transducer is installed at the water line distance from the transducer location to the keel of the boat. Enter this value as a positive number. or anywhere above the end of the keel, measure the If the transducer is installed at the bottom of the keel water, measure the distance from the transducer to the water line. Enter this value in as a negative number. and you want to know the true depth of the 2 Complete an action:

168 If the transducer is connected to the chartplotter or a sonar module, select Anchoring > Keel Offset.

> My Vessel > Depth and If the transducer is connected to the NMEA 2000 network, select Setup > Device List, select the transducer, and select Review > Keel Offset.

> Communications > NMEA 2000 Device Configuration 3 Select if the transducer is installed at the water line, or select if the transducer is installed at the bottom of the keel. 4 Use the arrow keys to enter the keel offset measured in step 1. Setting the Water Temperature Offset The temperature offset compensates for the temperature reading from a temperature sensor or temperature-

capable transducer. 1 Measure the water temperature using the temperature sensor or temperature-capable transducer that is connected to the network. 2 Measure the water temperature using a different temperature sensor or a thermometer that is known to be accurate. 3 Subtract the water temperature measured in step 1 from the water temperature measured in step 2. This value is the temperature offset. Enter this value in step 5 as a positive number if the sensor measures the water temperature as being colder than it actually is. Enter this value in step 5 as a negative number if the sensor measures the water temperature as being warmer than it actually is. 4 Complete an action:

If the sensor or transducer is connected to the chartplotter or a sonar module, select Temp. Offset. If the sensor or transducer is connected to the NMEA 2000 network, select 2000 Setup > Device List, select the transducer, and select Review > Temp. Offset.

> My Vessel >

> Communications > NMEA 5 Enter the temperature offset value calculated in step 3. Fuel Settings Select

> My Vessel > Fuel. Fuel Remaining: Allows you to use fuel flow sensors or fuel tank level sensors to monitor the fuel remaining on the vessel. The Fuel Flow option uses fuel flow sensors. The Fuel Tank option uses fuel tank level sensors. Fuel Tank Capacity: Allows you to enter the fuel capacity of each fuel tank onboard. This setting is available when the Fuel Remaining setting is set to the Fuel Tank option. The chartplotter uses information from the tank level sensors, so you do not need to do manually enter fuel information after you fill up the tanks. Fuel Capacity: Allows you to enter the total fuel capacity of all fuel tanks onboard. This setting is available when the Fuel Remaining setting is set to the Fuel Flow option. After you fill up your tanks with fuel, you must enter fuel information manually using one of the options below. If you have filled up all the fuel tanks on the vessel, select Fill Up All Tanks. The fuel level is set to maximum capacity. If you have added less than a full tank of fuel, select Add Fuel to Boat, and enter the amount added. To specify the total fuel in the vessel tanks, select Set Total Fuel Onboard, and enter the total amount of fuel in the tanks. Device Configuration 169 Calibrating a Water-Speed Device If you have a speed sensor or a speed-sensing transducer connected, you can calibrate that speed-sensing device to improve the accuracy of water-speed data displayed by the chartplotter. 1 Complete an action:

If the sensor or transducer is connected to the chartplotter or a sonar module, select Calibrate Water Speed.

> My Vessel >

If the sensor or transducer is connected to the NMEA 2000 network, select 2000 Setup > Device List, select the transducer, and select Review > Calibrate Water Speed.

> Communications > NMEA 2 Follow the on-screen instructions. If the boat is not moving fast enough or the speed sensor is not registering a speed, a message appears. 3 Select OK, and safely increase the boat speed. 4 If the message appears again, stop the boat, and ensure the speed-sensor wheel is not stuck. 5 If the wheel turns freely, check the cable connections. 6 If you continue to get the message, contact Garmin product support. Other Vessels Settings The Beeper setting must be turned on to make alarms audible (Sounds and Display Settings, page 159). Failure to set audible alarms could lead to injury or property damage. When your compatible chartplotter is connected to an AIS device or VHF radio, you can set up how other vessels are displayed on the chartplotter. CAUTION Select

> Other Vessels. AIS: Enables and disables AIS signal reception. DSC: Enables and disables digital selective calling (DSC). Collision Alarm: Sets the collision alarm (Setting the Safe-Zone Collision Alarm, page 31). AIS-EPIRB Test: Enables test signals from Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacons (EPRIB). AIS-MOB Test: Enables test signals from man overboard (MOB) devices. AIS-SART Test: Enables test transmissions from Search and Rescue Transponders (SART). 170 Device Configuration Settings that are Synced on the Garmin Marine Network Garmin ECHOMAP and GPSMAP chartplotters sync certain settings when connected to the Garmin Marine Network. The following settings are synced, if applicable, to the device. Alarm Settings (also syncs alarm acknowledgment):

Arrival Anchor Drag Off Course GPS Accuracy Shallow Water Deep Water (Not available in the GPSMAP 8400/8600 series) Water Temp. Contour (Not available in echoMAP 70s and GPSMAP 507/701 series) Fish Collision Alarm General Settings:

Auto Guidance Preferred Depth Auto Guidance Vertical Clearance Beeper Color Mode Keyboard Layout Language Map Datum Heading Position Format System Units Calibrate Water Speed Radar Antenna Size Chart Settings:

Chart Borders Hazard Colors Heading Line Land POIs Light Sectors Navaid Size Navaid Type Photo Points Preferred Depth Shallow Shading Service Points Vessel Icon (Cannot be synced between all models) Device Configuration 171 Restoring the Original Chartplotter Factory Settings NOTE: This affects all devices on the network. 1 Select

> System > System Information > Reset. 2 Select an option:

To reset the device settings to the factory default values, select Reset Default Settings. This restores the default configuration settings, but does not remove saved user data, maps, or software updates. To reset all settings in all devices in the station to the factory default values, select Reset Station Settings. This restores the default configuration settings, but does not remove saved user data, maps, or software updates To clear saved data, such as waypoints and routes, select Delete User Data. This does not affect maps or software updates. To clear saved data and reset device settings to the factory default values, disconnect the chartplotter from the Garmin Marine Network, and select Delete Data and Reset Settings. This does not affect maps or software updates. Sharing and Managing User Data WARNING This feature allows you to import data from other devices that may have been generated by third parties. Garmin makes no representations about the accuracy, completeness, or timeliness of data that is generated by third parties. Any reliance on or use of such data is at your own risk. You can share user data between compatible devices. User data includes waypoints, saved tracks, routes, and boundaries. You can share data across the Garmin Marine Network. You can share and manage user data using a memory card. You must have a memory card installed in the device. This device supports up to a 32 GB memory card, formatted to FAT32. Selecting a File Type for Third-Party Waypoints and Routes You can import and export waypoints and routes from third-party devices. 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot. 2 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Data Transfer > File Type. 3 Select GPX. To transfer data with Garmin devices again, select the ADM file type. Copying User Data from a Memory Card You can transfer user data from a memory card to transfer from other devices. User data includes waypoints, routes, Auto Guidance paths, tracks, and boundaries. NOTE: Only boundary files with an .adm extension are supported. 1 Insert a memory card into a card slot. 2 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Data Transfer. 3 If necessary, select the memory card to copy data to. 4 Select an option:

To transfer data from the memory card to the chartplotter and combine it with existing user data, select Merge from Card. To transfer data from the memory card to the chartplotter and overwrite existing user data, select Replace from Card. 5 Select the file name. 172 Sharing and Managing User Data Copying User Data to a Memory Card You can save user data to a memory card to transfer to other devices. User data includes waypoints, routes, Auto Guidance paths, tracks, and boundaries. 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot. 2 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Data Transfer > Save to Card. 3 If necessary, select the memory card to copy the data to. 4 Select an option:

To create a new file, select Add New File, and enter a name. To add the information to an existing file, select the file from the list, and select Save to Card. Updating Built-In Maps with a Memory Card and Garmin Express You can update the built-in maps using the Garmin Express computer application and a memory card. 1 Insert a memory card into the computer's card slot (Inserting Memory Cards, page 5). 2 Open the Garmin Express application. If you do not have the Garmin Express application installed on your computer, you can download it from garmin.com/express. 3 If necessary, register your device (Registering Your Device Using the Garmin Express App, page 175). 4 Click Vessel > View Details. 5 Click Download next to the map to update. 6 Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the download. 7 Wait while the update downloads. The update may take an extended period of time. 8 After the download is complete, eject the card from the computer. 9 Insert the memory card into the card slot (Inserting Memory Cards, page 5). 10 On the chartplotter, select

> System > System Information > Update Built-In Map. The updated chart appears on your chartplotter. Backing Up Data to a Computer 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot. 2 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Data Transfer > Save to Card. 3 Select a file name from the list, or select Add New File. 4 Select Save to Card. 5 Remove the memory card, and insert it into a card reader attached to a computer. 6 Open the Garmin\UserData folder on the memory card. 7 Copy the backup file on the card and paste it to any location on the computer. Restoring Backup Data to a Chartplotter 1 Insert a memory card into a card reader that is attached to the computer. 2 Copy a backup file from the computer to the memory card, into a folder named Garmin\UserData. 3 Insert a memory card into the card slot. 4 Select NAV INFO > User Data > Data Transfer > Replace from Card. Sharing and Managing User Data 173 Saving System Information to a Memory Card You can save system information to a memory card as a troubleshooting tool. A product support representative may ask you to use this information to retrieve data about the network. 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot. 2 Select

> System > System Information > Garmin Devices > Save to Card. 3 If necessary, select the memory card to save system information to. 4 Remove the memory card. Appendix ActiveCaptain and Garmin Express The ActiveCaptain and Garmin Express apps help you manage your Garmin chartplotter and other devices. ActiveCaptain: The ActiveCaptain mobile app provides an easy-to-use connection between your compatible mobile device and your compatible Garmin chartplotter, charts, and the Garmin Quickdraw Contours Community (ActiveCaptain App, page 16). The app allows you to monitor and track your boat with the OnDeck system. The app provides unlimited access to your cartography and a quick, mobile way to download new charts using the OneChart feature, provides a link to receive notifications on your chartplotter, and provides access to the ActiveCaptain Community for feedback on marinas and other boating points of interest. You can also use the app to plan your trip and sync user data. The app checks your devices for available updates, and notifies you when an update is available. You can even control the chartplotter using the Garmin Helm feature. Garmin Express: The Garmin Express desktop app allows you to use your computer and a memory card to download and update Garmin chartplotter software and charts (Garmin Express App, page 174). You should use the Garmin Express app for faster data transfer of larger downloads and updates, and to avoid possible data charges with some mobile devices. Function Register your new Garmin Marine device Update your Garmin chartplotter software Update your Garmin charts Download new Garmin charts Access the Garmin Quickdraw Contours Community to download and share contours with other users Monitor and track your boat with the OnDeck system Sync a mobile device with your Garmin chartplotter Access the ActiveCaptain Community for feedback on marinas and boating points of interest Receive smart notification on the chartplotter Control the chartplotter with Garmin Helm ActiveCaptain mobile app Garmin Express desktop app Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No Garmin Express App The Garmin Express desktop app allows you to use your computer and a memory card to download and update Garmin device software and charts and register your devices. We recommend it for larger downloads and updates for faster data transfer and to avoid possible data charges with some mobile devices. 174 Appendix Installing the Garmin Express App on a Computer You can install the Garmin Express app on a Windows or Mac computer. 1 Go to garmin.com/express. 2 Select Download for Windows or Download for Mac. 3 Follow the on-screen instructions. Registering Your Device Using the Garmin Express App NOTE: You should use the ActiveCaptain app and a mobile device to register the device (Getting Started with the ActiveCaptain App, page 16). Help us better support you by completing our online registration today. Keep the original sales receipt, or a photocopy, in a safe place. 1 Install the Garmin Express app on your computer (Installing the Garmin Express App on a Computer, page 175). 2 Insert a memory card into the card slot (Inserting Memory Cards, page 5). 3 Wait a few moments. The chartplotter opens the card management page and creates a file named GarminDevice.xml in the Garmin folder on the memory card. 4 Remove the memory card from your device. 5 Open the Garmin Express app on your computer. 6 Insert the memory card into your computer. 7 If necessary, select Get Started. 8 If necessary, while the application searches, select Sign In next to Have marine charts or devices? near the bottom of the screen. 9 Create or sign in to your Garmin account. 10 Follow the on-screen instructions to set up your vessel. 11 Select

> Add. The Garmin Express application searches the memory card for the device information. 12 Select Add Device to register the device. When registration is complete, the Garmin Express application searches for additional charts and chart updates for your device. When you add devices to the chartplotter network, repeat these steps to register the new devices using the Garmin Express app. Appendix 175 Updating Your Charts Using the Garmin Express App This device supports up to a 32 GB SD memory card, formatted to FAT32 with speed class 4 or higher. Use of an 8 GB or larger memory card with speed class 10 is recommended. Downloading the chart update may take up to a few hours. You should use a blank memory card for chart updates. The update process erases the content on the card and reformats the card. 1 Install the Garmin Express app on your computer (Installing the Garmin Express App on a Computer, page 175). 2 Open the Garmin Express app on your computer. 3 Select your vessel and device. 4 If chart updates are available, select Chart Updates > Continue. 5 Read and agree to the terms. 6 Insert your chartplotter chart memory card into the computer. 7 Select the drive for the memory card. 8 Review the reformat warning, and select OK. 9 Wait while the chart update is copied to the memory card. NOTE: Copying the update file onto the card may take from a few minutes up to a few hours. 10 Close the Garmin Express app. 11 Eject the memory card from the computer. 12 Turn on the chartplotter. 13 After the home screen appears, insert the memory card into the card slot. NOTE: In order for the update instructions to appear, the device must be fully booted before the card is inserted. 14 Select Update Software > Yes. 15 Wait several minutes while the update process completes. 16 When prompted, leave the memory card in place, and restart the chartplotter. 17 Remove the memory card. NOTE: If the memory card is removed before the device restarts fully, the update is not complete. Software Updates You may need to update the software when you install a new device or add an accessory. You can use the ActiveCaptain mobile app to update the device software (Updating Software with the ActiveCaptain App, page 18). You can also use the Garmin Express desktop app to update your chartplotter software (Loading the New Software on a Memory Card Using Garmin Express, page 177). This device supports up to a 32 GB SD memory card, formatted to FAT32 with speed class 4 or higher. Use of an 8 GB or larger memory card with speed class 10 is recommended. Before you update the software, you should check the software version installed on your device (Viewing System Software Information, page 160). Then, you can go to garmin.com/support/software/marine.html, select See All Devices in this Bundle, and compare the installed software version to the software version listed for your product. If the software version installed on your device is older than the version listed on the website, you should update the software using the ActiveCaptain mobile app (Updating Software with the ActiveCaptain App, page 18) or the Garmin Express desktop app (Loading the New Software on a Memory Card Using Garmin Express, page 177). 176 Appendix Loading the New Software on a Memory Card Using Garmin Express You can copy the software update to a memory card using a computer with the Garmin Express app. This device supports up to a 32 GB SD memory card, formatted to FAT32 with speed class 4 or higher. Use of an 8 GB or larger memory card with speed class 10 is recommended. Downloading the software update may take from a few minutes up to a few hours. You should use a blank memory card for software updates. The update process erases the content on the card and reformats the card. 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot on the computer. 2 Install the Garmin Express app (Installing the Garmin Express App on a Computer, page 175). 3 Select your vessel and device. 4 Select Software Updates > Continue. 5 Read and agree to the terms. 6 Select the drive for the memory card. 7 Review the reformat warning, and select Continue. 8 Wait while the software update is copied to the memory card. NOTE: Copying the update file onto the card may take from a few minutes up to a few hours. 9 Close the Garmin Express app. 10 Eject the memory card from the computer. After loading the update onto the memory card, install the software on the chartplotter (Updating the Device Software Using a Memory Card, page 177). Updating the Device Software Using a Memory Card To update the software using a memory card, you must obtain a software-update memory card or load the latest software onto a memory card using the Garmin Express app (Loading the New Software on a Memory Card Using Garmin Express, page 177). 1 Turn on the chartplotter. 2 After the home screen appears, insert the memory card into the card slot. NOTE: In order for the software update instructions to appear, the device must be fully booted before the card is inserted. 3 Select Install Now > Update Software > Yes. 4 Wait several minutes while the software update process completes. 5 When prompted, leave the memory card in place, and restart the chartplotter. 6 Remove the memory card. NOTE: If the memory card is removed before the device restarts fully, the software update is not complete. Cleaning the Screen Cleaners containing ammonia will harm the anti-reflective coating. NOTICE The device is coated with a special anti-reflective coating which is very sensitive to waxes and abrasive cleaners. 1 Apply an eyeglass lens cleaner specified as safe for anti-reflective coatings to the cloth. 2 Gently wipe the screen with a soft, clean, lint-free cloth. Appendix 177 Viewing Images on a Memory card You can view images that are saved on a memory card. You can view .jpg, .png, and .bmp files. 1 Insert a memory card with image files into the card slot. 2 Select NAV INFO > Image Viewer. 3 Select the folder containing the images. 4 Wait a few seconds for the thumbnail images to load. 5 Select an image. 6 Use the arrows to scroll through the images. 7 If necessary, select MENU > Start Slideshow. Screenshots You can capture a screenshot of any screen shown on your chartplotter as a .png file. You can transfer the screenshot to your computer. You can also view the screenshot in the image viewer (Viewing Images on a Memory card, page 178). Capturing Screenshots 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot. 2 Select

> Preferences > Screenshot Capture > On. 3 Go to a screen you want to capture. 4 Hold HOME for at least six seconds. Copying Screenshots to a Computer 1 Remove the memory card from the chartplotter, and insert it into a card reader that is attached to a computer. 2 From Windows Explorer, open the Garmin\scrn folder on the memory card. 3 Copy the image file from the card and paste it to any location on the computer. Troubleshooting My device will not acquire GPS signals If the device is not acquiring satellite signals, there could be a few causes. If the device has moved a large distance since the last time it has acquired satellites or has been turned off for longer than a few weeks or months, the device may not be able to acquire the satellites correctly. Ensure the device is using the latest software. If not, update the device software (Software Updates, page 176). Make sure the device has a clear view of the sky so the antenna can receive the GPS signal. If it is mounted inside of a cabin, it should be close to a window so it can receive the GPS signal. 178 Appendix My device will not turn on or keeps turning off Devices erratically turning off or not turning on could indicate an issue with the power supplied to the device. Check these items to attempt to troubleshoot the cause of the power issue. Make sure the power source is generating power. You can check this several ways. For example, you can check whether other devices powered by the source are functioning. Check the fuse in the power cable. The fuse should be located in a holder that is part of the red wire of the power cable. Check that the proper size fuse is installed. Refer to the label on the cable or the installation instructions for the exact fuse size needed. Check the fuse to make sure there is still a connection inside of the fuse. You can test the fuse using a multimeter. If the fuse is good, the multimeter reads 0 ohm. Check to make sure the device is receiving at least 12 Vdc. To check the voltage, measure the female power and ground sockets of the power cable for DC voltage. If the voltage is less than 12 Vdc, the device will not turn on. If the device is receiving enough power but does not turn on, contact Garmin product support. My device is not creating waypoints in the correct location You can manually enter a waypoint location to transfer and share data from one device to the next. If you have manually entered a waypoint using coordinates, and the location of the point does not appear where the point should be, the map datum and position format of the device may not match the map datum and position format originally used to mark the waypoint. Position format is the way in which the GPS receiver's position appears on the screen. This is commonly displayed as latitude/longitude in degrees and minutes, with options for degrees, minutes and second, degrees only, or one of several grid formats. Map datum is a math model which depicts a part of the surface of the earth. Latitude and longitude lines on a paper map are referenced to a specific map datum. 1 Find out which map datum and position format was used when the original waypoint was created. If the original waypoint was taken from a map, there should be a legend on the map that lists the map datum and position format used to create that map. Most often this is found near the map key. 2 Select

> Preferences > Units. 3 Select the correct map datum and position format settings. 4 Create the waypoint again. Contacting Garmin Support Go to support.garmin.com for help and information, such as product manuals, frequently asked questions, videos, and customer support. In the USA, call 913-397-8200 or 1-800-800-1020. In the UK, call 0808 238 0000. In Europe, call +44 (0) 870 850 1241. Appendix 179 Specifications GPSMAP 10x2 Specifications Dimensions (W x H x D) 316.8 x 185.2 x 82.7 mm (121/2 x 75/16 x 34/16 in.) Dimensions on bail mount (W x H x D) 347.7 x 200.7 x 95.0 mm (1311/16 x 77/8 x 33/4 in.) Display size (W x H) Display resolution Weight Compass-safe distance 222.7 x 125.3 mm (83/4 x 415/16 in.); 10.1 in. diagonal WSVGA, 1024 x 600 pixels 1.85 kg (4.1 lb.) 65 cm (25.5 in.) Temperature range From -15 to 50C (from 5 to 122F) Material Water rating Fuse Input voltage Max. power usage at 10 Vdc Typical current draw at 12 Vdc Max. current draw at 12 Vdc NMEA 2000 LEN @ 9 Vdc NMEA 2000 draw Max. waypoints Max. routes Polycarbonate plastic and die-cast aluminum IEC 60529 IPX71 6 A, 125 V fast-acting From 10 to 32 Vdc 32.4 W 1.9 A 2.7 A 2 75 mA max. 5,000 100 Max. active track points 50,000 points, 50 saved tracks Memory card 2 SD card slots; 32 GB max. card size Wireless frequency and protocols WiFi, ANT, and Bluetooth technologies 2.4 GHz @ 15.26 dBm nominal 1 The device withstands incidental exposure to water of up to 1 m for up to 30 min. For more information, go to www.garmin.com/waterrating. 180 Appendix GPSMAP 12x2 Specifications Dimensions (W x H x D) 358.8 x 226.8 x 82.7 mm (141/8 x 815/16 x 34/16 in.) Dimensions on bail mount(W x H x D) 390.7 x 242.3 x 97.5 mm (153/8 x 99/16 x 313/16 in.) Display size (W x H) Display resolution Weight Compass-safe distance 262.1 164.2 mm (105/16 x 67/16 in.) 12.1 in. diagonal WXGA, 1280 x 800 pixels 2.34 kg (5.2 lb.) 65 cm (25.5 in.) Temperature range From -15 to 50C (from 5 to 122F) Material Water rating Fuse Input voltage Max. power usage at 10 Vdc Typical current draw at 12 Vdc Max. current draw at 12 Vdc NMEA 2000 LEN @ 9 Vdc NMEA 2000 draw Max. waypoints Max. routes Polycarbonate plastic and die-cast aluminum IEC 60529 IPX7 1 6 A, 125 V fast-acting From 10 to 32 Vdc 34.8 W 2.2 A 2.9 A 2 75 mA max. 5,000 100 Max. active track points 50,000 points, 50 saved tracks Memory card 2 SD card slots; 32 GB max. card size Wireless frequency and protocols WiFi, ANT, and Bluetooth technologies 2.4 GHz @ 15.26 dBm nominal Sonar Models Specifications Sonar frequencies2 Sonar transmit power (RMS)3 Traditional: 50/200, 77/200, 83/200 kHz Single Channel CHIRP: from 40 to 250 kHz Garmin ClearV CHIRP: 260/455/800 kHz CHIRP: 1000 W Garmin ClearV and SideV CHIRP: 500 W Sonar depth4 5,000 ft. at 1 kW 1 The device withstands incidental exposure to water of up to 1 m for up to 30 min. For more information, go to www.garmin.com/waterrating. 2 Dependent upon the transducer. 3 Dependent upon the transducer rating and depth. 4 Dependent upon the transducer, water salinity, bottom type, and other water conditions. Appendix 181 NMEA 2000 PGN Information Transmit and Receive Description ISO acknowledgment ISO request ISO transport protocol: Data transfer ISO transport protocol: Connection management ISO address claimed Commanded address Request group function Product information Configuration information Heading/track control Rudder Vessel heading Magnetic variance Engine parameters: Rapid update Engine parameters: Dynamic Transmission parameters: Dynamic Fluid level Battery status Speed: Water referenced Water depth Position: Rapid update COG and SOG: Rapid update GNSS position data Cross track error Navigation data GNSS DOPs GNSS satellites in view Label Wind data Environmental parameters (obsolete) Environmental parameters (obsolete) PGN 059392 059904 060160 060416 060928 065240 126208 126996 126998 127237 127245 127250 127258 127488 127489 127493 127505 127508 128259 128267 129025 129026 129029 129283 129284 129539 129540 130060 130306 130310 130311 182 Appendix PGN Description 130312 Temperature (obsolete) Transmit PGN 126464 126984 127497 Receive PGN 065030 126983 126985 126987 126988 126992 127251 127252 127257 127498 127503 127504 127506 127507 127509 128000 128275 129038 129039 129040 129044 129285 129794 129798 Appendix Description Transmit and receive PGN list group function Alert Response Trip parameters: Engine Description Generator average basic AC quantities (GAAC) Alert Alert text Alert threshold Alert value System time Rate of turn Heave Attitude Engine parameters: Static AC input status (obsolete) AC output status (obsolete) DC detailed status Charger status Inverter status Nautical leeway angle Distance log AIS class A position report AIS class B position report AIS class B extended position report Datum Navigation: Route, waypoint information AIS class A static and voyage related data AIS SAR aircraft position report 183 PGN 129799 129802 129808 129809 129810 130313 130314 130316 130576 130577 Description Radio frequency/mode/power AIS safety-related broadcast message DSC call Information AIS class B "CS" static data report, part A AIS class B "CS" static data report, part B Humidity Actual pressure Temperature: Extended range Trim tab status Direction data 184 Appendix NMEA 0183 Information Transmit Sentence Description GPAPB GPBOD GPBWC GPGGA GPGLL GPGSA GPGSV GPRMB GPRMC GPRTE GPVTG GPWPL GPXTE PGRME PGRMM PGRMZ SDDBT SDDPT SDMTW SDVHW APB: Heading or track controller (autopilot) sentence "B"

BOD: Bearing (origin to destination) BWC: Bearing and distance to waypoint GGA: Global positioning system fix data GLL: Geographic position (latitude and longitude) GSA: GNSS DOP and active satellites GSV: GNSS satellites in view RMB: Recommended minimum navigation information RMC: Recommended minimum specific GNSS data RTE: Routes VTG: Course over ground and ground speed WPL: Waypoint location XTE: Cross track error E: Estimated error M: Map datum Z: Altitude DBT: Depth below transducer DPT: Depth MTW: Water temperature VHW: Water speed and heading Appendix 185 Receive Sentence DPT DBT MTW VHW WPL DSC DSE HDG HDM MWD MDA MWV VDM Description Depth Depth below transducer Water temperature Water speed and heading Waypoint location Digital selective calling information Expanded digital selective calling Heading, deviation, and variation Heading, magnetic Wind direction and speed Meteorological composite Wind speed and angle AIS VHF data-link message You can purchase complete information about National Marine Electronics Association (NMEA) format and sentences from www.nmea.org. 186 Appendix support.garmin.com June 2022 GUID-C3CEA164-A1CB-4B15-92F2-5C04944CC6F3 v17

Specification Control Document Drawing Number:

Description:

Revision:

Drawn By:

190-02145-02 GPSMAP 10x2/12x2 Installation Instructions (EN-US) C AJF 11/02/16 Revision History Rev. A B C Date 11/02/16 01/12/17 10/29/20 Printing Specifications Tolerance:

Material:

Color:

Bindery:

Folds:

Trimmed Dimensions:

Finished Dimensions:

Notes:

Description of Change Production Release Updated locking ring text Various updates, WCAG ECO No.

153349 214483 0.0787" (2 mm) 70-lb woodfree. Approved equivalents allowed. Black ink. Staple 1, horizontal 8.3x11 in. 8.3x5.5 in. Content Management System (CMS) Details GUID:

Version:

GUID-BF1B0D74-52BF-4F5B-938B-9A7556F36E8C 3 Printed Languages EN-US Notes CONFIDENTIAL This drawing and the specifications contained herein are the property of GARMIN Ltd. or its subsidiaries and may not be reproduced or used in whole or in part as the basis for manufacture or sale of products without written permission. Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries C/O Garmin International, Inc. 1200 E. 151st Street Olathe, Kansas 66062 USA Sheet 1 of 1 GPSMAP 10X2/12X2 SERIES INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Important Safety Information WARNING Failure to follow these warnings, cautions, and notices could result in personal injury, damage to the vessel or device, or poor product performance. See the Important Safety and Product Information guide in the product box for product warnings and other important information. When connecting the power cable, do not remove the in-line fuse holder. To prevent the possibility of injury or product damage caused by fire or overheating, the appropriate fuse must be in place as indicated in the product specifications. In addition, connecting the power cable without the appropriate fuse in place voids the product warranty. CAUTION Always wear safety goggles, ear protection, and a dust mask when drilling, cutting, or sanding. To avoid possible personal injury or damage to the device and vessel, disconnect the vessel's power supply before beginning to install the device. To avoid possible personal injury or damage to the device or vessel, before applying power to the device, make sure that it has been properly grounded, following the instructions in the guide. NOTICE For the best possible performance, the device must be installed according to these instructions. When drilling or cutting, always check what is on the opposite side of the surface to avoid damaging the vessel. Read all installation instructions before proceeding with the installation. If you experience difficulty during the installation, contact Garmin Product Support. Contacting Garmin Support Go to support.garmin.com for help and information, such as product manuals, frequently asked questions, videos, and customer support. In the USA, call 913-397-8200 or 1-800-800-1020. In the UK, call 0808 238 0000. In Europe, call +44 (0) 870 850 1241. Software Update You may need to update the chartplotter software after installation. For the instructions on how to update the software, see the owner's manual at www.garmin.com/manuals/GPSMAP10x2-12x2. Tools Needed Drill Bail mount: drill bits appropriate for the surface and hardware Flush mount: 14 mm (9/16 in.), 6 mm (1/4 in.) and 3.6 mm (9/64 in.) (with nut plate), or 3.2 mm (1/8 in.) drill bit (with no nut plate)

#2 Phillips screwdriver Jigsaw or rotary tool File and sandpaper Marine sealant (recommended) Mounting Considerations NOTICE This device should be mounted in a location that is not exposed to extreme temperatures or conditions. The temperature range for this device is listed in the product specifications. Extended exposure to temperatures exceeding the specified temperature range, in storage or operating conditions, may cause device failure. Extreme-temperature-induced damage and related consequences are not covered by the warranty. When selecting a mounting location, you should observe these considerations. The location should provide optimal viewing as you operate your boat. The location should allow for easy access to all device interfaces, such as the keypad, touchscreen, and card reader, if applicable. The location must be strong enough to support the weight of the device and protect it from excessive vibration or shock. To avoid interference with a magnetic compass, the device should not be installed closer to a compass than the compass-safe distance value listed in the product specifications. The location must allow room for the routing and connection of all cables. The location must not be a flat, horizontal surface. The location should be in a vertical angle. The location and viewing angle should be tested before you install the device. High viewing angles from above and below the display may result in a poor image. Bail Mounting the Device NOTICE If you are mounting the bracket on fiberglass with screws, it is recommended to use a countersink bit to drill a clearance counterbore through only the top gel-coat layer. This will help to avoid cracking in the gel-coat layer when the screws are tightened. You can use a bail mount bracket (not included) to bail mount the device on a flat surface. 1 Using the bail-mount bracket as a template, mark the pilot holes. 2 Drill the pilot holes. 3 Using appropriate mounting screws (not included), secure the bail-mount bracket to the mounting surface. Printed in Taiwan October 2020 190-02145-02_0C 4 Install the bail-mount knobs 5 Place the device in the bail-mount bracket and tighten the bail-mount on the sides of the device. knobs. Flush Mounting the Device NOTICE Be careful when cutting the hole to flush mount the device. There is only a small amount of clearance between the case and the mounting holes, and cutting the hole too large could compromise the stability of the device after it is mounted. The included template and hardware can be used to flush mount the device in your dashboard. 1 Trim the template, and make sure it fits in the location where you want to mount the device. 2 Secure the template to the mounting location. 3 Using a 14 mm (9/16 in.) drill bit, drill one or more of the holes inside the corners of the solid line on the template to prepare the mounting surface for cutting. 4 Using a jigsaw or a rotary tool, cut the mounting surface along the inside line on the template. 5 Place the device in the cutout to test the fit. 6 If necessary, use a file and sandpaper to refine the size of the cutout. 7 Use a pry tool, such as a flat piece of plastic or a screwdriver, to carefully pry up the corners of the trim caps, slide the pry tool to the center, and remove the trim caps. NOTICE Use a plastic pry tool when possible. Using a metal pry tool such as a screwdriver can damage the trim caps and the device. 8 After the device fits correctly in the cutout, ensure the mounting holes on the device line up with the larger 6 mm (1/4 in.) holes on the template. 9 If the mounting holes on the device do not line up, mark the new hole locations. 10 Select an option:

If you are using a nut plate, drill a 6 mm (1/4 in.) hole in the larger hole location. If you are not using a nut plate, drill 3.2 mm (1/8 in.) holes in the larger hole locations. 11 Starting in one corner of the template, place a nut plate over the larger hole drilled in the previous step. If you are using a nut plate, the smaller hole up with the smaller hole on the template. on the nut plate should line 12 If the smaller hole on the nut plate does not line up with the smaller hole on the template, mark the new hole location. 13 If you are using a nut plate, drill a 3.6 mm (9/64 in.) hole in the smaller hole location. 14 Repeat to verify placement of the remaining nut plates and holes on the template. 15 Remove the template from the mounting surface. 16 Starting in one corner of the mounting location, place a nut plate back of the mounting surface, lining up the large and small holes. The raised portion of the nut plate should fit into the larger hole. on the 2 17 Secure the nut plates to the mounting surface by fastening the included M3 screws 18 Install the foam gasket through the smaller 3.6 mm (9/64 in.) holes. on the back of the device. The pieces of the foam gasket have adhesive on the back. Make sure you remove the protective liner before installing them on the device. 19 If you will not have access to the back of the device after you mount it, connect all necessary cables to the device before placing it into the cutout. NOTICE To prevent corrosion of the metal contacts, cover unused connectors with the attached weather caps. 20 Apply marine sealant between the mounting surface and the device to properly seal and prevent leakage behind the dashboard. 21 If you will have access to the back of the device, apply marine sealant around the cutout. 22 Place the device into the cutout. 23 Secure the device to the mounting surface using the included M4 screws

. 24 Wipe away all excess marine sealant. 25 Install the trim caps by snapping them in place around the edges of the device. Connection Considerations After connecting the cables to the device, tighten the locking rings to secure each cable. Power/NMEA 0183 Cable The wiring harness connects the device to power, NMEA 0183 devices, and a lamp or a horn for visible or audible alerts. If it is necessary to extend the NMEA 0183 or alarm wires, you must use 22 AWG (.33 mm) wire. This cable provides one differential NMEA 0183 input and output port. Item Wire Color Wire Function Red Black Blue Gray Brown Power Ground (power and NMEA 0183) NMEA 0183 TxA (Out +) NMEA 0183 TxB (Out -) NMEA 0183 RxA (In +) Item Wire Color Wire Function Violet Orange Yellow NMEA 0183 RxB (In -) Accessory on Alarm low Connecting the Wiring Harness to Power WARNING When connecting the power cable, do not remove the in-line fuse holder. To prevent the possibility of injury or product damage caused by fire or overheating, the appropriate fuse must be in place as indicated in the product specifications. In addition, connecting the power cable without the appropriate fuse in place voids the product warranty. 1 Route the wiring harness to the power source and to the device. 2 Connect the red wire to the positive (+) battery terminal, and connect the black wire to the negative (-) battery terminal. 3 If necessary, install the locking ring and O-ring on the end of the wiring harness. 4 Insert the cable into the POWER connector on the back of the device, pushing firmly. 5 Turn the locking ring clockwise to attach the cable to the device. Additional Grounding Consideration This device should not need additional chassis grounding in most installation situations. If you experience interference, the grounding screw on the housing can be used to connect the device to the water ground of the boat to help avoid the interference. Garmin Marine Network Considerations NOTICE A Garmin Marine Network PoE Isolation Coupler (010-10580-10) must be used when connecting any third-party device, such as a FLIR camera, to a Garmin Marine Network. Connecting a Power over Ethernet (PoE) device directly to a Garmin Marine Network chartplotter damages the Garmin chartplotter and may damage the PoE device. Connecting any third-party device directly to a Garmin Marine Network chartplotter will cause abnormal behavior on the Garmin devices, including the devices not properly turning off or the software becoming inoperable. This device can connect to additional Garmin Marine Network devices to share data such as radar, sonar, and detailed mapping. When connecting Garmin Marine Network devices to this device, observe these considerations. All devices connected to the Garmin Marine Network must be connected to the same ground. If multiple power sources are used for Garmin Marine Network devices, you must tie all ground connections from all power supplies together using a low resistance connection or tie them to a common ground bus bar, if available. A Garmin Marine Network cable must be used for all Garmin Marine Network connections. Third-party CAT5 cable and RJ45 connectors must not be used for Garmin Marine Network connections. If you are installing a NMEA 2000 power cable, you must connect it to the boat ignition switch or through another in-line switch. NMEA 2000 devices will drain your battery if the NMEA 2000 power cable is connected to the battery directly. This device can connect to a NMEA 2000 network on your boat to share data from NMEA 2000 compatible devices such as a GPS antenna or a VHF radio. The included NMEA 2000 cables and connectors allow you to connect the device to your existing NMEA 2000 network. If you do not have an existing NMEA 2000 network you can create a basic one using cables from Garmin. If you are unfamiliar with NMEA 2000, you should read the Technical Reference for NMEA 2000 Products at garmin.com/manuals/nmea_2000. The port labeled NMEA 2000 is used to connect the device to a standard NMEA 2000 network. Item Description NMEA 2000 compatible Garmin device GPS antenna Ignition or in-line switch NMEA 2000 power cable NMEA 2000 drop cable 12 Vdc power source NMEA 2000 terminator or backbone cable NMEA 2000 T-connector NMEA 2000 terminator or backbone cable NMEA 0183 Connection Considerations Each port has 2 wires, labeled A and B according to the NMEA 0183 The chartplotter provides one Tx (transmit) port and one Rx (receive) port. convention. The corresponding A and B wires of each internal port should be connected to the A (+) and B (-) wires of the NMEA 0183 device. You can connect one NMEA 0183 device to the Rx port to input data to this chartplotter, and you can connect up to three NMEA 0183 devices in parallel to the Tx port to receive data output by this chartplotter. Additional Garmin Marine Network cables and connectors are available See the NMEA 0183 device installation instructions to identify the transmit from your Garmin dealer.

(Tx) and receive (Rx) wires. The ETHERNET ports on the device each act as a network switch. Any compatible device can be connected to any ETHERNET port to share data with all devices on the boat connected by a Garmin Marine Network cable. NMEA 2000 Considerations NOTICE If you are connecting to an existing NMEA 2000 network, identify the NMEA 2000 power cable. Only one NMEA 2000 power cable is required for the NMEA 2000 network to operate properly. A NMEA 2000 Power Isolator (010-11580-00) should be used in installations where the existing NMEA 2000 network manufacturer is unknown. You must use 28 AWG, shielded, twisted-pair wiring for extended runs of wire. Solder all connections and seal them with heat-shrink tubing. Do not connect the NMEA 0183 data wires from this device to power ground. The power cable from the chartplotter and the NMEA 0183 devices must be connected to a common power ground. The internal NMEA 0183 ports and communication protocols are configured on the chartplotter. See the NMEA 0183 section of the chartplotter owner's manual for more information. See the chartplotter owner's manual for a list of the approved NMEA 0183 sentences that the chartplotter supports. 3 NMEA 0183 Device Connections This diagram illustrates two-way connections for both sending and receiving data. You can also use this diagram for one-way communication. To receive information from a NMEA 0183 device, refer to items when connecting the Garmin device. To transmit information to a NMEA 0183 device, refer to items

, and device. when connecting the Garmin

, and

, The maximum current is 1 A, and a relay is needed to limit the current from the chartplotter to 1 A. To manually toggle visual and audible alerts, you can install single-pole, single-throw switches. Item Description Power source Power/NMEA 0183 cable NMEA 0183 device Item Garmin Wire Function Garmin Wire Power Power ground Data ground Rx/A (In +) Rx/B (In -) Tx/A (Out +) Tx/B (Out -) Color Red Black Black Brown Violet Blue Gray NMEA 0183 Device Wire Function Power Power ground Data ground Tx/A (Out +) Tx/B (Out -) Rx/A (In +) Rx/B (In -) If the NMEA 0183 device has only one input (receive, Rx) wire (no A, B, +, or

-), you must leave the gray wire unconnected. If the NMEA 0183 device has only one output (transmit, Tx) wire (no A, B, +, or

-), you must connect the violet wire to ground. NMEA 0183 and Power Cable Pinout Pin Number Wire Function Wire Color NMEA 0183 Tx/A (Out +) Blue NMEA 0183 Rx/A (In +) Brown NMEA 0183 Tx/B (Out -) Gray NMEA 0183 Rx/B (In -) Violet Alarm Accessory on Ground (shield) VIN Yellow Orange Black Red Lamp and Horn Connections The device can be used with a lamp, a horn, or both, to sound or flash an alert when the chartplotter displays a message. This is optional, and the alarm wire is not necessary for the device to function normally. When connecting the device to a lamp or horn, observe these considerations. The alarm circuit switches to a low-voltage state when the alarm sounds. 4 Item Description Power source Power cable Horn Lamp Relay (1 A coil current) Toggle switches to enable and disable lamp or horn alerts Item Wire Color Wire Function Red Black Yellow Power Ground Alarm Composite Video Considerations This chartplotter allows video input from composite video sources using the port labeled CVBS IN. When connecting composite video, you should observe these considerations. The CVBS IN port uses a BNC connector. You can use a BNC to RCA adapter to connect a composite-video source with RCA connectors to the CVBS IN port. Video is shared across the Garmin Marine Network, but it is not shared across the NMEA 2000 network. Specifications All Models Temperature range Material Water rating Input voltage Fuse From -15 to 50C (from 5 to 122F) Polycarbonate plastic and die-cast aluminum IEC 60529 IPX71 From 10 to 32 Vdc 6 A, 125 V fast-acting NMEA 2000 LEN @ 9 Vdc 2 NMEA 2000 draw Compass-safe distance Memory card 75 mA max. 65 cm (25.5 in.) 2 SD card slots; 32 GB max. card size Wireless frequency, transmit power 2.4 GHz @ 15.26 dBm maximum 10x2 Models Dimensions (W x H x D) 31.8 x 18.5 x 6.9 cm (12.5 x 7.3 x 2.7 in.) Display size (W x H) Weight 22.4 x 12.5 cm (8.8 x 4.9 in.) 10.1 in. diagonal 1.85 kg (4.1 lb.) Max. power usage at 10 Vdc Typical current draw at 12 Vdc Max. current draw at 12 Vdc 32.4 W 1.9 A 2.7 A 1 The device withstands incidental exposure to water of up to 1 m for up to 30 min. For more information, go to www.garmin.com/waterrating. 12x2 Models Dimensions (W x H x D) 35.8 x 22.6 x 6.9 cm (14.1 x 8.9 x 2.7 in.) Display size (W x H) Weight 26.2 16.3 cm (10.3 6.4 in.) 12.1 in. diagonal 2.34 kg (5.15 lb.) Max. power usage at 10 Vdc Typical current draw at 12 Vdc Max. current draw at 12 Vdc 34.8 W 2.2 A 2.9 A NMEA 2000 PGN Information Transmit and Receive PGN 059392 059904 060160 060416 060928 065240 126208 126996 126998 127237 127245 127250 127258 127488 127489 127493 127505 127508 128259 128267 129025 129026 129029 129283 129284 129539 129540 130060 130306 130310 130311 130312 Transmit PGN 126464 126984 127497 Receive PGN 065030 126983 126985 126987 126988 126992 Description ISO acknowledgment ISO request ISO transport protocol: Data transfer ISO transport protocol: Connection management ISO address claimed Commanded address Request group function Product information Configuration information Heading/track control Rudder Vessel heading Magnetic variance Engine parameters: Rapid update Engine parameters: Dynamic Transmission parameters: Dynamic Fluid level Battery status Speed: Water referenced Water depth Position: Rapid update COG and SOG: Rapid update GNSS position data Cross track error Navigation data GNSS DOPs GNSS satellites in view Label Wind data Environmental parameters (obsolete) Environmental parameters (obsolete) Temperature (obsolete) Description Transmit and receive PGN list group function Alert Response Trip parameters: Engine Description Generator average basic AC quantities (GAAC) Alert Alert text Alert threshold Alert value System time PGN 127251 127257 127498 127503 127504 127506 127507 127509 128000 128275 129038 129039 129040 129044 129285 129794 129798 129799 129802 129808 129809 129810 130313 130314 130316 130576 130577 Description Rate of turn Attitude Engine parameters: Static AC input status (obsolete) AC output status (obsolete) DC detailed status Charger status Inverter status Nautical leeway angle Distance log AIS class A position report AIS class B position report AIS class B extended position report Datum Navigation: Route, waypoint information AIS class A static and voyage related data AIS SAR aircraft position report Radio frequency/mode/power AIS safety-related broadcast message DSC call Information AIS class B "CS" static data report, part A AIS class B "CS" static data report, part B Humidity Actual pressure Temperature: Extended range Trim tab status Direction data NMEA 0183 Information Transmit Sentence Description GPAPB GPBOD GPBWC GPGGA GPGLL GPGSA GPGSV GPRMB GPRMC GPRTE GPVTG GPWPL GPXTE PGRME PGRMM PGRMZ SDDBT SDDPT SDMTW SDVHW Receive Sentence DPT DBT MTW VHW APB: Heading or track controller (autopilot) sentence "B"

BOD: Bearing (origin to destination) BWC: Bearing and distance to waypoint GGA: Global positioning system fix data GLL: Geographic position (latitude and longitude) GSA: GNSS DOP and active satellites GSV: GNSS satellites in view RMB: Recommended minimum navigation information RMC: Recommended minimum specific GNSS data RTE: Routes VTG: Course over ground and ground speed WPL: Waypoint location XTE: Cross track error E: Estimated error M: Map datum Z: Altitude DBT: Depth below transducer DPT: Depth MTW: Water temperature VHW: Water speed and heading Description Depth Depth below transducer Water temperature Water speed and heading 5 Sentence Description WPL DSC DSE HDG HDM MWD MDA MWV VDM Waypoint location Digital selective calling information Expanded digital selective calling Heading, deviation, and variation Heading, magnetic Wind direction and speed Meteorological composite Wind speed and angle AIS VHF data-link message You can purchase complete information about National Marine Electronics Association (NMEA) format and sentences from www.nmea.org. 20162020 Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries Garmin, the Garmin logo, and GPSMAP are trademarks of Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries, registered in the USA and other countries. These trademarks may not be used without the express permission of Garmin. NMEA, NMEA 2000, and the NMEA 2000 logo are registered trademarks of the National Marine Electronics Association. FLIR is a registered trademark of FLIR Systems, Inc. SD and the SDHC logo are trademarks of SD-3C, LLC. 20162020 Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries support.garmin.com Part Information:

GPN: 190-02145-02 Description: GPSMAP 10x2/12x2 Installation Instructions (EN-US) Part Type: Manuals / Printed Literature Lifecycle Phase: Production Rev: C ECO#214483 Item Attribution:

Document Review Required:

Item Notes:

ESD Sensitive:

Moisture Sensitive:

Limited Shelf Life:

Magnetic Sensitive:

Part Approval Requirements:

Additional Requirements:

Compliance Requirement:

RoHS Requirement:

(-00) This part shall comply with Garmin Banned & Restricted Substances document 001-00211-00. Drawing Revision to Part Version:

Item: 190-02145-02 Rev:C ECO#214483 Creation Date: 01-Nov-2020 11:19 PM CST SpecItemAttributionReport1of1

Specification Control Document Drawing Number:

Description:

Revision:

Drawn By:

190-00720-32 ISPI Marine plotters, FCC/SAR, Warranty 6.5x10 (ML) H FMS 01/15/13 Revision History Rev. F G H Date 4/26/17 5/18/21 7/6/22 Printing Specifications Tolerance:

Material:

Color:

Bindery:

Folds:

Trimmed Dimensions:

Finished Dimensions:

Notes:

Description of Change Updated DoC reference for RED, Updated Warranty Added UK DoC for Brexit UKCA Added PAP 22 recycling mark ECO No. 157735 223113 245024 0.0787" (2 mm) 60-lb woodfree. Approved equivalents allowed. Black ink. Saddle stitch. Approved equivalents allowed. Not applicable 13 x 10 in. 6.5x10 in. Content Management System (CMS) Details/

GUID:

Version:

Language(s):

Notes GUID-71530BC7-0EFF-43C5-855B-8C01EFFD8D50 6 EN-US, FR-FR, IT-IT, DE-DE, ES-XM, PT-BR, NL-NL, DA-DK, FI-FI, NB-NO, SV-SE, PL-PL, CS-CZ, RU-

RU, HR-HR, EL-GR, ZH-CN Web PDF: ISPI_Marine_All_FCC_ML.pdf in Manuals4Web folder CONFIDENTIAL This drawing and the specifications contained herein are the property of GARMIN Ltd. or its subsidiaries and may not be reproduced or used in whole or in part as the basis for manufacture or sale of products without written permission. Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries C/O Garmin International, Inc. 1200 E. 151st Street Olathe, Kansas 66062 USA Sheet 1 of 1 IMPORTANT SAFETY AND PRODUCT INFORMATION Printed in Taiwan July 2022 190-00720-32_0H Important Safety and Product Information .........................................................3 Informations importantes sur le produit et la scurit ............................................4 guida Informazioni importanti sulla sicurezza e sul prodotto ....................................5 Wichtige Sicherheits- und Produktinformationen ..................................................6 Informacin importante sobre el producto y tu seguridad ........................................7 Informaes importantes sobre segurana e sobre o produto...................................8 Belangrijke veiligheids- en productinformatie ......................................................8 Vigtige produkt- og sikkerhedinformationer ........................................................9 Trkeit turvallisuus- ja tuotetietoja............................................................... 10 Viktig sikkerhets- og produktinformasjon ........................................................ 11 Guiden Viktig skerhets- och produktinformation ............................................... 12 Wane informacje dotyczce bezpieczestwa i produktu ...................................... 12 Dleit bezpenostn informace a informace o produktu...................................... 13

.................................... 14 Vane informacije o proizvodu i sigurnosti ....................................................... 15

................................... 16

.............................................................................. 17 Important Safety and Product Information WARNING Failure to heed the following warnings could result in an accident or collision resulting in death or serious injury. Marine Operation Warnings You are responsible for the safe and prudent operation of your vessel. This device is a tool that will enhance your capability to operate your vessel. This device does not relieve you from the responsibility of safely operating your vessel. Avoid navigational hazards and never leave the helm unattended. Use this device only as a navigational aid. Do not attempt to use the device for any purpose requiring precise measurement of direction, distance, location, or topography. Always be prepared to promptly regain control of the vessel. Use caution near hazards in the water, such as docks, pilings and other vessels. If the device has navigating capabilities, when navigating, carefully compare information displayed on the device to all available navigation sources, including information from visual sightings, local waterway rules and restrictions, and maps. For safety, always resolve any discrepancies or questions before continuing navigation. If the device uses maps, use the electronic chart in the device only to facilitate, not to replace, the use of authorized government charts. Official government charts and notices to mariners contain all information needed to navigate safely. Tide and current information is for information purposes only. It is your responsibility to heed all posted water-related guidance, to remain aware of your surroundings, and to use safe judgment in, on, and around the water at all times. Failure to heed this warning could result in serious personal injury or death. If the device provides depth data, it should not be used as the primary means of preventing grounding or collision. Supplement depth data readings with information from applicable paper charts and visual indicators. Always operate the vessel at slow speeds if you suspect shallow water or submerged objects. Failure to heed this warning could lead to vessel damage or personal injury. If the device has video input capabilities, do not attempt to operate or watch video input while operating or navigating your vessel. Operating or watching the video input while the vessel is moving could cause an accident or collision resulting in property damage, serious injury, or death. Device Warnings Do not immerse the device or batteries in water or other liquids. Do not leave the device exposed to a heat source or in a high-temperature location, such as in the sun in an unattended vessel. To prevent the possibility of damage, remove the device from the vessel or store it out of direct sunlight. Do not operate the device outside of the temperature ranges specified in the printed manual in the product packaging. When storing the device for an extended time period, store within the temperature ranges specified in the printed manual in the product packaging. Hearing Damage Warning Listening to the stereo at high volume can cause damage to your hearing. NOTICE Failure to heed the following notices could result in personal or property damage, or negatively impact the device functionality. Battery Notice Contact your local waste disposal department to dispose of the device/batteries in accordance with applicable local laws and regulations. GPS Notice The navigation device may experience degraded performance if you use it in proximity to any device that uses a terrestrial broadband network operating close to the frequencies used by any Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS), such as the Global Positioning Service (GPS). Use of such devices may impair reception of GNSS signals. Product Environmental Programs Information about the Garmin product recycling program and WEEE, RoHS, REACH, and other compliance programs can be found at garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment. Declaration of Conformity Hereby, Garmin declares that this product is in compliance with the Directive 2014/53/

EU. The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is available at the following internet address: garmin.com/compliance. UK Declaration of Conformity Hereby, Garmin declares that this product is in compliance with the relevant statutory requirements. The full text of the declaration of conformity is available at the following internet address: garmin.com/compliance. Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada Compliance This device contains licence-exempt transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada's licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure This device is a mobile transmitter and receiver that uses an internal antenna to send and receive low levels of radio frequency (RF) energy for data communications. The device emits RF energy below the published limits when operating in its maximum output power mode and when used with Garmin authorized accessories. To comply with RF exposure compliance requirements, the device should be installed and operated with a minimum of 20cm (7.87in.) between the device and your body. The device should not be used in other configurations. This device must not be co-located or operated in conjunction with any other transmitter or antenna. FCC Compliance This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and may cause harmful interference to radio communications if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. E N Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. This product does not contain any user-serviceable parts. Repairs should only be made by an authorized Garmin service center. Unauthorized repairs or modifications could result in permanent damage to the equipment, and void your warranty and your authority to operate this device under Part 15 regulations. Map Data Information Garmin uses a combination of governmental and private data sources. Virtually all data sources contain some inaccurate or incomplete data. In some countries, complete and accurate map information is either not available or is prohibitively expensive. Software License Agreement BY USING THE DEVICE, YOU AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE FOLLOWING SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. PLEASE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY. Garmin Ltd. and its subsidiaries (Garmin) grant you a limited license to use the software embedded in this device (the Software) in binary executable form in the normal operation of the product. Title, ownership rights, and intellectual property rights in and to the Software remain in Garmin and/or its third-party providers. You acknowledge that the Software is the property of Garmin and/or its third-party providers and is protected under the United States of America copyright laws and international copyright treaties. You further acknowledge that the structure, organization, and code of the Software, for which source code is not provided, are valuable trade secrets of Garmin and/or its third-party providers and that the Software in source code form remains a valuable trade secret of Garmin and/or its third-party providers. You agree not to decompile, disassemble, modify, reverse assemble, reverse engineer, or reduce to human readable form the Software or any part thereof or create any derivative works based on the Software. You agree not to export or re-export the Software to any country in violation of the export control laws of the United States of America or the export control laws of any other applicable country. Limited Warranty THIS LIMITED WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS, AND YOU MAY HAVE OTHER LEGAL RIGHTS, WHICH VARY FROM STATE TO STATE (OR BY COUNTRY OR PROVINCE). GARMIN DOES NOT EXCLUDE, LIMIT OR SUSPEND OTHER LEGAL RIGHTS YOU MAY HAVE UNDER THE LAWS OF YOUR STATE (OR COUNTRY OR PROVINCE). FOR A FULL UNDERSTANDING OF YOUR RIGHTS YOU SHOULD CONSULT THE LAWS OF YOUR STATE, COUNTRY OR PROVINCE. Non-aviation products are warranted to be free from defects in materials or workmanship for one year from the date of purchase. Within this period, Garmin will, at its sole option, repair or replace any components that fail in normal use. Such repairs or replacement will be made at no charge to the customer for parts or labor, provided that the customer shall be responsible for any transportation cost. This Limited Warranty does not apply to: (i) cosmetic damage, such as scratches, nicks and dents; (ii) consumable parts, such as batteries, unless product damage has occurred due to a defect in materials or workmanship; (iii) damage caused by accident, abuse, misuse, water, flood, fire, or other acts of nature or external causes; (iv) damage caused by service performed by anyone who is not an authorized service provider of Garmin; (v) damage to a product that has been modified or altered without the written permission of Garmin, or (vi) damage to a product that has been connected to power and/or data cables that are not supplied by Garmin. In addition, Garmin reserves the right to refuse warranty claims against products or services that are obtained and/or used in contravention of the laws of any country. Garmin products are intended to be used only as an aid and must not be used for any purpose requiring precise measurement of direction, distance, location or topography. For navigation products, Garmin makes no warranty as to the accuracy or completeness of the map data. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES CONTAINED IN THIS LIMITED WARRANTY ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF, AND GARMIN EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS, ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY, OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, STATUTORY REMEDY OR OTHERWISE. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS, AND YOU MAY HAVE OTHER LEGAL RIGHTS, WHICH VARY FROM STATE TO STATE AND FROM COUNTRY TO COUNTRY. IF IMPLIED WARRANTIES CANNOT BE DISCLAIMED UNDER THE LAWS OF YOUR STATE OR COUNTRY, THEN SUCH WARRANTIES ARE LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. SOME STATES (AND COUNTRIES AND PROVINCES) DO NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY LASTS, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. IN NO EVENT SHALL GARMIN BE LIABLE IN A CLAIM FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, WHETHER RESULTING FROM THE USE, MISUSE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS PRODUCT OR FROM DEFECTS IN THE PRODUCT. SOME STATES (AND COUNTRIES AND PROVINCES) DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. If during the warranty period you submit a claim for warranty service in accordance with this Limited Warranty, then Garmin will, at its option: (i) repair the device using new parts or previously used parts that satisfy Garmin's quality standards, (ii) replace the device with a new device or a refurbished device that meets Garmin's quality standards, or (iii) exchange the device for a full refund of your purchase price. SUCH REMEDY SHALL BE YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. Repaired or replaced devices have a 90 day warranty. If the unit sent in is still under its original warranty, then the new warranty is 90 days or to the end of the original 1 year warranty, whichever is longer. Before seeking warranty service, please access and review the online help resources available on support.garmin.com. If your device is still not functioning properly after making use of these resources, contact a Garmin Authorized service facility in the original country of purchase or follow the instructions on support.garmin.com to obtain warranty service. If you are in the United States, you can also call 1-800-800-1020. If you seek warranty service outside of the original country of purchase, Garmin cannot guarantee that the parts and products needed to repair or replace your product will be available due to differences in product offerings and applicable standards, laws and regulations. In that case, Garmin may, in its sole discretion and subject to applicable laws, repair or replace your product with comparable Garmin products and parts, or require you to ship your product to a Garmin Authorized service facility in the country of original purchase or to a Garmin Authorized service facility in another country that can service your product, in which case you will be responsible for complying with all applicable import and export laws and regulations and for paying all custom duties, V.A.T., shipping fees and other associated taxes and charges. In some cases, Garmin and its dealers may be unable to service your product in a country outside of the original country of purchase or return a repaired or replaced product to you in that country due to applicable standards, laws or regulations in that country. Online Auction Purchases: Online auction confirmations are not accepted for warranty verification. To obtain warranty service, an original or copy of the sales receipt from the original retailer is required. Garmin will not replace missing components from any package purchased through an online auction. 3 R F International Purchases: A separate warranty may be provided by international distributors for devices purchased outside the United States depending on the country. If applicable, this warranty is provided by the local in-country distributor and this distributor provides local service for your device. Distributor warranties are only valid in the area of intended distribution. Marine Warranty Policy: Certain Garmin Marine products in certain areas have a longer warranty period and additional terms and conditions. Go to garmin.com/support

/warranty_marine for more details and to see if your product is covered under the Garmin Marine Warranty Policy. Australian Purchases: Our goods come with guarantees that cannot be excluded under the Australian Consumer Law. You are entitled to a replacement or refund for a major failure and for compensation for any other reasonably foreseeable loss or damage. You are also entitled to have the goods repaired or replaced if the goods fail to be of acceptable quality and the failure does not amount to a major failure. The benefits under our Limited Warranty are in addition to other rights and remedies under applicable law in relation to the products. Garmin Australasia, 30 Clay Place, Eastern Creek, NSW 2766, Australia. Phone: 1800 235 822. Informations importantes sur le produit et la scurit AVERTISSEMENT Si vous ne respectez pas les avertissements suivants, vous risquez un accident ou une collision pouvant entraner des blessures graves, voire mortelles. Avertissements d'utilisation en milieu marin Vous tes responsable de l'utilisation sre et prudente de votre bateau. Cet appareil est un outil qui optimisera votre capacit de pilotage. Cet appareil ne vous dgage pas de vos responsabilits en cas de non-respect de la scurit bord. Evitez tout danger de navigation et ne relchez pas votre surveillance de la barre. L'appareil doit tre utilis uniquement comme une aide la navigation. Ne tentez pas d'utiliser l'appareil des fins exigeant une mesure prcise de l'orientation, de la distance, de la position ou de la topographie. Soyez toujours prt reprendre les commandes du navire. Soyez vigilant proximit des points dangereux, tels que les quais et les autres navires. En cours de navigation, et si l'appareil dispose de fonctions de navigation, comparez attentivement les informations affiches par l'appareil toutes les autres sources d'information disponibles, notamment les repres visuels, les rgles et restrictions locales relatives aux voies navigables, ainsi que les cartes. Pour votre scurit, cherchez rsoudre tout dysfonctionnement ou problme avant de poursuivre la navigation. Si l'appareil utilise des cartes, utilisez la carte lectronique de l'appareil uniquement pour faciliter l'usage de cartes gouvernementales officielles, pas pour les remplacer. Seules les cartes gouvernementales officielles et les avis aux navigateurs contiennent toutes les informations ncessaires une navigation en toute scurit. Les informations sur les mares et courants ne sont fournies qu' titre informatif. Il vous incombe de tenir compte des informations sur l'eau en gnral, de rester vigilant et de faire preuve de bon sens lorsque vous vous trouvez dans l'eau, sur l'eau ou aux abords d'un plan d'eau. Sinon, il risque un accident pouvant entraner des blessures graves, voire mortelles. Si l'appareil fournit des donnes de profondeur, celles-ci ne doivent pas tre utilises en premier recours afin d'viter les risques d'chouage ou de collision. Compltez les mesures des donnes de profondeur l'aide d'informations issues de cartes papier et d'indicateurs visuels applicables. Si vous suspectez la prsence d'un haut-

fond ou d'objets immergs, naviguez toujours faible vitesse. Si vous ignorez cet avertissement, votre bateau risque d'tre endommag ou vous risquez d'tre bless. Si l'appareil dispose de fonctions d'entre vido, n'utilisez pas l'entre vido en cours de navigation. Le visionnage de la vido lorsque le navire se dplace peut engendrer un accident ou une collision provoquant des dommages matriels et des blessures graves, voire mortelles. Avertissements sur l'appareil N'immergez pas l'appareil ni les batteries dans de l'eau ou dans d'autres liquides. Ne laissez pas l'appareil proximit d'une source de chaleur ou dans un lieu o la temprature est trs leve, par exemple dans un bateau sans surveillance en plein soleil. Pour viter tout dommage, sortez l'appareil de votre bateau ou placez-le l'abri du soleil. N'utilisez pas l'appareil si la temprature n'est pas comprise entre les plages de temprature indiques dans le manuel imprim fourni avec le produit. Si vous devez ranger l'appareil pour une priode prolonge, assurez-vous que la temprature ambiante du lieu de stockage est toujours comprise entre les plages de temprature indiques dans le manuel imprim fourni avec le produit. Avertissement concernant la perte d'audition En coutant la stro un volume trop lev, vous risquez d'endommager votre audition. AVIS Si vous ignorez les consignes fournies dans le prsent document, vous risquez de vous blesser, d'endommager votre bien ou d'affecter ngativement les fonctionnalits de l'appareil. Avis concernant la batterie Contactez la dchetterie locale pour plus d'informations sur la mise au rebut de l'appareil ou des batteries dans le respect des lois et rglementations locales applicables. Avertissement concernant le GPS Les performances de l'appareil de navigation peuvent tre rduites si vous utilisez l'appareil proximit d'un autre appareil utilisant un rseau terrestre large bande fonctionnant sur des frquences proches de celles utilises par les systmes de positionnement par satellites (GNSS), comme le GPS. L'utilisation de tels appareils peut altrer la rception des signaux GNSS. Programmes environnementaux Des informations relatives au programme Garmin de recyclage des produits ainsi qu'aux directives DEEE et RoHS, la rglementation REACH et aux autres programmes de conformit sont disponibles l'adresse garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment. Dclaration de conformit Par la prsente, Garmin dclare que son produit est conforme la Directive 2014/53/EU. Le texte de la dclaration de conformit UE dans sa version intgrale est disponible sur la page Web suivante: garmin.com/compliance. Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada - Conformit L'metteur/rcepteur exempt de licence contenu dans le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes : 1) L'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage ; 2) L'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement. 4 Exposition aux rayonnements frquence radiolectrique Cet appareil est un transmetteur/rcepteur mobile qui utilise une antenne interne pour envoyer et recevoir des champs de radiofrquences de faible puissance lors des communications de donnes. Les champs de radiofrquences mis par l'appareil lorsqu'il fonctionne au maximum de sa puissance et qu'il est utilis avec des accessoires approuvs par Garmin ne dpassent pas les limites fixes par la rglementation. Pour tre conforme aux exigences d'exposition aux radiofrquences, l'appareil doit tre install et utilis en respectant une distance minimale de 20cm (7,87) entre l'appareil et votre corps. L'appareil ne doit tre utilis dans aucune autre configuration. Cet appareil ne doit pas tre plac ou utilis en conjonction avec d'autres antennes ou metteurs. Informations sur les donnes cartographiques Les donnes de Garmin proviennent la fois de sources publiques et prives. La quasi-totalit des sources de donnes contient une part d'informations inexactes ou incompltes. Dans certains pays, des informations cartographiques compltes et exactes sont soit indisponibles, soit proposes un cot prohibitif. Contrat de licence du logiciel EN UTILISANT CE PRODUIT, VOUS RECONNAISSEZ ETRE LIE PAR LES TERMES DU PRESENT CONTRAT DE LICENCE DE LOGICIEL. LISEZ ATTENTIVEMENT CE CONTRAT DE LICENCE. Garmin Ltd. et ses filiales (Garmin) vous concdent une licence limite pour l'utilisation du logiciel intgr cet appareil (le Logiciel) sous la forme d'un programme binaire excutable, dans le cadre du fonctionnement normal du produit. Tout titre, droit de proprit ou droit de proprit intellectuelle dans le Logiciel ou concernant le Logiciel est la proprit de Garmin et/ou de ses fournisseurs tiers. Vous reconnaissez que le Logiciel est la proprit de Garmin et/ou de ses fournisseurs tiers et qu'il est protg par les lois en vigueur aux Etats-Unis d'Amrique et par les traits internationaux relatifs aux droits d'auteur. Vous reconnaissez galement que la structure, l'organisation et le code du Logiciel, dont le code source n'est pas fourni, constituent d'importants secrets de fabrication de Garmin et/ou de ses fournisseurs tiers, et que le code source du Logiciel demeure un important secret de fabrication de Garmin et/ou de ses fournisseurs tiers. Vous acceptez de ne pas dcompiler, dsassembler, modifier, assembler rebours, tudier par rtro-ingnierie ou transcrire en langage humain intelligible le Logiciel ou toute partie du Logiciel, ou crer toute uvre drive du Logiciel. Vous acceptez de ne pas exporter ni de rexporter le Logiciel vers un pays contrevenant aux lois de contrle l'exportation des Etats-Unis d'Amrique ou celles de tout autre pays concern. Garantie limite LA PRSENTE GARANTIE VOUS OCTROIE DES DROITS PARTICULIERS ET VOUS BNFICIEZ PEUT-TRE D'AUTRES DROITS QUI PEUVENT VARIER D'UN TAT, PAYS, OU PROVINCE L'AUTRE. GARMIN N'EXCLUT PAS, NI NE LIMITE OU SUSPEND, LES AUTRES DROITS LGAUX DONT VOUS BNFICIEZ EN VERTU DU DROIT DE VOTRE TAT, PAYS OU PROVINCE. POUR BIEN COMPRENDRE VOS DROITS, CONSULTEZ LE DROIT APPLICABLE DANS VOTRE TAT, PAYS OU PROVINCE. Les produits non aronautiques sont garantis contre tout dfaut de matriel et de fabrication pendant un an compter de leur date d'achat. Durant cette priode, Garmin pourra, son entire discrtion, rparer ou remplacer tout composant qui s'avrerait dfectueux dans le cadre d'un usage normal. Ce type de rparation ou de remplacement ne sera pas factur au client, qu'il s'agisse des composants ou de la main-d'uvre, condition que le client prenne en charge les frais de port. La prsente garantie limite ne couvre pas: (i) les dommages esthtiques, tels que les raflures, les rayures et les bosses; (ii) les consommables, comme les piles, moins que le dommage ne soit d un dfaut matriel ou de fabrication; (iii) les dommages provoqus par un accident, une utilisation abusive, une mauvaise utilisation, l'eau, une inondation, un incendie ou toute autre catastrophe naturelle ou cause extrieure; (iv) les dommages provoqus par des fournisseurs de services non agrs par Garmin; ou (v) les dommages sur un produit ayant t modifi sans l'autorisation crite de Garmin; ou (vi) les dommages sur un produit raccord des cbles d'alimentation et/ou des cbles de donnes non fournis par Garmin. En outre, Garmin se rserve le droit de refuser toute demande de service sous garantie relative un produit ou service obtenu et/ou utilis en violation des lois de tout pays.Les produits Garmin constituent uniquement une aide et ne doivent pas tre utiliss des fins exigeant l'valuation prcise de la direction, de la distance, de la position ou de la topographie. Pour les produits de navigation, Garmin n'offre aucune garantie quant l'exactitude ou l'exhaustivit des donnes cartographiques. DANS LES LIMITES PRVUES PAR LA LOI, LES GARANTIES ET RECOURS CONTENUS DANS LA PRSENTE GARANTIE LIMITE SONT EXCLUSIFS ET REMPLACENT, ET GARMIN EXCLUT EXPLICITEMENT, TOUTE AUTRE GARANTIE ET RECOURS EXPRS, IMPLICITES, LGAUX OU AUTRES, Y COMPRIS, MAIS DE MANIRE NON LIMITATIVE, TOUTE GARANTIE IMPLICITE MARCHANDE OU D'ADQUATION UN USAGE PARTICULIER, TOUT RECOURS LGAL OU AUTRES. LA PRSENTE GARANTIE VOUS OCTROIE DES DROITS PARTICULIERS ET VOUS BNFICIEZ PEUT-TRE D'AUTRES DROITS QUI PEUVENT VARIER D'UN TAT OU PAYS UN AUTRE. SI LES GARANTIES IMPLICITES NE PEUVENT PAS TRE EXCLUES EN VERTU DU DROIT DE VOTRE TAT OU PAYS, ALORS LESDITES GARANTIES SONT LIMITES LA DURE DE LA PRSENTE GARANTIE LIMITE. CERTAINS TATS, PAYS ET PROVINCES INTERDISANT LA RESTRICTION DE LA DURE D'UNE GARANTIE IMPLICITE, LES RESTRICTIONS SUSMENTIONNES PEUVENT NE PAS VOUS CONCERNER. EN AUCUN CAS, LA SOCIT GARMIN NE SAURAIT TRE TENUE POUR RESPONSABLE EN CAS DE RUPTURE DE LA GARANTIE DE TOUT DOMMAGE ACCESSOIRE, SPCIAL, INDIRECT OU CONSCUTIF RSULTANT DE L'UTILISATION, DE LA MAUVAISE UTILISATION OU DE L'IMPOSSIBILIT D'UTILISER CE PRODUIT, OU RSULTANT DE DFAUTS DU PRODUIT. CERTAINS TATS, PAYS ET PROVINCES INTERDISANT L'EXCLUSION OU LA RESTRICTION DES DOMMAGES PARTICULIERS OU ACCESSOIRES, LES RESTRICTIONS SUSMENTIONNES PEUVENT NE PAS VOUS CONCERNER. Si, pendant la dure de la garantie, vous faites une demande de services de garantie conformment la prsente Garantie limite, Garmin peut, sa discrtion: (i) rparer l'appareil l'aide de pices neuves ou dj utilises, si celles-ci remplissent les critres de qualit de Garmin, (ii) remplacer l'appareil par un appareil neuf ou par un appareil remis neuf qui remplit les critres de qualit de Garmin ou (iii) rembourser l'appareil au prix o vous l'avez achet. CE TYPE DE RECOURS SERA VOTRE RECOURS UNIQUE ET EXCLUSIF POUR TOUTE RUPTURE DE GARANTIE. Les appareils rpars ou remplacs bnficient d'une garantie de 90jours. Si l'unit envoye est toujours couverte par la garantie d'origine, cette nouvelle garantie dure 90jours ou jusqu' la fin de la priode de garantie d'origine qui est d'unan; la priode ayant la date de fin la plus loigne prvaut. Avant de demander des services de garantie, merci de consulter les ressources d'aide en ligne disponibles sur support.garmin.com. Si votre appareil ne fonctionne toujours pas correctement aprs avoir appliqu les consignes indiques en ligne, contactez un centre de service autoris par Garmin dans le pays o vous avez achet l'appareil ou suivez les instructions disponibles sur le site support.garmin.com pour obtenir des services de garantie. Si vous vous trouvez aux tats-Unis, vous pouvez aussi appeler le 1-800-800-1020. Si vous demandez des services de garantie en dehors du pays o vous avez achet l'appareil, Garmin ne peut pas garantir que les pices et produits ncessaires la rparation ou au remplacement de votre produit seront disponibles, car les offres, les normes, les lois et les rglementations diffrent selon les pays. Dans ce cas, Garmin peut, sa seule discrtion et conformment au droit applicable, rparer votre produit l'aide de pices comparables ou remplacer votre produit par un produit Garmin comparable, ou vous demander d'envoyer votre produit vers un centre de service autoris par Garmin dans le pays o vous avez achet le produit ou vers un centre de service autoris par Garmin d'un autre pays o votre produit pourra tre rpar ou remplac, et, dans ce cas, vous devrez respecter le droit et les rglementations en matire d'importation et d'exportation et vous acquitter seul des droits de douane, de la TVA, des frais d'expdition ainsi que de tous autres taxes et frais. Dans certains cas, Garmin et ses revendeurs ne peuvent ni rparer votre produit dans un autre pays que celui o vous avez achet le produit, ni envoyer un produit de remplacement neuf ou rpar dans ce pays, cause des normes, lois et rglementations du pays en question. Achats dans le cadre d'enchres en ligne: les confirmations de vente aux enchres en ligne ne sont pas acceptes dans le cadre d'une vrification sous garantie. Pour bnficier d'un service sous garantie, l'original ou une copie de la facture dresse par le premier revendeur doit tre prsent. Garmin ne procdera aucun remplacement de composant manquant sur tout produit achet dans le cadre d'enchres en ligne. Achats internationaux: selon les pays, une garantie distincte peut tre accorde par les distributeurs internationaux pour les appareils achets hors des Etats-Unis. Le cas chant, cette garantie est fournie par le distributeur du pays d'achat et ledit distributeur prend en charge les services locaux ncessaires pour votre appareil. Les garanties distributeur sont valides uniquement dans les zones de distribution vises. Politique de garantie des produits marine: pour certains produits marine de Garmin de certaines rgions du monde, la priode de garantie est plus longue et des conditions supplmentaires s'appliquent. Rendez-vous sur le site garmin.com/support/warranty _marine pour plus de dtails et pour savoir si votre produit est couvert par la garantie des produits marine de Garmin. Informazioni importanti sulla sicurezza e sul prodotto AVVERTENZA Il mancato rispetto delle indicazioni fornite di seguito potrebbe causare incidenti e tamponamenti gravi o mortali. Avvertenze sull'uso in ambiente nautico Ogni utente responsabile della condotta della propria imbarcazione. Questo dispositivo costituisce un aiuto alla navigazione, che non esime l'utente dal navigare responsabilmente e con prudenza. Durante la navigazione, evitare le zone pericolose e non lasciare mai il timone. Utilizzare il dispositivo solo come ausilio alla navigazione. Non utilizzare il dispositivo per ottenere misurazioni precise della direzione, della distanza, della posizione o della topografia. Tenersi sempre pronti a riprendere il controllo dell'imbarcazione in modo tempestivo. Prestare sempre attenzione durante l'uso del sistema, ma in particolar modo nelle vicinanze di moli, scogli ed altre imbarcazioni. Durante la navigazione verificare le informazioni del dispositivo con l'ambiente circostante, le carte ufficiali, le note ai naviganti, avvertenze e leggi in vigore. Per motivi di sicurezza, risolvere eventuali incongruenze o problemi prima di continuare la navigazione. La cartografia un ausilio alla navigazione e non sostituisce le carte governative autorizzate. Gli avvisi ai naviganti e le carte governative ufficiali contengono tutte le informazioni necessarie per una navigazione in sicurezza. Le informazioni sulle maree e le correnti hanno il solo scopo informativo. responsabilit dell'utente prestare attenzione a tutte le indicazioni pubblicate relative alle maree o all'acqua, allo scopo di conoscere l'ambiente circostante e navigare in sicurezza in ogni occasione. La mancata osservanza di tale avvertenza pu causare lesioni personali gravi o morte. I dati di profondit indicati dal dispositivo non devono essere utilizzati come unico strumento di misurazione. Integrare i dati di profondit del prodotto con le carte ufficiali. Mantenere sempre una velocit di crociera ridotta, se si ritiene di navigare in fondali bassi o si sospetta la presenza di oggetti sommersi. La mancata osservanza di tale avvertenza potrebbe provocare danni all'imbarcazione o alle persone. Se il prodotto dispone di ingressi video, non utilizzarli durante la navigazione. La visione di sorgenti video diverse dalle informazioni per la navigazione possono distrarre ed essere causa di incidenti o danni a cose e persone. Avvertenze relative al dispositivo Non immergere il dispositivo o le batterie in acqua o in altri liquidi. Evitare l'esposizione del dispositivo a fonti di calore o temperature elevate, ad esempio in un'imbarcazione incustodita ormeggiata al sole. Per evitare possibili danni, rimuovere il dispositivo dall'imbarcazione o riporlo lontano dalla luce solare diretta. Non utilizzare il dispositivo a temperature fuori dall'intervallo specificato nel manuale stampato nella confezione del prodotto. Quando non si utilizza il dispositivo per un periodo di tempo prolungato, conservarlo nell'intervallo di temperature specificato nel manuale stampato nella confezione del prodotto. Avvertenza relativa ai danni all'udito Ascoltare lo stereo ad alto volume pu causare danni all'udito. AVVISO Il mancato rispetto degli avvisi forniti di seguito potrebbe causare danni alla persona o alle propriet oppure incidere in modo negativo sulla funzionalit del dispositivo. Avviso sulla batteria Per un corretto smaltimento del dispositivo/batterie in conformit alle leggi e disposizioni locali, contattare le autorit locali preposte. Avviso GPS Le prestazioni del dispositivo di navigazione potrebbero ridursi in prossimit di un altro dispositivo che utilizza una rete a banda larga terrestre vicino alle frequenze utilizzate da un Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS), ad esempio il Global Positioning Service

(GPS). L'utilizzo di tali dispositivi potrebbe impedire la ricezione dei segnali GNSS. Programmi ambientali per i prodotti Le informazioni sul programma di riciclo dei prodotti Garmin, sulle direttive WEEE, RoHS, REACH e su altri programmi di conformit sono reperibili sul sito Web garmin.com

/aboutGarmin/environment. Dichiarazione di conformit Con il presente documento, Garmin dichiara che questo prodotto conforme alla Direttiva 2014/53/UE. Il testo completo della dichiarazione UE di conformit disponibile al seguente indirizzo Internet: garmin.com/compliance. Informazioni sui dati mappa Garmin utilizza una serie di fonti statali e private. Tutte le fonti di dati possono contenere dati imprecisi e incompleti. In alcuni paesi, le informazioni su mappe complete e precise non sono disponibili o sono proibitive in termini di costi. I T Contratto di licenza software L'USO DEL DISPOSITIVO IMPLICA L'ACCETTAZIONE DEI TERMINI E DELLE CONDIZIONI SPECIFICATI NEL SEGUENTE CONTRATTO DI LICENZA SOFTWARE. LEGGERE ATTENTAMENTE IL PRESENTE CONTRATTO. Garmin Ltd. e sue affiliate ("Garmin") concedono una licenza limitata per l'utilizzo del software integrato in questo dispositivo (il "Software") in forma binaria eseguibile per il normale funzionamento del prodotto. Il titolo, i diritti di propriet e di propriet intellettuale relativi al Software sono esclusivi di Garmin e/o dei rispettivi fornitori di terze parti. L'utente prende atto che il Software di propriet di Garmin e/o dei rispettivi fornitori di terze parti ed protetto dalle leggi sul copyright in vigore negli Stati Uniti d'America e dai trattati internazionali sul copyright. L'utente riconosce inoltre che la struttura, l'organizzazione e il codice del Software, di cui non viene fornito il codice sorgente, sono considerati segreti commerciali di Garmin e/o dei rispettivi fornitori di terze parti e che il Software in formato sorgente resta un segreto commerciale di Garmin e/o dei rispettivi fornitori di terze parti. L'utente accetta di non decompilare, disassemblare, modificare, decodificare o convertire in formato leggibile il Software o parte di esso n di creare altri prodotti basati sul Software. L'utente accetta di non esportare o riesportare il Software in qualsiasi Paese in violazione delle leggi sul controllo delle esportazioni in vigore negli Stati Uniti d'America o delle norme per il controllo delle esportazioni da qualsiasi altro Paese. Garanzia La garanzia prestata dal Venditore:

al Consumatore ossia, ai sensi dell'art. 3, D.Lgs. 6 ottobre 2005, alla "persona fisica che agisce per scopi estranei all'attivit imprenditoriale o professionale eventualmente svolta", sulla base della medesima norma istitutiva del cos detto Codice del consumo. In base a detta legge la durata della garanzia di 24 mesi decorrenti dalla data di consegna del prodotto al Consumatore. La garanzia copre solo i difetti di conformit o d'origine, cio preesistenti alla consegna del bene al Consumatore e non copre i difetti legati ad un'errata installazione o ad errato uso dello stesso;

al Professionista, ossia ai sensi del citato art. 3 206/05, alla "persona fisica o giuridica che agisce nell'esercizio della propria attivit imprenditoriale o professionale, ovvero un suo intermediario" nei limiti di quanto previsto dagli artt. 1490 ss c.c. e nei termini di cui all'art. 1495 c.c. Garanzia Prodotto Il Prodotto, a cui riferita la presente garanzia, garantito esente da difetti originari di conformit per un periodo di 24 mesi dalla data di consegna all'utente finale, conformemente a quanto previsto dal D.Lgs. 206/05. La preghiamo, prima di prendere possesso del prodotto, di verificare, assieme al Venditore, se il prodotto conforme alle Sue aspettative. Laddove il Venditore si occupi anche della installazione del Prodotto, La preghiamo, inoltre, di verificarne il corretto funzionamento, eventualmente eseguendo una prova d'uso reale. Procedura Qualora intenda avvalersi dei diritti di cui alle presenti condizioni di garanzia, la preghiamo di visitare il sito web di Garmin Italia (www.garmin.it) onde ottenere le informazioni circa l'esatta modalit di consegna o spedizione dei prodotti. Con le limitazioni specificate in seguito, e qualora sussistano le condizioni per riconoscere la garanzia ai sensi del D.Lgs. 206/05, il prodotto verr riparato senza nessun costo relativo alle spese strettamente necessarie per la riparazione e quindi rispedito in porto franco al Venditore. Resta fermo quanto disposto dall'art. 130, D.Lgs. 206/05 in particolare quanto all'oggettiva impossibilit o l'eccessiva onerosit della riparazione. Per i prodotti in garanzia il Consumatore nulla deve al Venditore a titolo di contributo spese di trasporto o di gestione. Laddove il prodotto dovesse essere inviato nonostante il periodo di garanzia sia scaduto ovvero risulti che trattasi di difetto non coperto dalla Garanzia, ovvero il prodotto sia privo di difetti, Garmin Italia addebiter al Venditore i costi del trasporto, amministrativi e tecnici sostenuti. Limiti nel caso di intervento in garanzia La garanzia di Garmin Italia non copre i difetti originari manifestatisi oltre il termine di durata della garanzia, i difetti che non preesistevano alla consegna del prodotto, i guasti derivanti da negligenza o trascuratezza nell'uso, da errata installazione o manutenzione, erroneo immagazzinaggio e/o conservazione, da manutenzione effettuata da personale non autorizzato, da danni di trasporto, corrosione o per strumenti in cui il numero di matricola sia stato in qualche modo alterato o cancellato. Garmin Italia non pu essere ritenuta responsabile per danni causati durante l'installazione o come conseguenza di un'installazione scorretta. La presente Garanzia non copre i controlli periodici, gli allineamenti e le calibrazioni originarie e successive, prove in mare o su terra, o spiegazioni pratiche sull'uso del prodotto a meno che non siano specificatamente necessari per il ripristino funzionale della parte sostituita coperta dalla garanzia. La garanzia non copre altres difetti derivanti da incidenti, calamit naturali od altre cause fra le quali, a titolo meramente esemplificativo, pioggia, grandine o fulmini. La garanzia non copre i danni conseguenti a sovraccarichi di corrente dovuti alla rete cui il prodotto dovesse essere collegato o causati da altre apparecchiature, sistemi o componenti in occasione di impropria connessione o uso non autorizzato o permesso del prodotto ivi compreso nel caso di eventuale utilizzo di un caricabatteria di modello differente rispetto a quello fornito con il prodotto. I materiali soggetti ad usura (inclusi fusibili, batterie, cinghie, ventole o le parti meccaniche connesse) sono specificata-

mente esclusi dalla presente Garanzia. L'eventuale rottura di sigilli o la precedente manomissione del prodotto escludono la possibilit di avvalersi della Garanzia. La presente Garanzia non copre le ore di lavoro straordinario. La Garanzia Garmin Italia non copre eventuali differenze di colorazione, di materiale o aspetto sussistenti tra quanto a titolo indicativo, illustrato nella pubblicit, nei cataloghi o su Internet, che non siano state oggetto di specifico reclamo al momento della consegna del prodotto. Tutti i prodotti Garmin Italia sono considerati ausili allo svolgimento dell'attivit a cui sono destinati. quindi esclusivamente responsabilit dell'utente usare la prudenza e il giudizio necessari durante il loro utilizzo. Garmin Italia non risponder dell'eventuale inosservanza delle normali regole di diligenza e prudenza ed altres, nel caso di utilizzo a bordo di autoveicoli, velivoli, natanti o di altri mezzi di trasporto non risponder della violazione delle norme, disposizioni delle autorit o regolamenti disciplinanti la loro circolazione e non risponder dei danni eventualmente causati a terzi ed alla persona del Consumatore. Assistenza oltre i termini di garanzia Qualora il prodotto in Suo possesso manifestasse problemi di funzionamento oltre i termini di garanzia, ovvero per quanto entro i 24 mesi di vita fosse stato danneggiato o abbisognasse comunque di interventi tecnici per cause che non rientrano fra quelle coperte dalla garanzia, La preghiamo di contattare telefonicamente il Customer Care Garmin al numero indicato sul sito www.garmin.it al fine di concordare la modalit di invio dello strumento per riparazione o verifica. Ricordiamo che in caso di assistenza fuori garanzia le spese di trasporto sono a carico del Consumatore, come pure i costi di riparazione, verifica, aggiornamento software o eventuale reset delle apparecchiature. 5 E D Wichtige Sicherheits- und Produktinformationen WARNUNG Falls Sie folgende Warnungen nicht beachten, knnte es zu einem Unfall oder Zusammensto mit schweren oder sogar tdlichen Verletzungen kommen. Warnungen zum Betrieb von Schiffen Sie sind fr den sicheren und umsichtigen Betrieb des Boots verantwortlich. Mit dem Gert knnen Sie die Mglichkeiten zur Steuerung des Boots erheblich erweitern. Das Gert befreit Sie nicht von der Verantwortung, fr einen sicheren Betrieb des Boots zu sorgen. Vermeiden Sie riskante Manver, und lassen Sie den Steuerstand niemals unbeaufsichtigt. Verwenden Sie dieses Gert lediglich als Navigationshilfe. Verwenden Sie das Gert nicht, um damit exakte Richtungs-, Entfernungs-, Positions- oder topografische Messungen durchzufhren. Seien Sie stets bereit, unverzglich die Steuerung des Boots zu bernehmen. Lassen Sie in der Nhe von Hindernissen im Wasser, z.B. Docks, Pfeilern und anderen Booten, Vorsicht walten. Wenn das Gert ber Navigationsfunktionen verfgt, vergleichen Sie beim Navigieren die auf dem Gert angezeigten Informationen sorgfltig mit allen anderen verfgbaren Navigationsquellen, z.B. visuellen Signalen, lokalen Bestimmungen und Einschrnkungen fr Schifffahrtswege sowie mit Karten. Aus Sicherheitsgrnden sollten Sie Unstimmigkeiten oder Fragen klren, bevor Sie die Fahrt fortsetzen. Wenn das Gert Karten nutzt, soll die elektronische Karte den Gebrauch von Karten offizieller staatlicher Stellen erleichtern, diese jedoch nicht ersetzen. Die Karten von offiziellen staatlichen Stellen und die nautischen Mitteilungen fr Seefahrer enthalten alle Informationen, die fr die sichere Navigation erforderlich sind. Gezeiten- und Strmungsinformationen dienen ausschlielich Informationszwecken. Sie sind dafr verantwortlich, alle ausgeschilderten Informationen zum Wasser einzuhalten, stets auf die Umgebung zu achten und sich jederzeit in, am und auf dem Wasser sicher zu verhalten. Die Nichteinhaltung dieser Warnung knnte zu schweren oder tdlichen Verletzungen fhren. Wenn das Gert Tiefendaten bereitstellt, sollten diese nicht ausschlielich zur Vermeidung von Grundberhrung oder Zusammensten verwendet werden. Nutzen Sie zustzlich zu Tiefendatenangaben Informationen von entsprechenden Seekarten und visuellen Hinweisen. Betreiben Sie das Schiff stets bei niedrigen Geschwindigkeiten, falls Sie Bereiche mit Flachwasser oder Unterwasserobjekten vermuten. Die Nichteinhaltung dieser Warnung knnte zur Beschdigung des Schiffs oder zu Verletzungen fhren. Wenn das Gert ber Videoeingangsfunktionen verfgt, beachten Sie, dass whrend des Schiffsbetriebs oder der Schiffsnavigation keine Videoeingnge laufen oder angesehen werden drfen. Durch die Bedienung des Videoeingangs oder das Ansehen eines Videos whrend der Fahrt des Schiffes knnen Unflle oder Kollisionen und damit Sachschden, schwere oder sogar tdliche Verletzungen verursacht werden. Gertewarnungen Tauchen Sie Gert oder Akkus nicht in Wasser oder andere Flssigkeiten ein. Halten Sie das Gert von Hitzequellen oder Umgebungen mit hohen Temperaturen fern, z.B. direkter Sonneneinstrahlung auf einem unbeaufsichtigtem Schiff. Vermeiden Sie mgliche Schden, indem Sie das Gert vom Schiff nehmen oder es so lagern, dass es vor direkter Sonneneinstrahlung geschtzt ist. Das Gert darf nicht auerhalb des Temperaturbereichs betrieben werden, der im gedruckten Handbuch aus dem Lieferumfang angegeben ist. Wenn das Gert fr einen lngeren Zeitraum aufbewahrt wird, muss die Lagertemperatur innerhalb des Bereichs liegen, der im gedruckten Handbuch aus dem Lieferumfang angegeben ist. Warnung zu Hrschden Wenn Sie mit hoher Lautstrke Radio hren, kann Ihr Gehr geschdigt werden. HINWEIS Die Nichteinhaltung der folgenden Hinweise kann zu Personen- oder Sachschden fhren oder die Funktionsweise des Gerts beeintrchtigen. Hinweis zum Akku Wenden Sie sich zur ordnungsgemen, im Einklang mit anwendbaren rtlichen Gesetzen und Bestimmungen stehenden Entsorgung von Gert und/oder Akku an die zustndige Abfallentsorgungsstelle. GPS-Hinweis Die Leistung des Navigationsgerts ist u.U. eingeschrnkt, wenn es in der Nhe von Gerten verwendet wird, die ein terrestrisches Breitbandnetz nutzen, dessen Frequenzen nahe der von einem GNSS (Global Navigation Satellite System) wie dem Global Positioning Service (GPS) verwendeten Frequenzen liegen. Die Verwendung dieser Gerte kann den Empfang von GNSS-Signalen beeintrchtigen. Umweltschutzprogramme fr das Produkt Informationen zum Produktrecyclingprogramm von Garmin sowie zur WEEE-, RoHS- und REACH-Richtlinie und zu anderen Programmen zur Einhaltung von Richtlinien finden Sie unter garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment. Konformittserklrung Garmin erklrt hiermit, dass dieses Produkt der Direktive2014/53/EU entspricht. Der vollstndige Text der EU-Konformittserklrung ist unter folgender Internetadresse verfgbar: garmin.com/compliance. Kartendaten-Informationen Garmin verwendet eine Kombination aus ffentlichen und privaten Datenquellen. Nahezu alle Datenquellen enthalten in bestimmtem Ausma ungenaue oder unvollstndige Daten. In einigen Lndern sind vollstndige und genaue Karteninformationen nicht erhltlich oder unverhltnismig teuer. Software-Lizenzvereinbarung DURCH DIE VERWENDUNG DES GERTS STIMMEN SIE DEN BEDINGUNGEN DER FOLGENDEN SOFTWARE-LIZENZVEREINBARUNG ZU. LESEN SIE DIE LIZENZVEREINBARUNG AUFMERKSAM DURCH. Garmin Ltd. und deren Tochtergesellschaften (Garmin) gewhren Ihnen im Rahmen des normalen Betriebs dieses Gerts eine beschrnkte Lizenz zur Verwendung der in diesem Gert im Binrformat integrierten Software (die Software). Verfgungsrechte, Eigentumsrechte und Rechte am geistigen Eigentum an der Software verbleiben bei Garmin und/oder deren Drittanbietern. Sie erkennen an, dass die Software Eigentum von Garmin und/oder dessen Drittanbietern ist und durch die Urheberrechte der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika und internationale Urheberrechtsabkommen geschtzt ist. Weiterhin erkennen Sie an, dass Struktur, Organisation und Code der Software, fr die kein Quellcode zur Verfgung gestellt wird, wertvolle Betriebsgeheimnisse von Garmin und/oder dessen Drittanbietern sind und dass der Quellcode der Software ein wertvolles Betriebsgeheimnis von Garmin und/oder deren Drittanbietern bleibt. Sie verpflichten sich, die Software oder Teile davon nicht zu dekompilieren, zu deassemblieren, zu verndern, zurckzuassemblieren, zurckzuentwickeln, in eine allgemein lesbare Form umzuwandeln oder ein von der Software abgeleitetes Werk zu erstellen. Sie verpflichten sich, die Software 6 nicht in ein Land zu exportieren oder zu reexportieren, das nicht im Einklang mit den Exportkontrollgesetzen der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika oder den Exportkontrollgesetzen eines anderen, in diesem Zusammenhang relevanten Landes steht. Eingeschrnkte Gewhrleistung DIESE EINGESCHRNKTE GEWHRLEISTUNG GEWHRT IHNEN BESTIMMTE GESETZLICHE RECHTE; AUSSERDEM HABEN SIE GGF. ANDERE GESETZLICHE RECHTE, DIE JE NACH BUNDESLAND (BZW. LAND ODER PROVINZ) VARIIEREN. GARMIN SCHRNKT ANDERE GESETZLICHE RECHTE, DIE IHNEN GEMSS DEN GESETZEN IHRES BUNDESLANDES (BZW. IHRES LANDES ODER IHRER PROVINZ) U.U. ZUSTEHEN, NICHT EIN, UND SETZT DIESE AUCH NICHT AUS. DIE GESETZE IHRES BUNDESLANDES, IHRES LANDES ODER IHRER PROVINZ BIETEN IHNEN EINEN VOLLSTNDIGEN EINBLICK IN IHRE RECHTE. Fr nicht fr die Luftfahrt vorgesehenen Produkte gilt ab dem Kaufdatum eine einjhrige Garantie auf Material- und Verarbeitungsfehler. Innerhalb dieses Zeitraums repariert oder ersetzt Garmin nach eigenem Ermessen alle bei ordnungsgemer Verwendung ausgefallenen Komponenten. Diese Reparatur- und Austauscharbeiten sind fr den Kunden in Bezug auf Teile und Arbeitszeit unter der Voraussetzung kostenlos, dass dieser die Transportkosten bernimmt. Diese eingeschrnkte Gewhrleistung findet keinerlei Anwendung auf: (i)kosmetische Schden, z.B. Kratzer oder Dellen,

(ii)Verschleiteile wie Batterien, sofern Produktschden nicht auf Material- oder Verarbeitungsfehler zurckzufhren sind, (iii)durch Unflle, Missbrauch, unsachgeme Verwendung, Wasser, berschwemmung, Feuer oder andere hhere Gewalt oder uere Ursachen hervorgerufene Schden, (iv)Schden aufgrund einer Wartung durch nicht von Garmin autorisierte Dienstanbieter, (v)Schden an einem Produkt, das ohne die ausdrckliche schriftliche Genehmigung von Garmin modifiziert oder gendert wurde, oder (vi) Schden an einem Produkt, das mit Netz- und/oder Datenkabeln verbunden wurde, die nicht von Garmin bereitgestellt wurden. Darber hinaus behlt Garmin sich das Recht vor, Garantieansprche fr Produkte oder Dienstleistungen abzulehnen, die unter Versto gegen die Gesetze eines Landes erworben und/oder verwendet werden.Produkte von Garmin sind ausschlielich als Hilfsmittel vorgesehen und drfen nicht fr Zwecke verwendet werden, die przise Messungen von Richtungen, Distanzen, Positionen oder Topografien erfordern. Fr Navigationsprodukte bernimmt Garmin keinerlei Gewhrleistungen im Hinblick auf die Richtigkeit oder Vollstndigkeit der Kartendaten. IM NACH GELTENDEN RECHT MAXIMAL ZULSSIGEN UMFANG GELTEN DIE IN DIESER EINGESCHRNKTEN GEWHRLEISTUNG AUFGEFHRTEN GEWHRLEISTUNGEN UND RECHTSMITTEL EXKLUSIV UND SCHLIESSEN JEGLICHE AUSDRCKLICHE, STILLSCHWEIGENDE, GESETZLICHE ODER ANDERWEITIGE GEWHRLEISTUNGEN UND RECHTSMITTEL AUS, U.A. STILLSCHWEIGENDE GEWHRLEISTUNGEN ZU HANDELSTAUGLICHKEIT ODER EIGNUNG FR EINEN BESTIMMTEN ZWECK, GESETZLICHE ODER ANDERWEITIGE GEWHRLEISTUNGEN, UND GARMIN SCHLIESST DIE VORGENANNTEN GEWHRLEISTUNGEN UND RECHTSMITTEL AUSDRCKLICH AUS. DIESE EINGESCHRNKTE GEWHRLEISTUNG GEWHRT IHNEN BESTIMMTE GESETZLICHE RECHTE; AUSSERDEM HABEN SIE GGF. ANDERE GESETZLICHE RECHTE, DIE JE NACH BUNDESLAND BZW. LAND VARIIEREN. FALLS STILLSCHWEIGENDE GEWHRLEISTUNGEN GEMSS DEN GESETZEN IHRES BUNDESLANDES ODER IHRES LANDES NICHT AUSGESCHLOSSEN WERDEN KNNEN, IST DIE DAUER DERARTIGER GEWHRLEISTUNGEN AUF DIE DAUER DIESER EINGESCHRNKTEN GEWHRLEISTUNG BESCHRNKT. IN EINIGEN BUNDESLNDERN (BZW. LNDERN UND PROVINZEN) IST DIE EINSCHRNKUNG DER DAUER EINER EINGESCHRNKTEN GEWHRLEISTUNG NICHT GESTATTET; IN EINEM SOLCHEN FALL TRIFFT DER VORSTEHEND GENANNTE AUSSCHLUSS GGF. NICHT AUF SIE ZU. IN KEINERLEI FALL HAFTET GARMIN BEI EINEM GARANTIEANSPRUCH FR BEILUFIG ENTSTANDENE, KONKRETE, INDIREKTE SCHDEN ODER FOLGESCHDEN, DIE DURCH DIE SACH- ODER UNSACHGEMSSE VERWENDUNG ODER DIE NICHTVERWENDBARKEIT DIESES PRODUKTS ODER DEFEKTE DES PRODUKTS ENTSTEHEN. IN EINIGEN BUNDESLNDERN (SOWIE LNDERN UND PROVINZEN) IST DER AUSSCHLUSS VON BEILUFIG ENTSTANDENEN ODER FOLGESCHDEN NICHT GESTATTET; IN EINEM SOLCHEN FALL TREFFEN DIE VORGENANNTEN AUSSCHLSSE NICHT AUF SIE ZU. Falls Sie whrend des Gewhrleistungszeitraums gem dieser eingeschrnkten Gewhrleistung einen Garantieanspruch geltend machen, geht Garmin nach eigenem Ermessen folgendermaen vor und (i) repariert das Gert mit neuen Teilen oder mit gebrauchten Teilen, die die Qualittsstandards von Garmin erfllen, (ii) ersetzt das Gert durch ein neues oder berarbeitetes Gert, das die Qualittsstandards von Garmin erfllt, oder (iii) tauscht das Gert aus, wobei der volle Kaufpreis erstattet wird. DIESE RECHTSMITTEL SIND DIE EINZIGEN IHNEN IM FALLE EINES GARANTIEANSPRUCHS ZUR VERFGUNG STEHENDEN RECHTSMITTEL. Fr reparierte oder ersetzte Gerte gilt eine Gewhrleistung von 90Tagen. Falls fr das eingesendete Gert weiterhin die ursprngliche Gewhrleistung gilt, betrgt die neue Gewhrleistung 90Tage oder bis zum Ende der ursprnglichen einjhrigen Garantie, wobei der jeweils lngere Zeitraum Anwendung findet. Bevor Sie einen Garantieanspruch geltend machen, sehen Sie sich die unter support

.garmin.com verfgbaren Online-Hilferessourcen an. Falls Sie diese Ressourcen verwenden und das Gert weiterhin nicht ordnungsgem funktioniert, wenden Sie sich an eine von Garmin autorisierte Serviceeinrichtung in dem Land, in dem Sie das Produkt ursprnglich erworben haben, oder folgen Sie den Anweisungen unter support.garmin

.com, um einen Garantieanspruch geltend zu machen. Falls Sie sich in den USA befinden, knnen Sie sich auch telefonisch an 1-800-800-1020 wenden. Falls Sie einen Garantieanspruch auerhalb des Landes geltend machen, in dem Sie das Produkt ursprnglich erworben haben, kann Garmin nicht garantieren, dass die zum Reparieren oder Ersetzen des Produkts erforderlichen Teile und Produkte verfgbar sein werden; dies ist auf unterschiedliche Produktangebote und geltende Standards, Gesetze und Vorschriften zurckzufhren. In diesem Fall kann Garmin nach eigenem Ermessen und gem anwendbaren Gesetzen das Produkt reparieren oder ersetzen, wobei vergleichbare Garmin Produkte und Teile verwendet werden, oder verlangen, dass Sie das Produkt an eine von Garmin autorisierte Serviceeinrichtung in dem Land schicken, in dem Sie das Produkt ursprnglich erworben haben, oder an eine von Garmin autorisierte Serviceeinrichtung in einem anderen Land, die den Service des Produkts durchfhren kann; in diesem Fall unterliegt es Ihrer Verantwortung, alle anwendbaren Gesetze und Vorschriften bezglich Import und Export einzuhalten und fr alle Zollgebhren, die Mehrwertsteuer, Versandkosten und andere damit verbundene Steuern und Gebhren aufzukommen. In einigen Fllen knnen Garmin und seine Hndler Ihr Produkt nicht in einem anderen Land als dem Land warten, in dem Sie das Produkt nicht ursprnglich erworben haben, oder das reparierte oder ersetzte Produkt in dieses Land zurckschicken; dies ist auf geltende Standards, Gesetze und Vorschriften zurckzufhren. Kufe ber Online-Auktionen: Online-Auktionsbesttigungen werden fr Garantieansprche nicht akzeptiert. Hierfr ist das Original oder eine Kopie des Kaufbelegs des ursprnglichen Einzelhndlers erforderlich. Garmin ersetzt keine fehlenden Komponenten bei Paketsendungen, die ber Online-Auktionen erworben wurden. Internationale Kufe: Fr ber internationale Vertriebspartner auerhalb der USA erworbene Gerte gilt mglicherweise abhngig vom jeweiligen Land eine separate Garantie. Sofern zutreffend wird diese Garantie von dem Vertriebspartner im jeweiligen Land angeboten, der auch den lokalen Service fr das Gert durchfhrt. Garantien von Vertriebspartnern gelten nur in dem fr den Vertrieb vorgesehenen Gebiet. Gewhrleistungsrichtlinie fr Marineprodukte: Fr einige Marineprodukte von Garmin gelten in bestimmten Gebieten ein lngerer Gewhrleistungszeitraum und zustzliche Bedingungen. Weitere Informationen sind unter garmin.com/support/warranty_marine verfgbar. Dort knnen Sie auch prfen, ob Ihr Produkt von der Garmin Gewhrleistungsrichtlinie fr Marineprodukte abgedeckt ist. Informacin importante sobre el producto y tu seguridad ADVERTENCIA Si no se cumplen las siguientes advertencias, se pueden provocar accidentes o colisiones que tengan como consecuencia la muerte o lesiones graves. Avisos sobre la utilizacin en entornos nuticos El usuario ser el responsable del uso seguro y cauteloso de la embarcacin. Este dispositivo es una herramienta que mejorar la capacidad de dirigir la embarcacin. Este dispositivo no te exime de la responsabilidad de utilizar de forma segura la embarcacin. Para evitar los riesgos de navegacin, el usuario no deber dejar desatendido el puente de mando en ningn momento. Utiliza esta unidad slo como ayuda para la navegacin. Queda prohibido intentar utilizar la unidad para cualquier otro propsito que requiera mediciones precisas de la direccin, la distancia, la ubicacin o la topografa. Permanece siempre preparado para retomar rpidamente el control de la embarcacin. Mantn la precaucin cuando lo utilices cerca de obstculos en el agua, como diques, pilotes u otras embarcaciones. Al navegar, si la unidad dispone de funciones de navegacin, compara con atencin la informacin que aparece en el dispositivo con todas las fuentes de navegacin disponibles, incluida la informacin de seales, las regulaciones y restricciones locales de los canales de navegacin y los mapas. Para mayor seguridad, resuelve cualquier discrepancia o duda antes de continuar con la navegacin. Si la unidad utiliza mapas, utiliza la carta electrnica del dispositivo slo con fines de ayuda y nunca para sustituir cartas autorizadas por el gobierno. Las cartas oficiales del gobierno y los avisos a los navegantes contienen toda la informacin necesaria para navegar de forma segura. La informacin de mareas y corrientes solo se proporciona con fines informativos. Es tu responsabilidad prestar atencin a todas las indicaciones publicadas sobre el estado del agua, conocer el entorno y mantener un criterio de navegacin segura en todo momento. De lo contrario, podran producirse lesiones graves o incluso la muerte. Si la unidad proporciona datos de profundidad, no deben utilizarse como referencia principal para evitar embarrancamientos o colisiones. Las lecturas de los datos de profundidad deben complementarse con la informacin de las cartas en papel y los indicadores visuales correspondientes. Si hay indicios de aguas poco profundas u objetos sumergidos, la embarcacin deber manejarse a una velocidad reducida. De no tenerse en cuenta este aviso, podran producirse daos personales o en la embarcacin. Si la unidad dispone de funciones de entrada de vdeo, no intentes utilizar o ver vdeos mientras ests utilizando o pilotando el barco. El uso o la visualizacin de entrada de vdeo mientras se mueve la embarcacin podra provocar un accidente o colisin que cause la muerte, lesiones graves o daos materiales. Advertencias sobre el dispositivo No sumerjas el dispositivo o la batera en agua u otros lquidos. No dejes el dispositivo expuesto a fuentes de calor o en lugares con altas temperaturas, como en una embarcacin al sol. Para evitar que se dae, retira el dispositivo de la embarcacin o gurdalo para que no quede expuesto a la luz solar directa. No manejes el dispositivo si la temperatura est fuera del intervalo indicado en la versin impresa del manual, incluido en la caja del producto. Cuando guardes el dispositivo durante un periodo de tiempo prolongado, hazlo respetando el intervalo de temperatura que se indica en la versin impresa del manual, incluido en la caja del producto. Aviso sobre daos en el odo Escuchar el sistema estreo a un volumen demasiado alto puede deteriorar la audicin. AVISO Si no se tienen en cuenta los siguientes avisos, podran producirse lesiones personales o daos materiales, y la funcionalidad del dispositivo podra verse afectada negativamente. Aviso sobre la batera Ponte en contacto con el servicio local de eliminacin de residuos para desechar el dispositivo o la batera de forma que cumpla todas las leyes y normativas locales aplicables. Aviso sobre el GPS El dispositivo de navegacin puede sufrir una degradacin en el funcionamiento si se utiliza cerca de cualquier dispositivo que utilice una red de banda ancha terrestre que funcione con frecuencias prximas a las utilizadas por cualquier sistema global de navegacin por satlite (GNSS), como el servicio de posicionamiento global (GPS). El uso de dichos dispositivos puede impedir la recepcin de seales GNSS. Programas medioambientales para el producto Puedes consultar la informacin acerca del programa de reciclado de productos de Garmin y la directiva WEEE, RoHS y REACH, as como de otros programas de cumplimiento en garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment. Declaracin de conformidad Por la presente, Garmin declara que este producto cumple con la Directiva 2014/53/UE. El texto completo de la declaracin de conformidad de la UE est disponible en la siguiente direccin de Internet: garmin.com/compliance. Conformidad con COFETEL/IFETEL La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. Informacin sobre datos de mapas Garmin utiliza una serie de fuentes de datos privadas y gubernamentales. Prcticamente todas las fuentes de datos contienen algunos datos inexactos o incompletos. En algunos pases, la informacin completa y precisa de mapas no est disponible o lo est a un precio muy elevado. Acuerdo de licencia del software AL UTILIZAR EL DISPOSITIVO, EL USUARIO SE COMPROMETE A RESPETAR LOS TRMINOS Y CONDICIONES DEL SIGUIENTE ACUERDO DE LICENCIA DEL SOFTWARE. EL USUARIO DEBER LEER ESTE ACUERDO ATENTAMENTE. E S Garmin Ltd. y sus subsidiarias (Garmin) conceden al usuario una licencia limitada para utilizar el software incluido en este dispositivo (el Software) en formato binario ejecutable durante el uso normal del producto. La titularidad, los derechos de propiedad y los derechos de propiedad intelectual del Software seguirn perteneciendo a Garmin y/o sus terceros proveedores. El usuario reconoce que el Software es propiedad de Garmin y/o sus proveedores terceros, y que est protegido por las leyes de propiedad intelectual de Estados Unidos y tratados internacionales de copyright. Tambin reconoce que la estructura, la organizacin y el cdigo del Software, del que no se facilita el cdigo fuente, son secretos comerciales valiosos de Garmin y/o sus terceros proveedores, y que el Software en su formato de cdigo fuente es un secreto comercial valioso de Garmin y/o sus terceros proveedores. Por la presente, el usuario se compromete a no descompilar, desmontar, modificar, invertir el montaje, utilizar tcnicas de ingeniera inversa o reducir a un formato legible para las personas el Software o cualquier parte de ste ni crear cualquier producto derivado a partir del Software. Asimismo, se compromete a no exportar ni reexportar el Software a ningn pas que contravenga las leyes de control de las exportaciones de Estados Unidos o de cualquier otro pas aplicable. Garanta limitada ESTA GARANTA LIMITADA PROPORCIONA DERECHOS LEGALES ESPECFICOS AL USUARIO, QUIEN PODR TENER OTROS DERECHOS LEGALES QUE PUEDEN VARIAR SEGN LA REGIN, EL PAS O LA PROVINCIA. GARMIN NO EXCLUYE, LIMITA NI SUSPENDE OTROS DERECHOS LEGALES QUE EL USUARIO PUEDA TENER EN VIRTUD DE LAS LEYES DE SU REGIN, PAS O PROVINCIA. PARA UNA COMPLETA COMPRENSIN DE SUS DERECHOS, EL USUARIO DEBER CONSULTAR LAS LEYES VIGENTES EN SU REGIN, PAS O PROVINCIA. Los productos no relacionados con la aviacin estn garantizados frente a defectos de materiales o mano de obra durante un ao a partir de la fecha de compra. En este periodo, Garmin puede, segn su criterio, reparar o sustituir cualquier componente que no funcione correctamente. Estas reparaciones o sustituciones se realizarn sin coste alguno para el cliente en concepto de piezas o mano de obra, siempre y cuando el cliente se haga responsable de los gastos de envo. Esta garanta limitada no se aplica a: (i) los daos estticos, tales como araazos, marcas o abolladuras; (ii) las piezas consumibles, tales como las bateras, a no ser que el dao se haya producido por un defecto de los materiales o de la mano de obra; (iii) los daos provocados por accidentes, uso inadecuado, el agua, inundaciones, fuego, otras causas de fuerza mayor o causas externas; (iv) los daos provocados por reparaciones realizadas por un proveedor de servicio no autorizado por Garmin; (v) los daos ocurridos en productos que hayan sido modificados o alterados sin la autorizacin por escrito de Garmin; o (vi) los daos ocurridos en productos conectados a la fuente de alimentacin y/o cables de datos no suministrados por Garmin. Adems, Garmin se reserva el derecho a rechazar reclamaciones de garanta de productos o servicios obtenidos y/o utilizados en contra de las leyes de cualquier pas.Los productos de Garmin se han diseado solamente para proporcionar ayuda durante el viaje y no debern utilizarse con ningn propsito que requiera el clculo preciso de una direccin, distancia, ubicacin o topografa. Para los productos de navegacin, Garmin no garantiza la precisin ni la integridad de los datos de mapas. HASTA EL LMITE MXIMO PERMITIDO POR LA LEY EN VIGOR, LAS GARANTAS Y RECURSOS EXPRESADOS EN ESTA GARANTA LIMITADA SON EXCLUSIVOS Y SUSTITUYEN A CUALESQUIERA OTRAS GARANTAS Y RECURSOS, A LAS QUE GARMIN RENUNCIA EXPRESAMENTE, YA SEAN EXPRESAS, IMPLCITAS, REGLAMENTARIAS O, POR EL CONTRARIO, INCLUIDAS, ENTRE OTRAS, CUALQUIER GARANTA IMPLCITA DE COMERCIABILIDAD O IDONEIDAD PARA UN FIN DETERMINADO, YA SEAN REGLAMENTARIAS O DE OTRO TIPO. ESTA GARANTA LIMITADA PROPORCIONA DERECHOS LEGALES ESPECFICOS AL USUARIO, QUIEN PODR TENER OTROS DERECHOS LEGALES QUE PUEDEN VARIAR SEGN LA REGIN Y EL PAS. SI NO SE PUEDE RENUNCIAR A LAS GARANTAS IMPLCITAS EN VIRTUD DE LAS LEYES DE LA REGIN O PAS DEL USUARIO, DICHAS GARANTAS SE LIMITAN A LA DURACIN DE ESTA GARANTA LIMITADA. EN ALGUNAS REGIONES, PASES Y PROVINCIAS, NO SE PERMITEN LIMITACIONES DE DURACIN DE LAS GARANTAS IMPLCITAS, POR LO QUE ES POSIBLE QUE LA LIMITACIN ANTERIOR NO SE APLIQUE AL USUARIO. EN CASO DE INCUMPLIMIENTO DE LA GARANTA, GARMIN NO SE HAR RESPONSABLE BAJO NINGN CONCEPTO DE LOS DAOS IMPREVISTOS, ESPECIALES, INDIRECTOS O EMERGENTES, TANTO SI SON RESULTADO DE LA UTILIZACIN, MALA UTILIZACIN O DESCONOCIMIENTO DEL MANEJO DE ESTE PRODUCTO, COMO SI LO SON POR DEFECTOS EN ESTE. EN ALGUNAS REGIONES, PASES Y PROVINCIAS, NO SE PERMITE LA EXCLUSIN DE DAOS FORTUITOS O DERIVADOS, POR LO QUE ES POSIBLE QUE ESTA RESTRICCIN NO SEA APLICABLE EN EL CASO DEL USUARIO. Si durante el periodo de garanta, el usuario solicita un servicio de garanta de acuerdo con esta Garanta limitada, Garmin llevar a cabo, segn su criterio, una de las siguientes opciones: (i) reparar el dispositivo utilizando piezas nuevas o piezas usadas con anterioridad que cumplan con los estndares de calidad de Garmin; (ii) sustituir el dispositivo por un dispositivo nuevo o un dispositivo restaurado que cumpla con los estndares de calidad de Garmin; (iii) cambiar el dispositivo por un reembolso completo equivalente al precio de compra. ESTE RECURSO SER NICO Y EXCLUSIVO EN CASO DE INCUMPLIMIENTO DE LA GARANTA. Los dispositivos reparados o sustituidos tienen una garanta de 90 das. Si la unidad enviada est cubierta por la garanta original, la nueva garanta es de 90 das o hasta el final del periodo de garanta original de un ao, siendo aplicable el periodo de mayor duracin. Antes de solicitar el servicio de garanta, el usuario deber acceder a los recursos de ayuda en lnea disponibles en support.garmin.com y consultarlos. Si el dispositivo sigue sin funcionar correctamente despus de hacer uso de estos recursos, se deber contactar con un centro de servicio autorizado de Garmin del pas donde se realiz la compra, o bien seguir las instrucciones disponibles en support.garmin.com para obtener servicio de garanta. Si el usuario se encuentra en Estados Unidos, tambin puede llamar al 1-800-800-1020. Si se desea solicitar el servicio de garanta en un pas distinto de donde se realiz la compra, Garmin no puede garantizar que las piezas y los productos necesarios para reparar o sustituir el producto estn disponibles debido a las diferencias en las ofertas de productos y los estndares, leyes y normativas de aplicacin. En ese caso, Garmin puede, a su entera discrecin y segn las leyes aplicables, reparar o sustituir el producto con productos y piezas de Garmin equiparables, o solicitar al usuario que enve su producto a un centro de servicio autorizado de Garmin del pas donde se realiz la compra o un centro de servicio autorizado de Garmin de otro pas que pueda realizar el mantenimiento de su producto, en cuyo caso el usuario ser responsable de cumplir con todas las leyes y normativas de importacin y exportacin, as como de realizar el pago de todos los impuestos de aduanas, IVA, gastos de envo y otros impuestos y gastos asociados. En algunos casos, es posible que Garmin y sus distribuidores no puedan realizar el mantenimiento del producto del usuario en un pas distinto de donde se realiz la compra, o devolver un producto reparado o sustituido en tal pas debido a los estndares, leyes o normativas vigentes en el mismo. Adquisiciones por subastas online: no se aceptan las confirmaciones de subastas online como comprobante de garanta. Para recibir asistencia dentro del periodo de garanta, se necesita el original o una copia de la factura del establecimiento de compra original. 7 Garmin no sustituir componentes que falten de cualquier caja que se compre a travs de una subasta online. Ventas internacionales: segn el pas, los distribuidores internacionales pueden ofrecer una garanta por separado para los dispositivos adquiridos fuera de Estados Unidos. Si corresponde, los distribuidores locales de cada pas ofrecen esta garanta y son estos distribuidores los que proporcionan un servicio local para el dispositivo. Las garantas del distribuidor son vlidas solamente en el rea de distribucin proyectada. Poltica de garanta nutica: determinados productos nuticos de Garmin en reas concretas tienen un periodo de garanta mayor y unos trminos y condiciones adicionales. Visita garmin.com/support/warranty_marine para obtener ms informacin y ver si tu producto est cubierto por la Poltica de garanta nutica de Garmin. Informaes importantes sobre segurana e o produto ATENO No seguir estes avisos pode resultar em acidente ou coliso, resultando em morte ou ferimentos graves. Avisos de operao martima Voc responsvel pela operao prudente e segura da sua embarcao. Este dispositivo uma ferramenta que aprimorar a operao da sua embarcao. Este dispositivo no o isenta da responsabilidade de operar sua embarcao com segurana. Evite perigos na navegao e nunca deixe o leme sem superviso. Use este dispositivo somente como assistncia navegao. No tente usar o T P dispositivo para qualquer finalidade que exija medio precisa da direo, distncia, localizao ou topografia. Esteja sempre preparado para retomar o controle da embarcao. Tome cuidado prximo a ameaas e perigos na gua, como cais, estacas e outras embarcaes. Se o dispositivo contar com recursos de navegao, ao navegar, compare as informaes exibidas no dispositivo a todas as demais fontes de navegao disponveis, inclusive informaes de apurao visual, normas e restries de navegao locais e mapas. Por motivo de segurana, sempre resolva quaisquer discrepncias ou dvidas antes de prosseguir com a navegao. Se o dispositivo usar mapas, use o grfico eletrnico no dispositivo somente para facilitar, o uso de grficos autorizados pelo governo, e no para substitu-los. Avisos e grficos oficiais do governo para marinheiros contm todas as informaes necessrias para navegar com segurana. As informaes de mar e corrente so apenas para fins informativos. de sua responsabilidade observar todas as orientaes relacionadas gua publicadas, manter-se atento aos seus arredores e usar o julgamento seguro dentro, sobre e ao redor da gua o tempo todo. O no cumprimento deste aviso poder resultar em ferimentos graves ou morte. Se o dispositivo apresentar dados sobre a profundidade, esses dados no devem ser usados como o principal meio de evitar colises e encalhes. Leituras de dados complementares sobre profundidade com informaes de grficos impressos e indicadores visuais aplicveis. Sempre operar a embarcao em baixa velocidade caso haja suspeita de guas rasas e objetos submersos. O desrespeito deste aviso poder provocar danos na embarcao ou ferimentos. Se o dispositivo tiver recursos de entrada de vdeo, no tente operar ou assistir ao vdeo enquanto estiver operando ou navegando sua embarcao. Operar ou assistir ao vdeo enquanto a embarcao estiver em movimento pode causar acidentes ou colises que podem resultar em danos materiais, ferimentos graves ou morte. Avisos sobre o dispositivo No mergulhe o dispositivo ou baterias em gua ou outros lquidos. No deixe o dispositivo exposto a uma fonte de calor ou num local sujeito a temperaturas elevadas, por exemplo, ao sol numa embarcao abandonada. Para evitar a possibilidade de danos, remova o dispositivo da embarcao ou armazene-o longe da luz solar direta. No opere o dispositivo fora do intervalo de temperatura especificado no manual impresso includo na embalagem do produto. Ao guardar o dispositivo durante um longo perodo de tempo, guarde-o dentro do intervalo de temperatura especificado no manual impresso includo na embalagem do produto. Aviso sobre danos audio Ouvir ao estreo em volume alto pode causar danos audio. AVISO O desrespeito aos seguintes avisos pode resultar em danos pessoais ou da propriedade, ou afetar negativamente a funcionalidade do dispositivo. Aviso da bateria Entre em contato com seu departamento de tratamento de resduos local para eliminar corretamente o dispositivo/baterias de acordo com as leis e os regulamentos locais vigentes. Aviso do GPS O dispositivo de navegao pode ter o desempenho degradado se voc us-lo prximo a qualquer dispositivo que use uma rede de banda larga terrestre funcionando prximo s frequncias usadas por quaisquer Dados de posio do sistema de navegao global via satlite (GNSS), como o Global Positioning Service (GPS). O uso dos referidos dispositivos podem prejudicar a recepo de sinais de GNSS. Programas Ambientais do Produto Informaes sobre o programa de reciclagem de produtos da Garmin, sobre WEEE, RoHS, REACH e outros programas de conformidade podem ser consultadas em garmin.com

/aboutGarmin/environment. Declarao de Conformidade Pelo presente, a Garmin declara que este produto est em conformidade com a Diretiva 2014/53/EU. O texto completo da declarao de conformidade da EU est disponvel no seguinte endereo da Internet: garmin.com/compliance. Informaes de Radiocomunicao Este equipamento no tem direito proteo contra interferncia prejudicial e no pode causar interferncia em sistemas devidamente autorizados. Para Maiores informaes, consulte o site da ANATEL: www.anatel.gov.br. Informaes Sobre os Dados do Mapa A Garmin recorre a uma combinao de fontes de dados privadas e governamentais. Praticamente todas as fontes de dados contm alguns dados imprecisos ou incompletos. Em alguns pases, informaes de mapa completas e precisas no esto disponveis ou so extremamente caras. Garantia limitada ESTA GARANTIA LIMITADA LHE CONCEDE DIREITOS LEGAIS ESPECFICOS E TAMBM OUTROS DIREITOS LEGAIS QUE PODEM VARIAR DE ACORDO COM O ESTADO (OU DE ACORDO COM O PAS OU A PROVNCIA). A GARMIN NO EXCLUI, LIMITA OU SUSPENDE OUTROS DIREITOS LEGAIS QUE VOC POSSA TER EM CONFORMIDADE COM AS LEIS DO SEU ESTADO (OU PAS OU PROVNCIA). PARA UM ENTENDIMENTO COMPLETO DOS SEUS DIREITOS, VOC DEVE CONSULTAR AS LEIS DO SEU ESTADO, PAS OU PROVNCIA. 8 Os produtos no relacionados aviao tm garantia de ausncia de defeitos de material e fabricao por um ano a partir da data da compra. Durante este perodo, a Garmin reparar ou substituir, exclusivamente a seu prprio critrio, os componentes que no apresentarem o desempenho normal esperado. Tal reparo ou substituio ser feito sem custo para o cliente com relao a peas ou trabalho, desde que o cliente se responsabilize por qualquer custo de transporte. Esta Garantia Limitada no se aplica a: (i) danos externos, tais como riscos, cortes e amassados; (ii) peas consumveis, tais como pilhas, salvo se os danos no produto forem resultantes de um defeito de materiais ou de mo de obra; (iii) danos resultantes de acidentes, uso excessivo ou incorreto, gua, inundaes, incndios ou outras causas naturais ou externas; (iv) danos causados por reparos realizados por qualquer pessoa que no seja um fornecedor de servios autorizado da Garmin; (v) danos em qualquer produto que tenha sido sujeito a modificaes ou alteraes sem a autorizao por escrito da Garmin; ou (vi) danos em qualquer produto que tenha sido ligado a cabos de alimentao/dados no fornecidos pela Garmin. Alm disso, a Garmin reserva-se o direito de recusar servios de garantia de produtos ou reparaes obtidos e/ou utilizados em transgresso das leis de qualquer pas.Os produtos da Garmin foram concebidos para serem usados exclusivamente como auxlio, no podendo nunca ser utilizados para quaisquer finalidades que requerem medies precisas de direo, distncia, localizao ou topografia. Para produtos de navegao, a Garmin no oferece quaisquer garantias quanto exatido ou preciso dos dados do mapa. AT O LIMITE MXIMO PERMITIDO PELA LEI APLICVEL, AS GARANTIAS E OS RECURSOS CONTIDOS NESTA GARANTIA LIMITADA SO EXCLUSIVOS E SUBSTITUEM QUALQUER OUTRA GARANTIA, E A GARMIN RENUNCIA EXPRESSAMENTE TODAS AS OUTRAS GARANTIAS E RECURSOS, EXPRESSOS OU IMPLCITOS, ESTATUTRIOS OU DE OUTRA MANEIRA, INCLUINDO, MAS SEM LIMITAO, QUALQUER OUTRA GARANTIA IMPLCITA DE COMERCIABILIDADE OU ADEQUAO PARA UM DETERMINADO FIM, ESTATUTRIO OU DE OUTRA MANEIRA. ESTA GARANTIA LIMITADA LHE CONCEDE DIREITOS LEGAIS ESPECFICOS E TAMBM OUTROS DIREITOS LEGAIS QUE PODEM VARIAR DE ACORDO COM O ESTADO E DE ACORDO COM O PAS OU A PROVNCIA. SE GARANTIAS IMPLCITAS NO PUDEREM SER RENUNCIADAS EM CONFORMIDADE COM AS LEIS DO SEU ESTADO OU PAS, AS REFERIDAS GARANTIAS SO LIMITADAS DURANTE O PERODO DE DURAO DESTA GARANTIA LIMITADA. ALGUNS ESTADOS

(E PASES E PROVNCIAS) NO PERMITEM LIMITAES SOBRE A DURAO DE UMA GARANTIA IMPLCITA, PORTANTO AS RESTRIES ACIMA PODEM NO SE APLICAR A VOC. SOB NENHUMA CIRCUNSTNCIA A GARMIN SER RESPONSVEL MEDIANTE SOLICITAO DE VIOLAO DE GARANTIA POR DANOS INCIDENTAIS, ESPECIAIS, INDIRETOS OU CONSEQUENTES, CAUSADOS PELA UTILIZAO, M UTILIZAO OU INCAPACIDADE DE UTILIZAO DESTE PRODUTO OU POR DEFEITOS NESTE. ALGUNS ESTADOS (E PASES E PROVNCIAS) NO PERMITEM A EXCLUSO DE INDENIZAES INCIDENTAIS OU CONSEQUENCIAIS, PORTANTO AS RESTRIES ACIMA PODEM NO SE APLICAR A VOC. Se, durante o perodo de garantia, voc enviar uma solicitao de servio de garantia de acordo com esta Garantia Limitada, a Garmin, a seu critrio: (i) reparar o dispositivo utilizando peas novas ou peas utilizadas anteriormente que atendam aos padres de qualidade da Garmin; (ii) substituir o dispositivo por um novo dispositivo ou um dispositivo renovado que atenda aos padres de qualidade da Garmin ou (iii) trocar o dispositivo por um reembolso total do seu preo de compra. TAL RECURSO CONSTITUIR SEU NICO E EXCLUSIVO RECURSO PARA QUALQUER VIOLAO DE GARANTIA. Dispositivos reparados ou substitudos tm garantia de 90 dias. Se a unidade enviada ainda estiver coberta pela garantia original, a nova garantia ser de 90 dias ou at o final da garantia original de 1 ano, o que tiver uma durao maior. Antes de procurar o servio de garantia, acesse e revise os recursos de ajuda on-line disponveis em support.garmin.com. Se o seu dispositivo ainda no estiver funcionando corretamente depois de usar esses recursos, entre em contato com uma Instalao de servio autorizada da Garmin no pas original da compra ou siga as instrues no site support.garmin.com para obter o servio de garantia. Se estiver localizado nos Estados Unidos, voc tambm pode ligar para 1-800-800-1020. Se voc procurar o servio de garantia fora do pas original de compra, a Garmin no pode garantir que as peas e os produtos necessrios para reparar ou substituir o seu produto estaro disponveis, devido a diferenas nas ofertas de produtos e nas normas, leis e regulamentos aplicveis. Nesse caso, a Garmin poder, a seu exclusivo critrio e sujeito s leis aplicveis, reparar ou substituir o seu produto por produtos e peas comparveis da Garmin, ou exigir que voc envie seu produto para uma Instalao de servio autorizado da Garmin no pas de compra original ou para uma Instalao de servio autorizado da Garmin em outro pas que possa atender seu produto e, nesse caso, voc ser responsvel por cumprir todas as leis e regulamentos aplicveis de importao e exportao e por pagar todos os impostos alfandegrios, IVA, taxas de transporte e outros impostos e taxas associados. Em alguns casos, a Garmin e seus revendedores podem no ser capazes de atender seu produto em um pas fora do pas original de compra ou de devolver um produto reparado ou substitudo para voc nesse pas, devido s normas, leis ou regulamentos aplicveis nesse pas. Compras em leiles on-line: confirmaes de compra em leiles on-line no so aceitas para verificao da garantia. Para obter o servio de garantia, necessria a nota de venda original, ou uma cpia, do distribuidor original.A Garmin no substitui componentes em falta de qualquer pacote adquirido atravs de leiles online. Compras Internacionais: dependendo do pas, uma garantia separada deve ser oferecida por distribuidores internacionais para dispositivos adquiridos fora dos Estados Unidos. Se aplicvel, essa garantia pode ser providenciada pelo distribuidor local no pas, e esse distribuidor oferecer manuteno local para seu dispositivo. As garantias do distribuidor so vlidas apenas na rea de distribuio pretendida. Poltica de Garantia de Produtos Nuticos: determinados produtos nuticos da Garmin em determinadas reas tm um perodo de garantia maior e termos e condies adicionais. Acesse garmin.com/support/warranty_marine para obter mais detalhes e ver se seu produto est coberto pela Poltica de Garantia de Produtos Nuticos Garmin. Belangrke veiligheids- en productinformatie WAARSCHUWING Als u de volgende waarschuwingen negeert, kan dit leiden tot een ongeval of aanrijding, wat de dood of ernstig letsel tot gevolg kan hebben. Waarschuwing over de bediening voor de watersport U bent verantwoordelijk voor de veilige en voorzichtige besturing van uw vaartuig. Dit toestel is een hulpmiddel waarmee u uw vaartuig beter kunt besturen. Het toestel ontheft u echter niet van uw verantwoordelijkheid om het vaartuig veilig te besturen. Voorkom gevaarlijke navigatie en zorg ervoor dat het roer nooit onbemand is. Gebruik dit toestel uitsluitend als navigatiehulpmiddel. Gebruik het toestel niet voor doeleinden waarbij precieze bepalingen van richting, afstand, locatie of topografie zijn vereist. Wees altijd bereid om snel de besturing van uw vaartuig over te nemen. Wees voorzichtig in de buurt van gevaren op het water, zoals dokken, palen en andere vaartuigen. Als het toestel navigatiemogelijkheden heeft, vergelijkt u de informatie die het toestel weergeeft tijdens het navigeren met alle beschikbare navigatiebronnen, inclusief informatie van visuele waarnemingen, uit lokale voorschriften en beperkingen voor waterwegen, en van kaarten. Los voor uw eigen veiligheid eventuele verschillen of zaken die u zich afvraagt altijd op voor u verdergaat. Als het toestel gebruikmaakt van kaarten, gebruikt u de elektronische kaart in het toestel alleen om het gebruik van door de overheid goedgekeurde kaarten te vergemakkelijken, niet om deze te vervangen. De officile overheidskaarten en

-mededelingen voor zeevarenden bevatten alle informatie die nodig is om veilig te kunnen navigeren. Informatie over getijden en stromingen is uitsluitend bedoeld ter informatie. Het is uw verantwoordelijkheid om alle aanwijzingen met betrekking tot water in acht te nemen, zich bewust te blijven van de omgeving en te allen tijde een veilig oordeel in, op en rondom water te vellen. Als u zich niet aan deze waarschuwing houdt, kan dit leiden tot ernstig persoonlijk of dodelijk letsel. Als het toestel dieptegegevens verstrekt, mogen deze niet als primaire informatiebron worden gebruikt om aanvaringen en aan de grond lopen te voorkomen. Vul dieptegegevens van dit product aan met informatie van waterkaarten en visuele aanwijzingen. Vaar altijd met lage snelheid als u ondiep water of obstakels onder water vermoedt. Het niet in acht nemen van deze waarschuwing kan leiden tot schade aan het vaartuig of persoonlijk letsel. Als het toestel over videomogelijkheden beschikt, probeer dan geen video te bedienen of te bekijken terwijl u uw vaartuig bestuurt of navigeert. Het bedienen of bekijken van de video terwijl het vaartuig beweegt kan leiden tot een ongeval of aanvaring en kan beschadiging van eigendommen, ernstige verwondingen of de dood tot gevolg hebben. Toestelwaarschuwingen Dompel het toestel of batterijen niet onder in water of een andere vloeistof. Stel het toestel niet bloot aan warmtebronnen of situaties met hoge temperaturen, zoals direct zonlicht in afgesloten vaartuigen. Verwijder het toestel uit het vaartuig en plaats het niet in direct zonlicht om schade te voorkomen. Gebruik het toestel alleen binnen het temperatuurbereik dat is vermeld in de handleiding in de productverpakking. Als u het toestel gedurende langere tijd wilt opbergen, neem dan het temperatuurbereik in acht dat is vermeld in de handleiding in de productverpakking. Waarschuwing tegen gehoorbeschadiging Luisteren naar de stereo op hoog volume kan uw gehoor beschadigen. LET OP Het negeren van de volgende kennisgeving kan leiden tot persoonlijke of materile schade of nadelige gevolgen voor de functionaliteit van het toestel. Battermelding Neem volgens de plaatselijke regelgeving contact op met de afvalverwerker om het toestel/batterijen af te danken. Kennisgeving over GPS Het navigatietoestel presteert mogelijk minder goed als u het gebruikt in de buurt van een toestel dat gebruikmaakt van een Terrestrial Broadband Network dat werkt op frequenties die dichtbij de frequenties liggen die door een Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS), zoals de Global Positioning Service (GPS), worden gebruikt. Het gebruik van dergelijke toestellen kan de ontvangst van GNSS-signalen verstoren. Productmilieuprogramma's Informatie over het hergebruikprogramma van Garmin en informatie over naleving van WEEE, RoHS, REACH en andere programma's vindt u op garmin.com/aboutGarmin

/environment. Conformiteitsverklaring Hierbij verklaart Garmin dat dit product voldoet aan de richtlijn 2014/53/EU. De volledige tekst van deze EU-conformiteitsverklaring is beschikbaar op de volgende website: garmin

.com/compliance. Informatie over de kaartgegevens Garmin gebruikt deels gegevensbronnen van de overheid en deels particuliere gegevensbronnen. Vrijwel alle gegevensbronnen bevatten een bepaalde mate van onnauwkeurigheid. In sommige landen zijn volledige en nauwkeurige kaartgegevens niet beschikbaar of onbetaalbaar. Beperkte garantie DEZE BEPERKTE GARANTIE VERLEENT U SPECIFIEKE WETTELIJKE RECHTEN EN U HEBT MOGELIJK ANDERE WETTELIJKE RECHTEN DIE PER STAAT (OF PER LAND OF PROVINCIE) KUNNEN VERSCHILLEN. ANDERE WETTELIJKE RECHTEN DIE U HEBT VOLGENS DE WETGEVING VAN UW STAAT (OF LAND OF PROVINCIE) WORDEN DOOR GARMIN NIET UITGESLOTEN, BEPERKT OF OPGESCHORT. VOOR EEN VOLLEDIG INZICHT IN UW RECHTEN DIENT U DE WETGEVING VA UW STAAT, LAND OF PROVINCIE TE RAADPLEGEN. Producten die niet voor de luchtvaart zijn bestemd, zijn gegarandeerd vrij van defecten in materiaal en techniek gedurende n jaar na de aankoopdatum. Binnen deze periode zal Garmin alle onderdelen waarvan een normaal gebruik niet mogelijk is, naar eigen keuze repareren of vervangen. Voor dergelijke reparaties of vervangingen zullen aan de klant geen kosten worden gefactureerd voor onderdelen of arbeid, op voorwaarde dat de klant verantwoordelijk blijft voor eventuele transportkosten. Deze Beperkte garantie is niet van toepassing op: (i) cosmetische schade, zoals krassen, sneden en deuken;

(ii) verbruiksgoederen, zoals batterijen, tenzij productschade het gevolg is van defect materiaal of ondeugdelijk vakmanschap; (iii) schade als gevolg van ongelukken, misbruik, verkeerd gebruik, water, overstroming, brand of andere natuurrampen of externe oorzaken; (iv) schade als gevolg van onderhoud uitgevoerd door personen die niet door Garmin bevoegd zijn verklaard tot het uitvoeren van onderhoud; (v) schade aan een product dat is veranderd zonder de schriftelijke toestemming van Garmin of (vi) schade aan een product dat is aangesloten op voedings- en/of gegevenskabels die niet door Garmin zijn meegeleverd. Bovendien behoudt Garmin zich het recht voor garantieclaims af te wijzen voor producten of diensten die zijn verkregen en/of gebruikt in strijd met de wetten van een land. Garmin producten zijn uitsluitend bestemd voor gebruik als hulp en mogen niet worden gebruikt voor doeleinden waarbij precieze metingen van richting, afstand, locatie of topografie vereist zijn. Voor navigatieproducten geeft Garmin geen enkele garantie op de nauwkeurigheid of volledigheid van de kaartgegevens. VOOR ZOVER TOEGESTAAN VOLGENS TOEPASSELIJK RECHT, ZIJN DE HIERIN VERVATTE GARANTIES EN VERHAALSMOGELIJKHEDEN EXCLUSIEF EN TREDEN DEZE IN DE PLAATS VAN ALLE OVERIGE GARANTIES EN VERHAALSMOGELIJKHEDEN, EXPLICIET, IMPLICIET, WETTELIJK OF ANDERSZINS, EN WIJST GARMIN DERGELIJKE OVERIGE GARANTIES EN VERHAALSMOGELIJKHEDEN UITDRUKKELIJK AF, MET INBEGRIP VAN, DOCH NIET BEPERKT TOT, IMPLICIETE GARANTIES VAN VERKOOPBAARHEID OF GESCHIKTHEID VOOR EEN BEPAALD DOEL, WETTELIJK VERHAALSRECHT OF ANDERSZINS. DEZE BEPERKTE GARANTIE VERLEENT U SPECIFIEKE WETTELIJKE RECHTEN EN U HEBT MOGELIJK ANDERE WETTELIJKE RECHTEN DIE PER STAAT

(OF PER LAND) KUNNEN VERSCHILLEN. ALS IMPLICIETE GARANTIES NIET KUNNEN WORDEN AFGEWEZEN VOLGENS DE WETGEVING VAN UW STAAT OF LAND, ZIJN DERGELIJKE GARANTIES WAT BETREFT DUUR BEPERKT TOT DE DUUR VAN DEZE D A BEPERKTE GARANTIE. IN SOMMIGE STATEN (EN LANDEN EN PROVINCIES) IS BEPERKING VAN DE DUUR VAN EEN IMPLICIETE GARANTIE NIET TOEGESTAAN, ZODAT DE BOVENGENOEMDE BEPERKING OP U MOGELIJK NIET VAN TOEPASSING IS. IN GEEN ENKEL GEVAL ZAL GARMIN IN EEN VORDERING WEGENS INBREUK OP DE GARANTIE AANSPRAKELIJK ZIJN VOOR ENIGE INCIDENTELE, SPECIALE, INDIRECTE OF GEVOLGSCHADE, OF DEZE NU HET RESULTAAT IS VAN HET GEBRUIK, MISBRUIK OF ONVERMOGEN OM DIT PRODUCT TE GEBRUIKEN, OF VAN EEN DEFECT VAN HET PRODUCT. IN BEPAALDE STATEN (EN LANDEN EN PROVINCIES) IS DE UITSLUITING VAN INCIDENTELE OF GEVOLGSCHADE NIET TOEGESTAAN. DE BOVENSTAANDE BEPERKINGEN ZIJN MOGELIJK NIET OP U VAN TOEPASSING. Als u tijdens de garantieperiode een claim voor garantieservice indient in overeenstemming met deze Beperkte garantie, kiest Garmin naar eigen inzicht voor: (i) reparatie van het toestel met nieuwe of gebruikte onderdelen die aan de kwaliteitsnormen van Garmin voldoen, (ii) vervanging van het toestel door een nieuw of gereviseerd toestel dat aan de kwaliteitsnormen van Garmin voldoet of (iii) inruil van het toestel tegen vergoeding van uw volledige aankoopbedrag. EEN DERGELIJKE VERHAALMOGELIJKHEID ZAL UW ENIGE EN EXCLUSIEVE VERHAALMOGELIJKHEID ZIJN INDIEN DE GARANTIE NIET WORDT GERESPECTEERD. U hebt 90 dagen garantie op gerepareerde of vervangen toestellen. Als het toestel ter reparatie wordt opgestuurd tijdens de originele garantieperiode, duurt de nieuwe garantieperiode 90 dagen of tot het einde van de originele garantieperiode van 1 jaar, naargelang welke periode het langst duurt. Raadpleeg de online hulpbronnen op support.garmin.com voordat u garantieservice aanvraagt. Als u deze informatie hebt geraadpleegd en het toestel daarna nog steeds niet naar behoren functioneert, kunt u contact opnemen met een bevoegde servicefaciliteit van Garmin in het land van aankoop of volgt u de instructies op support

.garmin.com voor de garantieservice. Als u in de Verenigde Staten bent, kunt u ook 1-800-800-1020 bellen. Als u gebruik wilt maken van de garantieservice buiten het land van aankoop, kan Garmin niet garanderen dat de onderdelen of producten voor reparatie of vervanging beschikbaar zijn, wegens verschillen in productaanbod en toepasselijke standaarden en wet- en regelgeving. In dat geval repareert of vervangt Garmin naar eigen oordeel en krachtens de geldende wetgeving uw product mogelijk met vergelijkbare Garmin producten en onderdelen, of dient u uw product naar een bevoegde Garmin servicefaciliteit te verzenden in het land van aankoop of naar een bevoegde Garmin servicefaciliteit in een ander land die uw product in behandeling kan nemen. In dat geval draagt u zelf de verantwoordelijkheid voor conformiteit met alle toepasselijke import- en exportwet-

en regelgeving en dient u zelf alle douanekosten, btw, verzendkosten en andere extra belastingen en kosten te betalen. In sommige gevallen kunnen Garmin en haar distributeurs uw toestel niet in behandeling nemen in een ander land dan het land van aankoop of een gerepareerd of vervangen product aan u retourneren in dat land, wegens toepasselijke standaarden en wet- en regelgeving in dat land. Aankopen op onlineveilingen: Aankoopbevestigingen van onlineveilingen worden niet geaccepteerd als garantiebewijs. Om gebruik te kunnen maken van de garantieservice, is de oorspronkelijke of een kopie van de aankoopnota vereist van de winkel waar u het systeem hebt gekocht. Garmin vervangt geen onderdelen van pakketten die zijn aangeschaft via een onlineveiling. Internationale aankopen: Distributeurs buiten de Verenigde Staten verstrekken mogelijk een aparte garantie voor toestellen die buiten de Verenigde Staten zijn aangeschaft. Dit kan per land verschillen. Indien van toepassing wordt deze garantie verstrekt door de lokale binnenlandse distributeur die ook lokaal service voor het toestel verleent. Garanties door distributeurs zijn alleen geldig in het gebied waarvoor de distributie is bedoeld. Watersportgarantiebeleid: Bepaalde watersportproducten van Garmin hebben in bepaalde regio's een langere garantieperiode en aanvullende voorwaarden. Ga naar garmin.com/support/warranty_marine voor meer informatie en om na te gaan of uw product onder het Watersportgarantiebeleid van Garmin valt. Vigtige sikkerheds- og produktinformationer ADVARSEL Hvis de flgende advarsler ignoreres, kan det resultere i ulykker eller sammenstd med dd eller alvorlige personskader til flge. Advarsler for marine betjening Du er ansvarlig for sikker og forsigtig betjening af dit fartj. Enheden er et vrktj, der forger dine muligheder for at betjene dit fartj. Enheden fritager dig ikke for ansvaret for sikker betjening af dit fartj. Undg navigationsmssige farer, og lad aldrig manvrepulten vre ubemandet. Brug kun denne enhed som en navigationshjlp. Brug ikke enheden til forml, der krver prcise mlinger af retning, afstand, position eller topografi. Vr altid parat til omgende at overtage styringen af fartjet. Udvis forsigtighed i nrheden af farer i vandet som f.eks. kajer, ple og andre fartjer. Hvis enheden har navigationsegenskaber, br du, nr du navigerer, omhyggeligt sammenholde de oplysninger, der vises p enheden, med alle tilgngelige navigationskilder, bl.a. oplysninger fra synsindtryk, lokale regler for vandveje og kort. Du skal for sikkerhedens skyld altid lse evt. uoverensstemmelser eller sprgsml, fr du fortstter navigationen. Hvis enheden anvender kort, br du kun bruge det elektroniske kort i enheden til at lette brugen af autoriserede kort, ikke til at erstatte dem. Officielle kort og oplysninger til sfarten indeholder alle de oplysninger, der er ndvendige for sikker navigation. Oplysninger om tidevand og strm er kun til orientering. Det er dit ansvar til enhver tid at overholde al opslet relateret vejledning om vand, at vre opmrksom p dine omgivelser og at anvende sikker dmmekraft omkring vandet. Overholdes denne advarsel ikke kan det medfre alvorlig personskade eller ddsfald. Dybdedata fra dette produkt, hvis sdanne er tilgngelige, m ikke bruges som primr metode til at undg grundstdning eller kollision. Suppler dybdedata-aflsninger med information fra relevante papirkort og visuelle indtryk. Styr altid fartjet ved lav hastighed, hvis du har mistanke om lavt vand eller undervandsobjekter. Hvis denne advarsel overses, kan det medfre beskadigelse af fartjet eller personskader. Hvis enheden har mulighed for videoindgang, m du ikke forsge at betjene eller se video, mens du betjener eller navigerer fartjet. Hvis du betjener eller ser video, mens fartjet er i bevgelse, kan det forrsage ulykker eller sammenstd med materiel skade, alvorlig personskade eller dd til flge. Advarsler ved brug af enheden Du m ikke nedsnke enheden eller batterierne i vand eller nogen form for vske. Efterlad ikke enheden udsat for en varmekilde eller p et sted med hj temperatur, som f.eks. i solen i et uovervget fartj. Forebyg risiko for skader ved at fjerne enheden fra fartjet eller opbevare det uden for direkte sollys. Brug ikke enheden uden for de temperaturomrder, der er angivet i den trykte brugervejledning i produktets emballage. Ved opbevaring af enheden i en lngere periode skal den opbevares inden for de temperaturomrder, der er angivet i den trykte brugervejledning i produktets emballage. 9 I F Advarsel om hreskade Hvis du lytter til stereoanlgget ved hj lydstyrke, risikerer du at beskadige din hrelse. BEMRK Hvis den flgende advarsel ignoreres, kan det resultere i person- eller materielskade, eller det kan forringe enhedens funktionsdygtighed. Bemrkninger vedrrende batteri Kontakt din lokale genbrugsstation for at f oplysninger om korrekt bortskaffelse af enheden/batteriet i overensstemmelse med gldende love og regulativer. GPS-meddelelse Navigationsenhedens performance kan forringes, hvis du bruger den i nrheden af en enhed, der anvender et terrestrisk bredbndsnetvrk, som opererer i nrheden af de frekvenser, der anvendes af et GNSS-system (Global Navigation Satellite System), for eksempel GPS-tjenesten (Global Positioning Service). Brug af sdanne enheder kan forringe modtagelsen af GNSS-signaler. Miljvenlige produktprogrammer Oplysninger om Garmin produktgenanvendelsesprogrammet og WEEE, RoHS, REACH og andre overvgningsprogrammer kan findes p garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment. Overensstemmelseserklring Garmin erklrer hermed, at dette produkt overholder direktivet 2014/53/EU. Du kan se hele EU-overensstemmelseserklringen p flgende internetadresse: garmin.com

/compliance. Information om kortdata Garmin anvender en kombination af officielle og private datakilder. Nsten alle datakilder indeholder nogle unjagtige eller ufuldstndige data. I visse lande er fuldstndig og njagtig kortinformation enten ikke tilgngelig, eller den er uforholdsmssigt dyr. Begrnset garanti DENNE BEGRNSEDE GARANTI GIVER DIG BESTEMTE JURIDISKE RETTIGHEDER, OG DU KAN HAVE ANDRE JURIDISKE RETTIGHEDER, SOM VARIERER FRA LAND TIL LAND

(ELLER FRA DELSTAT TIL DELSTAT ELLER FRA PROVINS TIL PROVINS). GARMIN UDELUKKER, BEGRNSER ELLER SUSPENDERER IKKE ANDRE JURIDISKE RETTIGHEDER, SOM DU MTTE HAVE I DIT LAND (ELLER DIN DELSTAT ELLER PROVINS). HVIS DU VIL OPN FULDT KENDSKAB TIL DINE RETTIGHEDER, SKAL DU SE LOVENE I DIT LAND, DIN DELSTAT ELLER DIN PROVINS. Produkter, der ikke er flyverelaterede, garanteres at vre fri for fejl og mangler i materialer og udfrelse i t r fra kbsdatoen. I denne periode vil Garmin efter eget valg reparere eller udskifte alle komponenter, der ikke fungerer ved normal brug. Sdanne reparationer eller udskiftninger foretages uden beregning for kunden, hvad angr reservedele og arbejdsln, mens kunden er ansvarlig for eventuelle transportomkostninger. Denne begrnsede garanti dkker ikke: (i) kosmetiske skader som f.eks. ridser, skrammer og buler; (ii) forbrugsartikler som f.eks. batterier, medmindre der er opstet produktskader pga. en defekt i materialer eller udfrelse;

(iii) skader forrsaget af ulykker, forkert brug, misbrug, vand, oversvmmelse, brand eller andre naturkatastrofer eller udefra kommende rsager; (iv) skader pga. service, der er udfrt af en person, som ikke er en autoriseret serviceudbyder for Garmin; (v) skader p et produkt, som er blevet modificeret eller ndret uden skriftlig tilladelse fra Garmin; eller (vi) skader p et produkt, som er blevet sluttet til strm- og/eller datakabler, der ikke kommer fra Garmin. Garmin forbeholder sig desuden ret til at afvise garantikrav angende produkter eller tjenester, der erhverves og/eller bruges i modstrid med lovgivningen i noget land. Garmin produkter er beregnet til kun at blive brugt som et hjlpemiddel og m ikke anvendes til noget forml, som krver njagtig mling af retning, afstand, position eller topografi. For navigationsprodukter udsteder Garmin ingen garanti for, at kortdataene er njagtige eller komplette. I DEN UDSTRKNING, DET ER MULIGT I HENHOLD TIL GLDENDE LOV, ER GARANTIERNE OG MISLIGHOLDELSESBEFJELSERNE I DENNE BEGRNSEDE GARANTI UDTMMENDE OG TRDER I STEDET FOR, OG GARMIN FRASKRIVER SIG UDTRYKKELIGT, ALLE ANDRE GARANTIER OG MISLIGHOLDELSESBEFJELSER, UANSET OM DE ER UDTRYKKELIGE, STILTIENDE, FORORDNEDE ELLER OPSTR P ANDEN VIS, HERUNDER, MEN IKKE BEGRNSET TIL, ENHVER UNDERFORSTET GARANTI FOR, AT PRODUKTET ER KURANT ELLER EGNET TIL SRLIGE FORML, LOVMSSIGE MISLIGHOLDELSESBEFJELSER ELLER ANDET. DENNE BEGRNSEDE GARANTI GIVER DIG BESTEMTE JURIDISKE RETTIGHEDER, OG DU KAN HAVE ANDRE JURIDISKE RETTIGHEDER, SOM VARIERER FRA LAND TIL LAND OG FRA DELSTAT TIL DELSTAT. HVIS UNDERFORSTEDE GARANTIER IKKE KAN FRASKRIVES IFLGE LOVENE I DIT LAND ELLER DIN DELSTAT, ER VARIGHEDEN AF SDANNE GARANTIER BEGRNSET TIL VARIGHEDEN AF DENNE BEGRNSEDE GARANTI. NOGLE LANDE (OG DELSTATER OG PROVINSER) TILLADER IKKE BEGRNSNING I VARIGHEDEN AF EN UNDERFORSTET GARANTI, HVORFOR OVENSTENDE BEGRNSNING MULIGVIS IKKE GLDER FOR DIG. UNDER INGEN OMSTNDIGHEDER ER GARMIN ANSVARLIG FOR KRAV I FORBINDELSE MED BRUD P GARANTI I FORBINDELSE MED NOGEN EKSTRASKADER, SRLIGE SKADER, INDIREKTE SKADER ELLER FLGESKADER, HVAD ENTEN DE SKYLDES BRUG, MISBRUG ELLER MANGLENDE EVNE TIL BRUG AF DETTE PRODUKT ELLER FEJL OG MANGLER VED PRODUKTET. NOGLE LANDE (OG DELSTATER OG PROVINSER) TILLADER IKKE UDELUKKELSE AF ANSVARET FOR FLGESKADER OG HNDELIGE SKADER, S DET ER IKKE SIKKERT, AT OVENSTENDE BEGRNSNINGER GLDER FOR DIG. Hvis du i lbet af garantiperioden anmelder et krav om garantiservice i overensstemmelse med denne begrnsede garanti, vil Garmin efter eget valg: (i) reparere enheden ved hjlp af nye dele eller brugte dele, der lever op til Garmins kvalitetsstandarder, (ii) ombytte enheden med en ny enhed eller en renoveret enhed, der overholder Garmins kvalitetsstandarder, eller (iii) ombytte enheden mod fuld refusion af kbsprisen. DEN VALGTE LSNING ER DIN ENESTE LSNING P ETHVERT BRUD P GARANTIEN. Reparerede eller ombyttede enheder har 90 dages garanti. Hvis den oprindelige garanti for den enhed, der sendes ind, stadig glder, er den nye garantiperiode p 90 dage eller til slutningen af den oprindelige 1-rige garantiperiode den lngste af disse perioder er gldende. Fr du anmoder om garantiservice, skal du g til og gennemse de onlineressourcer til hjlp, der er tilgngelige p support.garmin.com. Hvis din enhed stadig ikke fungerer korrekt, efter at du har brugt disse ressourcer, skal du kontakte en Garmin autoriseret servicefacilitet i det land, hvor du oprindeligt har kbt enheden, eller flge instruktionerne p support.garmin.com for at f garantiservice. Hvis du befinder dig i USA, kan du ogs ringe til 1-800-800-1020. Hvis du anmoder om garantiservice uden for det land, hvor du oprindeligt kbte din enhed, kan Garmin ikke garantere, at de dele og produkter, der skal til for at reparere eller ombytte dit produkt, vil vre tilgngelige, p grund af forskelle i produkttilbud og gldende standarder, love og regulativer. I s fald kan Garmin efter eget valg og i henhold til gldende love reparere eller ombytte dit produkt med sammenlignelige Garmin produkter og dele eller krve, at du sender dit produkt til en Garmin autoriseret servicefacilitet i det land, hvor du oprindeligt kbte enheden, eller til en Garmin autoriseret servicefacilitet i et andet land, der kan yde service p dit produkt. I s fald vil du vre ansvarlig for at overholde alle gldende import- og eksportlove og -regulativer samt for betaling af told, moms, forsendelsesafgifter og andre associerede skatter og 10 afgifter. I nogle tilflde kan Garmin og dets forhandlere muligvis ikke yde service p dit produkt i et land uden for det land, hvor du oprindeligt kbte enheden, eller returnere et repareret eller ombyttet produkt til dig i det pgldende land p grund af gldende standarder, love eller regulativer i det pgldende land. Kb p onlineauktioner: Bekrftelser fra onlineauktioner accepteres ikke som bevis i forbindelse med garanti. Der krves en original faktura fra forhandleren (eller en kopi af den) for at f garantiservice. Garmin vil ikke erstatte manglende dele fra en pakke, der er kbt p en onlineauktion. Internationale kb: Der udstedes muligvis en separat garanti af internationale forhandlere for enheder, som er kbt uden for USA afhngigt af landet. Hvis en sdan garanti findes, gives den af den lokale forhandler i landet, og denne forhandler yder lokal service til din enhed. Forhandlergarantier glder kun i de tilsigtede distributionsomrder. Marine Garantipolitik: Visse Garmin marineprodukter i visse omrder har en lngere garantiperiode og ekstra vilkr og betingelser. G til garmin.com/support/warranty _marine for at f yderligere oplysninger og for at se, om dit produkt er omfattet af Garmin Marine Garantipolitik. Trkeit turvallisuus- ja tuotetietoja VAROITUS Seuraavien varoitusten laiminlynti voi aiheuttaa onnettomuuden tai trmyksen, joka voi johtaa kuolemaan tai vakavaan loukkaantumiseen. Veneilykytn varoitukset Olet vastuussa aluksen turvallisesta ja jrkevst kytst. Tm laite on tykalu, joka tehostaa aluksen kytt. Laite ei poista vastuutasi aluksen turvallisesta kytst. Vlt navigoinnin vaaratilanteet lk jt ruoria ilman valvontaa. Laite on tarkoitettu ainoastaan navigoinnin avuksi. l yrit kytt laitetta mihinkn kytttarkoitukseen, joka edellytt tarkkaa suunnan, etisyyden, paikan tai topografian mittausta. Ole aina valmiina vaihtamaan manuaaliseen ohjaukseen. Ole varovainen, kun vedess on esteit, kuten laitureita, paalutuksia ja muita aluksia. Jos laitteessa on navigointiominaisuus, vertaa laitteen antamia tietoja navigoinnin aikana kaikkiin muihin mahdollisiin navigointikeinoihin, kuten visuaaliset kohteet, paikalliset vesitiesnnt ja kartat. Turvallisuussyist kaikki eroavuudet ja epselvyydet on selvitettv ennen navigoinnin jatkamista. Jos laite kytt karttoja, kyt laitteen shkist karttaa ainoastaan valtionjohdon virallisten karttojen apuna, ei korvikkeena. Viralliset kartat ja ilmoitukset merenkulkijoille sisltvt kaikki turvalliseen navigointiin tarvittavat tiedot. Vuorovesi- ja virtaustiedot on tarkoitettu ainoastaan tiedoksi. On kyttjn vastuulla noudattaa kaikki julkaistuja veteen liittyvi ohjeita, pysy tietoisena ympriststn ja toimia vedess, vesill ja veden lhettyvill aina turvallisesti ja harkitsevasti. Tmn varoituksen laiminlynti voi aiheuttaa vakavia vammoja tai kuoleman. Jos laite antaa syvyystietoja, niit ei saa kytt ensisijaisena pohjakosketuksen tai trmyksen estmistapana. Tydenn syvyystietolukemia asianmukaisten paperikarttojen ja visuaalisten merkkien tiedoilla. Etene aina hitaalla nopeudella, jos epilet edess olevan matalaa vett tai vedenalaisia kohteita. Tmn varoituksen laiminlyminen voi aiheuttaa aluksen vioittumisen tai henkilvahingon. Jos laitteessa on videotulo-ominaisuus, l yrit kytt tai katsoa videokuvaa, kun ohjaat alusta. Videokuvan kyttminen tai katsominen aluksen ollessa liikkeess saattaa aiheuttaa onnettomuuden tai trmyksen, joka puolestaan voi vaurioittaa omaisuutta tai aiheuttaa vakavan loukkaantumisen tai kuoleman. Laitteen varoitukset l upota laitetta, akkuja tai paristoja veteen tai muihin nesteisiin. l jt laitetta lhelle lmmnlhdett tai kuumaan paikkaan, kuten auringossa olevaan valvomattomaan veneeseen. Voit est vaurioita irrottamalla laitteen veneest tai silyttmll sit poissa suorasta auringonpaisteesta. l kyt laitetta paikassa, jonka lmptila on matalampi tai korkeampi kuin tuotteen pakkauksessa olevassa painetussa oppaassa. Kun et kyt laitetta pitkn aikaan, silyt sit tuotteen pakkauksessa olevan painetun oppaan mukaisessa lmptilassa. Kuulovauriovaroitus Stereoiden kuuntelu suurella nenvoimakkuudella voi vahingoittaa kuuloasi. HUOMAUTUS Seuraavien ilmoitusten laiminlynti voi aiheuttaa vammoja, vaurioittaa omaisuutta tai heikent laitteen toimintaa. Akkuilmoitus Hvit laite/akut/paristot paikallisten jtehuoltomrysten mukaisesti. GPS-ilmoitus Navigointilaitteen suorituskyky saattaa heiket, jos laitetta kytetn lhell laitteita, joiden kyttmt maanpllisen laajakaistaverkon taajuudet ovat lhell taajuuksia, joita kytetn maailmanlaajuisissa navigointijrjestelmiss (Global Navigation Satellite System, GNSS), kuten GPS (Global Positioning Service) -jrjestelmss. Niden laitteiden kytt saattaa heikent GNSS-signaalien vastaanottoa. Tuotteiden ympristohjelmat Tietoja yhtin Garmin tuotteiden kierrtysohjelmasta sek WEEE-, RoHS-, REACH-

ohjelmista ja muista ohjelmista on osoitteessa garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment. Vaatimustenmukaisuusvakuutus Garmin vakuuttaa tten, ett tm tuote on direktiivin 2014/53/EU mukainen. EU:n vaatimustenmukaisuusvakuutuksen koko teksti on nhtviss osoitteessa garmin.com

/compliance. Tietoa karttatiedoista Garmin kytt sek julkishallinnon ett yksityisi tietolhteit. Lhes kaikissa tietolhteiss on joitakin vri tai puutteellisia tietoja. Joistakin maista ei ole saatavissa tydellisi ja tarkkoja karttatietoja, tai ne ovat erittin kalliita. Rajoitettu takuu TM RAJOITETTU TAKUU ANTAA KYTTJLLE TIETTYJ LAIN MUKAISIA OIKEUKSIA, JOIDEN LISKSI KYTTJLL SAATTAA OLLA MUITA OIKEUKSIA, JOTKA VAIHTELEVAT MAAN JA ALUEEN MUKAAN. GARMIN EI SULJE POIS, RAJOITA EIK KESKEYT MUITA LAIN MUKAISIA OIKEUKSIA, JOITA KYTTJLL SAATTAA OLLA ASUINMAANSA TAI -ALUEENSA MUKAAN. KYTTJ VOI SAADA LISTIETOJA ASIASTA TUTKIMALLA MAANSA TAI ALUEENSA LAKEJA. Muilla kuin ilmailutuotteilla on vuoden materiaalin ja tyn virheettmyystakuu ostopivst alkaen. Tmn jakson aikana Garmin valintansa mukaan joko korjaa tai vaihtaa osat, jotka vioittuvat normaalissa kytss. Nm korjaukset ja vaihdot ovat asiakkaalle maksuttomia osien ja tyn osalta. Asiakas on vastuussa kuljetuskuluista. Tm rajoitettu takuu ei koske (i) kosmeettisia vaurioita, kuten naarmut, kolhut ja lommot, (ii) kuluvia osia, kuten akut, ellei vaurio ole aiheutunut materiaali- tai valmistusviasta, (iii) vahinkoja, jotka aiheutuvat onnettomuudesta, vrinkytst, virheellisest kytst tai veden, tulvan, tulen tai muun luonnonilmin aiheuttamista vaurioista, (iv) vaurioita, jotka aiheutuvat muun kuin valtuutetun Garmin huoltohenkiln tekemist huoltotoimenpiteist, (v) ilman yhtin Garmin kirjallista lupaa muokattuun tai muutettuun tuotteeseen aiheutuneita vaurioita tai (vi) muilla kuin yhtin Garmin toimittamilla virta- ja/tai datakaapeleilla liitetyn laitteen vaurioita. Lisksi Garmin pidtt oikeuden hylt takuuvaatimukset sellaisten tuotteiden tai palvelujen kohdalla, jotka on hankittu ja/tai joita on kytetty mink tahansa valtion lakien vastaisesti. Garmin tuotteet on tarkoitettu vain apuvlineeksi, eik niit tule kytt mihinkn sellaiseen tarkoitukseen, joka edellytt tarkkaa suunnan, etisyyden, sijainnin tai topografian mittausta. Garmin ei takaa navigointituotteiden karttatietojen tarkkuutta tai kattavuutta. SIIN MRIN KUIN SOVELTUVA LAKI ENIMMILLN SALLII, TSS RAJOITETUSSA TAKUUSSA ESITETYT TAKUUT JA HYVITYKSET OVAT POISSULKEVIA JA NE KORVAAVAT, JA GARMIN NIMENOMAISESTI KIELT, KAIKKI MUUT NIMENOMAISET, OLETETUT, LAKISTEISET JA MUUT TAKUUT JA HYVITYKSET, MUKAAN LUKIEN MUUN MUASSA OLETETUT TAKUUT MYYNTIKELPOISUUDESTA TAI SOPIVUUDESTA TIETTYYN TARKOITUKSEEN SEK LAKISTEISET HYVITYKSET. TM RAJOITETTU TAKUU ANTAA KYTTJLLE TIETTYJ LAIN MUKAISIA OIKEUKSIA, JOIDEN LISKSI KYTTJLL SAATTAA OLLA MUITA OIKEUKSIA, JOTKA VAIHTELEVAT MAAN JA ALUEEN MUKAAN. JOS SANOUTUMINEN IRTI OLETETUISTA TAKUISTA EI OLE MAAN TAI ALUEEN LAKIEN MUKAAN MAHDOLLISTA, KYSEISTEN TAKUIDEN KESTO RAJOITTUU TMN RAJOITETUN TAKUUN KESTOON. TIETYILL LAINKYTTALUEILLA EI SALLITA EPSUORIEN TAKUIDEN KESTON RAJOITTAMISTA, JOTEN EDELL MAINITTU RAJOITUS EI EHK KOSKE KAIKKIA KYTTJI. GARMIN EI OLE MISSN TILANTEESSA VASTUUSSA TAKUURIKKOMUKSEEN LIITTYVISS VAATEISSA VLILLISIST, ERITYISIST, EPSUORISTA TAI SEURANNAISISTA VAHINGOISTA, RIIPPUMATTA SIIT, JOHTUVATKO NE TUOTTEEN VRINKYTST, VIRHEELLISEST KYTST, TAITAMATTOMASTA KYTST VAI TUOTTEEN PUUTTEISTA. JOILLAKIN LAINKYTTALUEILLA EI SALLITA VLILLISTEN TAI SEURANNAISTEN VAHINKOJEN POIS RAJAAMISTA TAI RAJOITTAMISTA, JOTEN YLL OLEVAT RAJOITUKSET EIVT EHK KOSKE KAIKKIA KYTTJI. Jos kyttj toimittaa tmn rajoitetun takuun mukaisen vaatimuksen takuuhuollosta takuuaikana, Garmin harkintansa mukaan: (i) korjaa laitteen kytten uusia tai kytettyj osia, jotka tyttvt yrityksen Garmin laatuvaatimukset, (ii) korvaa laitteen uudella tai kunnostetulla laitteella, joka tytt yrityksen Garmin laatuvaatimukset, tai (iii) hyvitt laitteen koko ostohinnan. TM HYVITYS ON AINOA KYTTJN SAAMA HYVITYS TAKUURIKKOMUKSESTA. Korjatuilla tai vaihdetuilla laitteilla on 90 pivn takuu. Jos laitteen alkuperinen takuu on viel voimassa, uusi takuu kest 90 piv tai alkuperisen yhden vuoden takuun loppuun sen mukaan, kumpaan on enemmn aikaa. Ennen kuin kyttj hankkii takuuhuoltoa, hnen kannattaa tutustua ohjeresursseihin osoitteessa support.garmin.com. Jos laite ei toimi oikein, kun kyttj on hydyntnyt mainittuja resursseja, hnen on otettava yhteys yrityksen Garmin valtuuttamaan huoltoon alkuperisess ostomaassa tai hankittava takuuhuoltoa osoitteessa support.garmin.com olevien ohjeiden mukaisesti. Jos kyttj asuu Yhdysvalloissa, hn voi mys soittaa numeroon 1-800-800-1020. Jos kyttj hankkii takuuhuoltoa muualla kuin alkuperisess ostomaassa, Garmin ei voi taata, ett tuotteen korjaamiseen tai vaihtamiseen tarvittavat osat ja tuotteet ovat saatavilla, koska tuotevalikoima sek sovellettavat standardit, lait ja sdkset vaihtelevat maittain. Siin tapauksessa Garmin voi harkintansa ja sovellettavien lakien mukaan korjata tuotteen tai vaihtaa sen vastaaviin Garmin tuotteisiin ja osiin tai edellytt, ett kyttj toimittaa tuotteen yrityksen Garmin valtuuttamaan huoltoon alkuperisess ostomaassa tai toisessa maassa sijaitsevaan yrityksen Garmin valtuuttamaan huoltoon, joka voi huoltaa tuotteen. Siin tapauksessa kyttj vastaa kaikkien sovellettavien tuonti- ja vientilakien ja -sdsten noudattamisesta sek kaikista tullimaksuista, veroista, toimitusmaksuista ja muista maksuista. Joissakin tapauksissa Garmin ja sen jlleenmyyjt eivt vlttmtt voi huoltaa tuotetta muualla kuin alkuperisess ostomaassa tai palauttaa korjattua tai vaihdettua tuotetta kyttjlle kyseisess maassa maan sovellettavien standardien, lakien tai sdsten vuoksi. Ostokset verkkohuutokaupoista: Verkkohuutokauppojen vahvistukset eivt ky takuukuitista. Takuupalvelun saamisen ehtona on vhittismyyjlt saatu alkuperinen ostokuitti tai sen kopio. Garmin ei korvaa verkkohuutokaupasta hankituista pakkauksista puuttuvia osia. Kansainvliset ostot: Yhdysvaltain ulkopuolella kansainvlisilt jlleenmyyjilt ostettuja jrjestelmi varten voi maan mukaan olla erillinen takuu. Mahdollisen takuun mynt paikallinen maakohtainen jakelija, joka tarjoaa paikallista huoltoa laitteelle. Jakelijan takuut ovat voimassa ainoastaan tarkoitetulla jakelualueella. Veneilytuotteiden takuukytnt: Tietyill yhtin Garmin veneilytuotteilla on tavallista pitempi takuuaika tietyill alueilla, ja tllin kytss on mys liskyttehtoja. Tarkista osoitteesta garmin.com/support/warranty_marine, onko tuotteesi yhtin Garmin veneilytuotteiden takuukytnnn piiriss. Viktig sikkerhets- og produktinformasjon ADVARSEL Hvis du ikke tar hensyn til flgende advarsler, kan det fre til ulykke eller kollisjon med ddsfall eller alvorlig personskade som flge. Advarsler om bruk p sjen Du er ansvarlig for sikker og forsvarlig betjening av fartyet. Denne enheten er et verkty som forbedrer betjeningen av fartyet. Denne enheten unntar deg ikke ansvaret for styre fartyet p en trygg og sikker mte. Unng navigasjonsfarer, og la aldri roret st ubemannet. Bruk denne enheten utelukkende som navigasjonshjelp. Ikke bruk enheten til andre forml som krever nyaktig mling av retning, avstand, beliggenhet eller topografi. Vr alltid klar til ta kontroll over fartyet. Vr forsiktig i nrheten av farer i vannet, for eksempel brygger, pleverk og andre farty. Hvis enheten har muligheter for navigasjon, m du sammenligne informasjon som vises p enheten, nye med alle tilgjengelige navigasjonskilder, inkludert informasjon fra egne observasjoner, lokale bestemmelser og begrensninger for vannveier og kart under navigasjonen. Av sikkerhetsgrunner m du alltid finne ut av avvik eller sprsml du har, fr du fortsetter navigere. Hvis enheten bruker kart, skal det elektroniske kartet p enheten bare brukes som et hjelpemiddel. Det skal ikke erstatte bruk av offentlig autoriserte kart. Offentlig autoriserte kart og meldinger inneholder all ndvendig informasjon for trygg navigering. Informasjonen om tidevann og strmninger skal bare brukes som informasjon. Det er ditt eget ansvar ta hensyn til all vannrelatert veiledning, vre oppmerksom p omgivelsene sine og bruke god dmmekraft i, p og rundt vannet til enhver tid. Hvis du ikke tar hensyn til denne advarselen, kan det fre til alvorlig personskade eller ddsfall. Hvis enheten gir dybdedata, skal du ikke bruke disse dataene som hovedhjelpemiddel for forhindre grunnstting eller kollisjon. Supplementer dybdedataavlesningene med informasjon fra relevante papirkart og visuelle indikatorer. La alltid fartyet holde lav hastighet hvis du tror at vannet kan vre grunt, eller at det kan vre gjenstander under vann. Hvis du ikke tar hensyn til denne advarselen, kan det fre til skade p fartyet eller personskade. Hvis enheten har videoinnganger, m du ikke betjene eller se p video samtidig som du betjener eller navigerer fartyet. Hvis du betjener eller ser p video mens fartyet er i N B bevegelse, kan det forrsake en ulykke eller kollisjon som frer til skader p eiendeler, alvorlige personskader eller ddsfall. Enhetsvarsler Ikke senk enheten eller batteriene ned i vann eller andre vsker. Ikke la enheten ligge ved en varmekilde eller et sted med hy temperatur, for eksempel i solen i et farty uten tilsyn. Unng mulighet for skade ved ta enheten ut av fartyet eller oppbevare den unna direkte sollys. Ikke bruk enheten hvis temperaturen er utenfor omrdene som er angitt i brukerveiledningen i produktesken. Nr du skal pakke vekk enheten over lengre tid, br den oppbevares p et sted som er innenfor temperaturomrdene som er angitt i brukerveiledningen i produktesken. Advarsel om hrselsskader Hvis du har for hyt volum p stereoanlegget, kan du f hrselsskader. LES DETTE Hvis du ikke tar hensyn til flgende merknader, kan det fre til personskader eller materielle skader eller pvirke enhetens funksjonalitet. Merknad om batterier Kontakt den lokale avfallsstasjonen for kassere enheten/batteriene i henhold til lokale lover og regler. GPS-merknad Hvis du bruker navigasjonsenheten i nrheten av en enhet som bruker et bakkebundet bredbndnettverk med driftsfrekvenser som likner frekvensene til globale navigasjonssatellittsystemer (GNSS), for eksempel Global Positioning Service (GPS), kan du oppleve at navigasjonsenheten har redusert ytelse. Bruken av slike enheter kan pvirke mottaket av GNSS-signaler. Miljprogrammer for produkter Du finner mer informasjon om produktresirkuleringsprogrammet til Garmin samt WEEE, RoHS, REACH og andre samsvarsprogrammer p garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment. Samsvarserklring Garmin erklrer herved at dette produktet er i samsvar med EU-direktiv 2014/53/EU. EU-samsvarserklringen er tilgjengelig i sin helhet p flgende nettadresse: garmin.com

/compliance. Kartdatainformasjon Garmin bruker en kombinasjon av offentlige og private datakilder. S si alle datakilder inneholder noen uriktige eller ufullstendige data. I noen land er fullstendig og nyaktig kartinformasjon enten ikke tilgjengelig eller uforholdsmessig dyr. Begrenset garanti DENNE BEGRENSEDE GARANTIEN GIR DEG BESTEMTE JURIDISKE RETTIGHETER, OG DU KAN OGS HA ANDRE RETTIGHETER SOM VARIERER FRA DELSTAT TIL DELSTAT

(ELLER ETTER LAND ELLER PROVINS). GARMIN VIL IKKE EKSKLUDERE, BEGRENSE ELLER OPPHEVE ANDRE JURIDISKE RETTIGHETER DU KAN HA I HENHOLD TIL LOVENE I DELSTATEN (ELLER LANDET ELLER PROVINSEN). SE LOVENE I DELSTATEN DIN, LANDET DITT ELLER PROVINSEN DIN FOR F EN FULLSTENDIG FORSTELSE AV RETTIGHETENE DINE. Produkter som ikke har med flyteknikk gjre, garanteres vre feilfrie med hensyn til materiell og utfrelse i ett r fra kjpsdatoen. I denne perioden vil Garmin, etter eget valg, reparere eller skifte ut enhver komponent som ikke fungerer ved normal bruk. Slike reparasjoner eller utskiftinger utfres kostnadsfritt for kunden, bde nr det gjelder deler og arbeid, forutsatt at kunden selv dekker eventuelle transportkostnader. Denne begrensede garantien gjelder ikke: (i) kosmetiske skader, for eksempel riper, hakk og bulker; (ii) forbruksdeler, for eksempel batterier, med mindre produktet har blitt skadet p grunn av en defekt i materialet eller utfrelsen; (iii) skade som skyldes uhell, misbruk, feil bruk, vann, flom, brann eller andre naturhendelser eller eksterne rsaker; (iv) skade som skyldes service som er utfrt av personer som ikke er autoriserte serviceleverandrer for Garmin; eller (v) skade p et produkt som har blitt endret uten skriftlig tillatelse fra Garmin, eller (vi) skade p et produkt som er koblet til strm- og/eller datakabler fra andre leverandrer enn Garmin. I tillegg forbeholder Garmin seg retten til nekte garantikrav mot produkter eller tjenester som er innhentet og/eller som brukes i strid med lovene i et hvilket som helst land. Garmin produkter er kun beregnet p bruk som et hjelpemiddel og skal ikke brukes til eventuelle forml som krever nyaktig mling av retning, avstand, posisjon eller topografi. Garmin gir ingen garantier for nyaktigheten eller fullstendigheten til kartdataene p navigasjonsprodukter. I DEN GRAD DET ER TILLATT AV GJELDENDE LOV, ER GARANTIENE OG RETTSMIDLENE SOM BESKRIVES I DENNE BEGRENSEDE GARANTIEN EKSKLUSIVE, OG ERSTATTER ALLE ANDRE GARANTIER OG RETTSMIDLER, OG GARMIN FRASKRIVER SEG UTTRYKKELIG ALLE ANDRE GARANTIER OG RETTSMIDLER, ENTEN DE ER UTTRYKTE, UNDERFORSTTTE, LOVPLAGTE ELLER ANNET, INKLUDERT, MEN IKKE BEGRENSET TIL, ALLE UNDERFORSTTTE GARANTIER FOR SALGBARHET ELLER EGNETHET TIL NOE BESTEMT FORML, LOVPLAGT RETTSMIDDEL ELLER ANNET. DENNE BEGRENSEDE GARANTIEN GIR DEG BESTEMTE JURIDISKE RETTIGHETER, OG DU KAN OGS HA ANDRE RETTIGHETER SOM VARIERER FRA DELSTAT TIL DELSTAT OG FRA LAND TIL LAND. HVIS UNDERFORSTTTE GARANTIER IKKE KAN FRASKRIVES IFLGE LOVENE I DELSTATEN ELLER LANDET, ER SLIKE GARANTIER BEGRENSET I VARIGHET TIL DENNE BEGRENSEDE GARANTIEN UTLPER. NOEN DELSTATER (OG LAND OG PROVINSER) TILLATER IKKE BEGRENSNINGER AV VARIGHETEN TIL EN UNDERFORSTTT GARANTI, OG DET ER DERFOR MULIG AT BEGRENSNINGENE OVENFOR IKKE GJELDER FOR DEG. UNDER INGEN OMSTENDIGHETER SKAL GARMIN HOLDES ANSVARLIG MED HENSYN TIL ET KRAV OM BRUDD P GARANTIEN FOR EVENTUELLE TILFELDIGE, SPESIELLE ELLER INDIREKTE SKADER ELLER FLGESKADER SOM SKYLDES BRUK, FEILAKTIG BRUK ELLER MANGLENDE EVNE TIL BRUKE PRODUKTET ELLER PRODUKTFEIL. NOEN DELSTATER

(OG LAND OG PROVINSER) TILLATER IKKE ANSVARSFRASKRIVELSE VED TILFELDIGE SKADER OG FLGESKADER, OG DET ER DERFOR MULIG AT BEGRENSNINGENE OVENFOR IKKE GJELDER FOR DEG. Hvis du i garantiperioden sender inn et krav om service som dekkes av garantien i henhold til denne begrensede garantien, vil Garmin etter eget valg: (i) reparere enheten ved hjelp av nye eller brukte deler som mter kvalitetskravene til Garmin, (ii) erstatte enheten med en ny eller utbedret enhet som mter kvalitetskravene til Garmin, eller

(iii) bytte enheten mot full refusjon av kjpesummen. DETTE RETTSMIDDELET VIL VRE DITT ENESTE OG EKSKLUSIVE RETTSMIDDEL VED EVENTUELLE GARANTIBRUDD. Reparerte eller erstattede enheter har en garanti p 90 dager. Hvis enheten som sendes inn, fortsatt er dekket av den opprinnelige garantien, gjelder den nye garantien i 90 dager eller til den opprinnelige garantien p ett r utlper, avhengig av hvilken av dem som varer lengst. Fr du ber om service som dekkes av garantien, kan du ske hjelp via de nettbaserte hjelperessursene p support.garmin.com. Hvis enheten fortsatt ikke fungerer etter at du har skt hjelp via disse ressursene, kan du kontakte et Garmin autorisert servicested i landet hvor du kjpte enheten, eller du kan flge instruksjonene p support.garmin.com for f service som dekkes av garantien. Hvis du befinner deg i USA, kan du ogs ringe 1-800-800-1020. Hvis du ber om service som dekkes av garantien utenfor landet hvor du kjpte enheten, kan ikke Garmin garantere at delene og produktene som kreves for reparere eller 11 V S erstatte produktet ditt, er tilgjengelig som flge av ulikt produktutvalg og ulike gjeldende standarder, lover og regler. I slike tilfeller kan Garmin etter eget skjnn og i den grad gjeldende lovverk tillater det, reparere eller erstatte produktet ditt med tilsvarende Garmin produkter og deler eller kreve at du sender inn produktet ditt til et Garmin servicested i landet hvor du kjpte produktet eller til et Garmin autorisert servicested i et annet land som kan tilby deg service. Du blir da ansvarlig for overholde alle gjeldende lover og regler for import og eksport samt for betale tollgebyr, MVA, frakt og andre tilknyttede skatter og kostnader. I noen tilfeller kan Garmin og vre forhandlere vre ute av stand til tilby deg service av produktet ditt i et land utenfor landet hvor du kjpte produktet eller returnere et reparert eller erstattet produkt til deg i det landet som flge av gjeldende lover eller regler i det landet. Kjp p nettauksjoner: Bekreftelser fra nettauksjoner godtas ikke som dokumentasjon i garantisaker. Det kreves en original eller kopi av kvitteringen fra det opprinnelige utsalgsstedet for at en reparasjon skal dekkes av garantien. Garmin vil ikke erstatte manglende komponenter fra en pakke som er kjpt gjennom en Internett-auksjon. Internasjonale kjp: En separat garanti kan gis av internasjonale distributrer for enheter som er kjpt utenfor USA, avhengig av landet. Hvis det er aktuelt, gis denne garantien av den lokale distributren, og denne distributren utfrer lokal service p enheten. Distributrgarantier er bare gyldige i omrdet for tiltenkt distribusjon. Garantiretningslinjer for maritime produkter: Enkelte maritime Garmin produkter i enkelte omrder har lengre garantiperiode og ytterligere vilkr og betingelser. G til garmin.com/support/warranty_marine hvis du vil ha mer informasjon, og for se om produktet ditt er dekket av Garmin garantiretningslinjene for maritime produkter. Viktig skerhets- och produktinformation VARNING Om du inte uppmrksammar fljande varningar kan det resultera i olyckor eller kollisioner som kan sluta med ddsfall eller allvarlig personskada. Varningar vid marin anvndning Du ansvarar fr att bten framfrs p ett skert och frnuftigt stt. Den hr enheten r ett verktyg som hjlper dig att hantera bten. Den hr enheten befriar dig inte frn ansvaret fr att framfra din bt skert. Undvik farlig navigering och lmna aldrig styrplatsen utan uppsikt. Anvnd den hr enheten endast som navigationshjlp. Frsk inte att anvnda enheten fr ngot ndaml dr exakt mtning av riktning, avstnd, plats eller topografi krvs. Var alltid beredd p att snabbt terg till att styra bten. Var frsiktig nra faror i vattnet, till exempel hamnar, plverk och andra btar. Om enheten hanterar navigering ska du nr du navigerar noggrant jmfra den information som enheten visar med alla tillgngliga navigeringskllor, inklusive information frn visuella iakttagelser, lokala farvattensbestmmelser och

-begrnsningar samt kartor. Fr skerhets skull br du lsa alla avvikelser eller frgor innan du fortstter att navigera. Om enheten anvnder kartor anvnder du det elektroniska sjkortet i enheten endast fr att underltta, inte erstta, anvndningen av godknda sjkort. Godknda sjkort och information till sjmn innehller all information som krvs fr att navigera p ett skert stt. Tidvattens- och strminformation r endast avsedd fr informationssyfte. Det r ditt ansvar att ta hnsyn till all publicerad tidvatten- eller vattenrelaterad hjlp, att vara uppmrksam p omgivningen och alltid anvnda ditt goda omdme nr du befinner dig vid vatten. Underltelse att hrsamma denna varning kan leda till allvarlig personskada eller ddsfall. Djupdata frn den hr produkten ska inte anvndas som det primra sttet att undvika grundsttningar och kollisioner. Komplettera djupdataavlsningar med information frn tillmpliga pappersdiagram och synliga indikatorer. Kr alltid bten med lg hastighet om du misstnker grunt vatten eller freml under vattenytan. Om denna varning inte fljs kan det leda till bt- och personskador. Om enheten har videoingngar ska du inte hantera eller titta p video medan du hanterar eller navigerar din bt. Om du hanterar eller tittar p video medan bten krs kan du orsaka en olycka eller krock som kan resultera i egendomsskador, allvarlig personskada eller dd. Enhetsvarningar Snk inte ned enheten eller batterierna i vatten eller andra vtskor. Utstt inte enheten fr vrmekllor och lmna den inte p en varm plats, t.ex. i ett fartyg utan uppsikt. Fr att undvika att enheten skadas ska du ta bort den ur fartyget och frvara den borta frn direkt solljus. Anvnd inte enheten utanfr de temperaturomrden som anges i den tryckta anvndarhandboken i produktfrpackningen. Om du ska frvara enheten under en lngre tid ska du frvara den inom de temperaturomrden som finns angivna i den tryckta anvndarhandboken i produktfrpackningen. Varning fr hrselskador Om du lyssnar p stereon p hg volym kan din hrsel skadas. OBS!

Underltenhet att beakta fljande meddelande kan leda till personlig skada eller egendomsskada, och pverka enhetens funktionalitet negativt. Batterimeddelande Kontakta lokala avfallsmyndigheter fr information om var du kan kasta enheten/

batterierna i enlighet med lokala lagar och bestmmelser. GPS-meddelande Navigeringsenhetens prestanda kan bli smre om du anvnder den i nrheten av enheter som anvnder markbundet bredbandsntverk nra de frekvenser som anvnds av Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS), t.ex. Global Positioning Service (GPS). Anvndning av sdana enheter kan frsmra mottagningen av GNSS-signaler. Miljprogram fr produkter Information om Garmin produkttervinningsprogram och WEEE, RoHS, REACH och andra kompabilitetsprogram hittar du p garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment. verensstmmelsefrklaring Hrmed intygar Garmin att denna produkt verensstmmer med kraven i direktivet 2014/53/EG. Den fullstndiga texten i EG-frklaringen om verensstmmelse finns p fljande internetadress: garmin.com/compliance. Information om kartdata Garmin anvnder en kombination av privata datakllor och datakllor frn myndigheter. S gott som alla datakllor innehller en del felaktiga eller ofullstndiga data. I vissa lnder r fullstndig och exakt kartinformation inte tillgnglig eller overkomligt dyr. Begrnsad garanti DENNA BEGRNSADE GARANTI GER DIG SPECIFIKA LAGLIGA RTTIGHETER, OCH DU KAN HA ANDRA LAGSTADGADE RTTIGHETER SOM KAN VARIERA FRN STAT TILL STAT (ELLER LAND ELLER REGION). GARMIN UTESLUTER INTE, BEGRNSAR ELLER DRAR IN ANDRA JURIDISKA RTTIGHETER DU KAN HA ENLIGT LAGARNA I DITT 12 OMRDE (ELLER LAND ELLER REGION). FR EN FULLSTNDIG FRSTELSE AV DINA RTTIGHETER BR DU KONSULTERA LAGARNA I DITT LAND ELLER REGION. Icke-flygprodukter garanteras vara fria frn defekter i material och utfrande i ett r frn inkpsdatumet. Under denna tid kommer Garmin att efter eget gottfinnande reparera eller erstta komponenter som inte fungerar vid normal anvndning. Sdana reparationer eller ersttningar grs utan ngon avgift fr kunden vad gller delar eller arbete, frutsatt att kunden str fr alla transportkostnader. Den hr begrnsade garantin gller inte fr:

(i) kosmetiska skador, t.ex. repor, hack och bulor, (ii) frbrukningsdelar, t.ex. batterier, svida inte produktskadan uppsttt p.g.a. defekter i material eller arbete, (iii) skada orsakad av olycka, missbruk, vatten, versvmning, brand eller andra naturhndelser eller yttre orsaker, (iv) skada orsakad av service utfrd av ngon som inte r behrig serviceleverantr t Garmin, (v) skada p en produkt som har modifierats eller ndrats utan skriftligt tillstnd frn Garmin, eller (vi) skada p en produkt som har anslutits till strm- och/eller datakablar som inte tillhandahlls av Garmin. Garmin frbehller sig dessutom rtten att avsl garantiansprk avseende produkter eller tjnster som anskaffats och/eller anvnts p ngot stt som strider mot ngot lands lagar. Garmin produkter r endast avsedda att anvndas som hjlp och fr inte anvndas till ngot ndaml som krver exakt mtning av riktning, strcka, plats eller topografi. Garmin lmnar inga garantier fr navigeringsprodukter angende kartuppgifternas riktighet eller fullstndighet. S LNGT SOM R TILLTET ENLIGT GLLANDE LAG GLLER DE GARANTIER OCH KOMPENSATIONER SOM ANGES I DENNA BEGRNSADE GARANTI MED ENSAMRTT OCH I STLLET FR, OCH GARMIN FRISKRIVER SIG UTTRYCKLIGEN FRN, ALLA ANDRA GARANTIER OCH KOMPENSATIONER, VARE SIG UTTRYCKLIGA, UNDERFRSTDDA, LAGSTADGADE ELLER P ANNAT STT, INKLUSIVE, UTAN BEGRNSNING, UNDERFRSTDDA GARANTIER OM SLJBARHET ELLER LMPLIGHET FR ETT VISST NDAML, LAGSTIFTAD KOMPENSATION ELLER P ANNAT STT. DENNA BEGRNSADE GARANTI GER DIG SPECIFIKA LAGLIGA RTTIGHETER, OCH DU KAN HA ANDRA LAGSTADGADE RTTIGHETER SOM KAN VARIERA FRN STAT TILL STAT OCH FRN LAND TILL LAND. OM FRISKRIVNING FRN UNDERFRSTDDA GARANTIER INTE TILLTS ENLIGT LAGSTIFTNING I DITT OMRDE ELLER LAND, R VARAKTIGHETEN AV SDANA GARANTIER BEGRNSADE GENOM DENNA BEGRNSADE GARANTI. VISSA STATER (OCH LAND OCH REGIONER) TILLTER INTE BEGRNSNINGAR AV VARAKTIGHETEN AV EN UNDERFRSTDD GARANTI, S OVANSTENDE BEGRNSNINGAR KANSKE INTE GLLER DIG. GARMIN SKA UNDER INGA OMSTNDIGHETER VID VERTRDELSE AV GARANTIN HLLAS ANSVARIGT FR NGRA TILLFLLIGA, SRSKILDA, INDIREKTA SKADOR ELLER FLJDSKADOR, VARE SIG DE ORSAKAS AV ANVNDNING, MISSBRUK ELLER OFRMGA ATT ANVNDA PRODUKTEN ELLER AV DEFEKTER I PRODUKTEN. VISSA STATER (OCH LAND OCH REGIONER) TILLTER INTE BEGRNSNING AV TILLFLLIGA SKADOR ELLER FLJDSKADOR, S OVANSTENDE BEGRNSNINGAR GLLER KANSKE INTE DIG. Om du under garantiperioden gr ansprk p garantiservice i enlighet med den hr begrnsade garantin, kommer Garmin, efter eget val: (i) reparera enheten med nya delar eller tidigare anvnda delar som uppfyller Garmins kvalitetsstandarder, (ii) erstta enheten med en ny enhet eller rekonditionerad enhet som uppfyller Garmins kvalitetsstandarder, eller (iii) byta enhet fr en fullstndig terbetalning av inkpspriset. DENNA KOMPENSATION R DIN ENDA KOMPENSATION FR EN VERTRDELSE AV GARANTIN. Reparerade eller utbytta enheter har 90 dagars garanti. Om enheten fortfarande omfattas av den ursprungliga garantin gller den nya garantin i 90 dagar eller till slutet av den ursprungliga ettrsgarantin, beroende p vad som intrffar frst. Innan du sker garantiservice kan du beska och granska onlinehjlpsresurserna som finns p support.garmin.com. Om enheten fortfarande inte fungerar korrekt efter anvndning av dessa resurser, kontaktar du en Garmin auktoriserad serviceverkstad i det ursprungliga inkpslandet eller fljer instruktionerna p support.garmin.com fr att erhlla garantiservice. Om du r i USA kan du ocks ringa 1-800-800-1020. Om du efterfrgar garantiservice utanfr det ursprungliga inkpslandet, kan Garmin inte garantera att alla komponenter och produkter som behvs fr att reparera eller erstta produkten finns tillgngliga p grund av skillnader i produktutbud och gllande standarder, lagar och frordningar. I s fall kan Garmin, efter eget gottfinnande och enligt gllande lagar, reparera eller erstta produkten med jmfrbara Garmin produkter och delar eller krva att du skickar produkten till ett Garmin auktoriserat servicecenter i inkpslandet eller till ett Garmin auktoriserat servicecenter i ett annat land som kan utfra service p produkten, i vilket fall du ansvarar sjlv fr att flja alla tillmpliga import- och exportrestriktioner och fr att betala alla tullar, moms, fraktkostnader och andra associerade skatter och avgifter. I vissa fall kan Garmin och dess terfrsljare kanske inte serva produkten i ett land utanfr det ursprungliga inkpslandet eller returnera en reparerad eller utbytt produkt till dig i det landet p grund av gllande standarder, lagar eller frordningar i landet. Kp frn onlineauktion: Bekrftelser p onlineauktion godknns inte som garantiverifikation. Om du vill ha garantiservice mste du ha det ursprungliga inkpskvittot, eller en kopia av den, frn ursprungsterfrsljaren. Garmin erstter inte komponenter som saknas frn en frpackning som kpts via en online-auktion. Internationella inkp: En separat garanti kan tillhandahllas av internationella distributrer fr enheter som inkpts utanfr USA beroende p land. Om tillmpligt tillhandahlls denna garanti av den lokala, inhemska distributren och denna distributr tillhandahller service lokalt fr din enhet. Distributrsgarantier r endast giltiga i det avsedda distributionsomrdet. Garantipolicy fr marina produkter: En del av de marina produkterna frn Garmin inom vissa omrden har en lngre garantiperiod och extra villkor. G till garmin.com

/support/warranty_marine fr att lsa mer och fr att se om din produkt omfattas av garantipolicyn fr marina produkter frn Garmin. Wane informacje dotyczce bezpieczestwa iproduktu OSTRZEENIE Zignorowanie poniszych ostrzee moe prowadzi do wypadkw lub kolizji skutkujcych mierci lub powanymi obraeniami ciaa. Ostrzeenia dotyczce obsugi urzdzenia na wodzie Uytkownik jest odpowiedzialny za bezpieczne iroztropne sterowanie swoim statkiem. Niniejsze urzdzenie jest narzdziem wspomagajcym sterowanie statkiem. Nie zwalnia ono uytkownika zobowizku bezpiecznego sterowania swoim statkiem. Naley unika zagroe nawigacyjnych inigdy nie zostawia steru bez nadzoru. Urzdzenie naley traktowa tylko jako pomoc nawigacyjn. Nie naley korzysta zurzdzenia do celw wymagajcych dokadnych pomiarw kierunku, odlegoci, lokalizacji lub celw topograficznych. Naley zawsze by przygotowanym do szybkiego przejcia sterowania statkiem. Naley zachowa ostrono wpobliu niebezpiecznych wd, to jest wpobliu dokw, palisad oraz innych statkw. Jeli urzdzenia ma funkcj nawigowania, to podczas nawigacji naley dokadnie porwnywa informacje widoczne na wywietlaczu ze wszystkimi dostpnymi rdami nawigacji, wtym zoznaczeniami, mapami oraz lokalnymi przepisami iograniczeniami obowizujcymi na szlaku wodnym. Ze wzgldw bezpieczestwa przed kontynuowaniem jazdy zuyciem systemu nawigacji naley rozstrzygn wszelkie wtpliwoci. Jeli urzdzenie korzysta zmap, dostpne wnim mapy elektroniczne naley traktowa jedynie jako uatwienie, nie za zamiennik dla zatwierdzonych map pastwowych. Oficjalne mapy pastwowe iwskazwki dla marynarzy zawieraj wszystkie informacje niezbdne dla bezpiecznej nawigacji. Informacje opywach iprdach su wycznie celom informacyjnym. Uytkownik jest odpowiedzialny za stosowanie si do wszystkich wytycznych dotyczcych wd, zwracanie uwagi na otoczenie istae dbanie obezpieczestwo wpobliu wody. Nieprzestrzeganie tego zalecenia moe doprowadzi do powanych obrae ciaa lub mierci. Jeli urzdzenie zapewnia dane ogbokoci, to nie naley uywa go jako gwnego rda zapobiegajcego osadzeniu na mielinie ikolizji. Odczyty gbokoci naley uzupeni informacjami ze stosownych map papierowych oraz wskanikw optycznych. Wprzypadku podejrzenia poruszania si po pycinie naley zawsze prowadzi statek zma prdkoci. Nieprzestrzeganie tego ostrzeenia moe doprowadzi do uszkodzenia statku, anawet obrae ciaa. Jeli urzdzenie obsuguje sygna wideo, nie wolno oglda ani obsugiwa rde wideo podczas obsugi lub sterowania odzi. Ogldanie lub obsuga obrazu wczasie, gdy statek jest wruchu moe spowodowa wypadek lub kolizj, aw rezultacie take szkody materialne, powane urazy ciaa lub mier. Ostrzeenia dotyczce urzdzenia Urzdzenie ibaterie naley chroni przed zanurzeniem wwodzie iinnych pynach. Urzdzenia nie naley pozostawia wpobliu rde ciepa ani wmiejscach naraonych na dziaanie wysokiej temperatury, np. wsamochodzie zaparkowanym na socu. Wcelu ochrony urzdzenia naley je zabra zsamochodu lub umieci je wmiejscu nienaraonym na bezporednie dziaanie promieni sonecznych. Urzdzenia nie wolno uywa wtemperaturach wykraczajcych poza zakres podany wwydrukowanym podrczniku uytkownika doczonym do opakowania produktu. Jeli urzdzenie nie bdzie uywane przez duszy czas, naley je przechowywa wtemperaturze okrelonej wwydrukowanym podrczniku uytkownika doczonym do opakowania produktu. Ostrzeenie oryzyku uszkodzenia suchu Ustawianie wysokiego poziomu gonoci wzestawie stereo moe uszkodzi such. NOTYFIKACJA Zignorowanie poniszych ostrzee moe prowadzi do uszkodzenia mienia lub obrae ciaa, atake moe negatywnie wpyn na dziaanie urzdzenia. Uwaga dotyczca baterii Zuyte urzdzenie/bateri nienadajc si do dalszego uytku naley przekaza do punktu utylizacji ipowtrnego przetwarzania odpadw zgodnie zprawem iprzepisami obowizujcymi na danym obszarze. Uwaga dotyczca systemu GPS Moe doj do pogorszenia wydajnoci pracy urzdzenia nawigacyjnego, jeli wjego pobliu znajduj si jakiekolwiek urzdzenia korzystajce znaziemnej sieci szerokopasmowej oczstotliwociach zblionych do czstotliwoci systemu GNSS

(globalnego systemu nawigacji satelitarnej), jak na przykad usugi GPS. Korzystanie ztakich urzdze moe niekorzystnie wpywa na odbir sygnaw GNSS. Programy ochrony rodowiska dotyczce produktu Informacje na temat programu recyklingu produktu firmy Garmin oraz dyrektyw WEEE, RoHS iREACH, atake innych programw mona znale na stronie garmin.com

/aboutGarmin/environment. Deklaracja zgodnoci Firma Garmin niniejszym owiadcza, e produkt ten spenia wymagania dyrektywy 2014/53/UE. Peny tekst deklaracji zgodnoci zprzepisami unijnymi mona znale na stronie: garmin.com/compliance. Dane kartograficzne Firma Garmin wykorzystujemy rne rzdowe iprywatne rda danych. Praktycznie wszystkie rda danych zawieraj pewne niedokadne lub niepene informacje. Wniektrych krajach pene idokadne dane kartograficzne nie s dostpne lub ich cena jest zbyt wysoka. Ograniczona gwarancja Niniejsza gwarancja Garmin jest gwarancj producenta, ktra przenosi na konsumenta prawa niezalene od praw wynikajcych z praw ochrony konsumenta (rkojmia), przy czym niniejszy dokument tych ostatnich nie ogranicza ani nie wyklucza. Niniejsza gwarancja pozostaje w mocy przez okres dwch (2) lat od daty zakupu produktu Garmin w Polsce. Prawa ochrony konsumenta: W razie wykrycia wady produktu Garmin, konsument moe skorzysta z praw wynikajcych z nastpujcych przepisw:

Ustawa z 23 kwietnia 1964 kodeks cywilny (tekst jednolity Dz.U. poz. 121 z pniejszymi zmianami) Konsumentowi przysuguje prawo wyboru wnoszenia roszcze z tytuu Ograniczonej Gwarancji Garmin lub praw ochrony konsumenta. Zakres Gwarancji:

Niniejsza gwarancja stanowi, e zakupiony produkt Garmin bdzie wolny od wszelkich wad produkcyjnych i materiaowych przez okres dwch lat od daty zakupu. W tym okresie Garmin moe wedle wasnego uznania naprawi lub wymieni wszelkie komponenty, ktre zepsuj si w warunkach normalnego uytkowania. Rzeczone naprawy lub wymiany zostan dokonane bez obciania klienta kosztami czci, robocizny i transportu. Niniejsza gwarancja nie ma zastosowania do: (i) uszkodze kosmetycznych, np. zadrapa, ubytkw i wgniece; (ii) elementw eksploatacyjnych, np. baterii, o ile uszkodzenie produktu nie wynika z wady materiaowej lub produkcyjnej; (iii) uszkodze spowodowanych wypadkami, naduyciem, niewaciwym uytkowaniem, powodzi, poarem lub innymi zdarzeniami siy wyszej lub czynnikami zewntrznymi; (iv) uszkodze spowodowanych wykonaniem usug przez osoby niebdce autoryzowanymi usugodawcami Garmin; (v) uszkodze produktu, ktry zosta poddany modyfikacjom lub przerbkom bez pisemnej zgody Garmin; lub (vi) uszkodze produktu, ktry zosta podczony do rda zasilania i/lub przewodw do transmisji danych, ktre nie zostay dostarczone przez Garmin. Ponadto Garmin zastrzega sobie prawo do odmowy uznania gwarancji w odniesieniu do produktw lub usug uzyskanych i/lub wykorzystanych z naruszeniem polskiego prawa. Nasze produkty nawigacyjne stanowi wycznie pomoc w planowaniu podry i nie naley ich wykorzystywa do adnych celw wymagajcych precyzyjnego pomiaru kierunku, odlegoci, pooenia ani topografii. Garmin nie udziela adnej gwarancji w zakresie dokadnoci ani kompletnoci danych zwizanych z wgranymi w niniejszym produkcie mapami. Aby skorzysta z obsugi gwarancyjnej naley skontaktowa si z lokalnym autoryzowanym dealerem Garmin lub zadzwoni do Dziau Wsparcia Technicznego Garmin w celu uzyskania wytycznych co do wysyki oraz otrzymania numeru reklamacji -

RMA. W Polsce usugi Wsparcia Produktu zapewnia Garmin Polska, Adgar Park West I, Al. Jerozolimskie 181, 02-222 Warszawa Polska telefon: 00 800 121 45 63, mail:

poland.support@garmin.com Garmin moe wedle wasnej decyzji naprawi lub wymieni (na nowy lub nowo naprawiony produkt zastpczy) urzdzenie lub oprogramowanie lub zaproponowa klientowi zwrot penej ceny zakupu w cigu 14 dni od daty otrzymania wadliwego urzdzenia. Jeeli w ramach realizacji swoich zobowiza Garmin dostarczy klientowi wolne od wad urzdzenie, wymieni wadliwe urzdzenie lub przeprowadzi znaczce naprawy urzdzenia w ramach gwarancji, bieg okresu gwarancji rozpocznie si na nowo od momentu dostarczenia pozbawionego wad urzdzenia lub zwrotu naprawionego urzdzenia do koca oryginalnego okresu gwarancji. W innych przypadkach okres gwarancji zostanie przeduony o czas, w ktrym uytkowanie urzdzenia byo niemoliwe wskutek wady urzdzenia objtej gwarancj. Ograniczenie odpowiedzialnoci wobec osb trzecich i uytkownikw komercyjnych:

Garmin w adnym przypadku nie ponosi odpowiedzialnoci za adne straty, ktre nie zostay spowodowane przez naruszenie niniejszej gwarancji przez Garmin, ani za adne szkody uboczne, specjalne, porednie ani wynikowe, w tym za utrat danych, utrat zyskw lub utrat sposobnoci, niezalenie od tego, czy wynikaj one z uycia, niewaciwego uytkowania lub niemonoci uycia niniejszego produktu czy z wad produktu. Niniejsze ograniczenie nie ma zastosowania do (i) zgonu lub szkd cielesnych; (ii) oszustwa; (iii) wiadomego wprowadzenia w bd; lub (iv) innych rodzajw odpowiedzialnoci, ktrych z mocy prawa nie mona ograniczy ani wykluczy. Garmin nie gwarantuje, nie owiadcza i nie zapewnia, e bdzie w stanie naprawi lub wymieni kady produkt Garmin na mocy niniejszej gwarancji bez ryzyka zwizanego z informacjami i/lub danymi przechowywanymi na urzdzeniu Garmin i/lub ich utraty. Prywatno: Wszelkie informacje dotyczce klienta otrzymane w procesie gwarancyjnym bd przechowywane przez Garmin zgodnie z Polityk Prywatnoci Garmin, z ktr mona si zapozna pod adresem www.garmin.com/pl-PL/legal/privacy-statement Istotne ograniczenia usug: Garmin moe ograniczy wiadczenie usug do terytorium EOG i Szwajcarii. Usugi serwisowe w odniesieniu do produktw Garmin moe wiadczy wycznie Garmin lub autoryzowane Centra Serwisowe Garmin Zakupy na aukcjach internetowych: Produkty zakupione na aukcjach internetowych nie podlegaj ochronie gwarancyjnej Garmin. Potwierdzenia zakupu w ramach aukcji internetowych nie bd przyjmowane w celu weryfikacji gwarancji. W wikszoci przypadkw w celu skorzystania z usug gwarancyjnych niezbdny jest dowd zakupu od pierwotnego sprzedawcy. Polityka gwarancji na produkty Garmin Marine: Niektre produkty Garmin Marine w niektrych regionach podlegaj duszemu okresowi gwarancji oraz dodatkowym warunkom. Wicej informacji na ten temat, a take informacj, czy dany produkt obejmuje Polityka Gwarancji na produkty Garmin Marine, mona znale pod adresem www.garmin.com/support/warranty.html. Oglne: Jeeli jakikolwiek zapis niniejszej gwarancji uznany zostanie za niezgodny z prawem lub niewykonalny, zostanie wyczony z niniejszej gwarancji, co pozostaje bez wpywu dla zgodnoci z prawem i wykonalnoci pozostaych warunkw gwarancji. Dleit bezpenostn informace ainformace oproduktu VAROVN Pokud nebudete vnovat pozornost nsledujcm varovnm, mete se vystavit nebezpe nehody nebo kolize, kter me vst ke smrti nebo vnmu zrann. Varovn tkajc se nmonho provozu Za bezpen arozumn provoz svho plavidla jste odpovdni vy. Toto zazen je nstroj, kter zlep vae monosti ovldn plavidla. Nezbav vs vak odpovdnosti za bezpen provoz plavidla. Vyhnte se naviganm rizikm anikdy nenechvejte kormidlo bez dozoru. Toto zazen pouvejte pouze jako navigan pomcku. Nepouvejte toto zazen pro ely vyadujc pesn men smru, vzdlenosti, polohy nebo mstopisu. Bute vdy pipraveni urychlen pevzt zen plavidla. Dvejte pozor vblzkosti nebezpench mst ve vod, jako jsou napklad doky, pile ajin plavidla. Pokud m zazen navigan funkce, peliv pi navigaci porovnvejte informace zobrazovan na zazen se vemi ostatnmi zdroji navigace, vetn informac zrakovch vjem, mstnch pravidel aomezen vodnch cest amap. Zbezpenostnch dvod si vyjasnte veker nesrovnalosti dve, ne budete pokraovat vjzd. Obsahuje-li zazen mapy, pouvejte elektronickou mapu vzazen pouze pro usnadnn, nikoli jako nhradu za pouvn ovench sttnch map. Oficiln sttn mapy apoznmky pro nmonky obsahuj vechny potebn informace pro bezpenou navigaci. daje oodlivu, plivu aproudech maj pouze informativn charakter. Nesete plnou odpovdnost za dodrovn vech zveejnnch pokyn tkajcch se plavby. Jste tak povinni sledovat aktuln podmnky pi plavb aobecn uplatovat zdrav rozum. Vopanm ppad by mohlo dojt kvnm zrannm appadn ike smrti. Nabz-li zazen daje ohloubce, nemly by bt pouvny jako hlavn prostedek zabraujc kotven nebo nrazu. Doplujte daje hodnot ohloubce oinformace zpslunch paprovch map aozrakov vjemy. Pokud mte podezen na mlinu nebo potopen objekty, ovldejte vdy plavidlo za pomal rychlosti. Nevnovn pozornosti tomuto varovn me vst kpokozen plavidla nebo zrann osob. Pokud m zazen funkce vstupu videa, nepokouejte se ovldat nebo sledovat vstup videa pi ovldn nebo navigaci svho plavidla. Ovldn nebo sledovn vstupu videa bhem pohybu plavidla me zpsobit nehodu nebo srku vedouc kpokozen majetku, vnmu zrann nebo smrti. Varovn tkajc se zazen Neponoujte zazen ani baterie do vody nebo jin kapaliny. Nevystavujte zazen psoben tepelnho zdroje anenechvejte ho na mstech svysokou teplotou, napklad na slunci voputnm plavidle. Chcete-li se vyhnout monm kodm, odstrate zazen zplavidla anenechvejte ho na mstech vystavenm pmmu slunenmu zen. Zazen neprovozujte pi teplotch mimo rozmez, kter jsou uvedena vtitnm nvodu, kter je soust balen produktu. Je-li teba zazen uchovvat del dobu, skladujte ho pi teplotch uvedench vtitnm nvodu, kter je soust balen produktu. Varovn tkajc se pokozen sluchu Poslech sterea pi vysok hlasitosti me zpsobit pokozen sluchu. OZNMEN Pokud nebudete vnovat pozornost nsledujcm oznmenm, vystavujete se riziku zrann i pokozen majetku nebo negativnho dopadu na funkci zazen. Oznmen obaterich Informace olikvidaci zazen/bateri vsouladu splatnmi mstnmi zkony a nazenmi zskte umstnho stediska pro likvidaci odpad. Oznmen GPS Navigan zazen me vykazovat snen vkon vblzkosti zazen vyuvajcch pozemn irokopsmovou s na podobnch kmitotech jako globln satelitn navigan systmy GNSS (Global Navigation Satellite System), nap. systm GPS (Global Positioning Service). Pouit tchto zazen me naruit pjem signl GNSS. 13 C S Produktov ekologick programy Informace o programu recyklace produkt Garmin a o programech WEEE, RoHS, REACH a dalch vyhovujcch programech naleznete na adrese garmin.com/aboutGarmin

/environment. Prohlen oshod Spolenost Garmin tmto prohlauje, e produkt odpovd poadavkm smrnice 2014/53/EU. pln znn prohlen o shod pro EU je kdispozici na nsledujc internetov adrese: garmin.com/compliance. Informace omapovch datech Spolenost Garmin vyuv kombinaci sttnch a soukromch zdroj dat. Tm vechny zdroje dat obsahuj urit nepesn nebo nepln data. Kompletn a pesn mapov data nejsou vnkterch zemch vbec kdispozici nebo jsou nepimen nkladn. Omezen zruka TATO ZRUKA VM POSKYTUJE SPECIFICK ZKONN PRVA. METE MT I JIN ZKONN PRVA, KTER SE MOHOU VRZNCH STTECH LIIT (NEBO ZEMCH I PROVINCICH). SPOLENOST GARMIN NEVYLUUJE, NEOMEZUJE ANI NEPERUUJE PLATNOST JINCH ZKONNCH PRV, KTER METE MT NA ZKLAD ZKON VE VAEM STT (NEBO ZEMI I PROVINCII). KPLNMU POROZUMN SVM PRVM SI PROSTUDUJTE ZKONY VAEHO STTU, ZEM NEBO PROVINCIE. Na neleteck produkty je poskytovna zruka, e budou bez vad materilu a zpracovn po dobu jednoho roku od data zakoupen. Spolenost Garmin si vyhrazuje vhradn prvo opravit nebo vymnit jakoukoli soust, kter pi bnm pouvn sele. Nklady za prci a opravy a vmnu dl nebudou tovny zkaznkovi svhradou, e zkaznk bude zodpovdn za jakkoli pepravn nklady. Tato omezen zruka se nevztahuje na: (i) kosmetick vady jako pokrbn, oden a promknut; (ii) spotebn sousti, jako baterie, pokud nedolo kpokozen vdsledku vady materilu nebo zpracovn; (iii) pokozen zpsoben nehodou, nedbalost, nesprvnm pouvnm, vodou, zplavou, ohnm nebo jinmi prodnmi ivly a vnjmi vlivy; (iv) pokozen zpsoben provozovnm slueb poskytovatelem neautorizovanm spolenost Garmin;

(v) pokozen produktu, kter byl upraven nebo zmnn bez psemnho svolen spolenosti Garmin, nebo (vi) pokozen produktu, kter byl pipojen ke zdrojinapjen a/

nebo kdatovm kabelm, kter nejsou dodvny spolenost Garmin. Spolenost Garmin si navc vyhrazuje prvo odmtnout reklaman nroky na produkty nebo sluby, kter byly zskny nebo jsou pouvny vrozporu se zkony jakkoli zem.Produkty spolenosti Garmin slou jako pomcka anesm se pouvat kjakmkoli elm vyadujcm pesn men smru, vzdlenosti, pozice nebo mstopisu. Unaviganch produkt spolenost Garmin neposkytuje zruku na pesnost nebo plnost mapovch dat. VMAXIMLNM ROZSAHU POVOLENM PSLUNMI ZKONY, ZRUKY A NHRADY UVEDEN VTTO OMEZEN ZRUCE JSOU VHRADN A NAHRAZUJ VECHNY OSTATN ZRUKY A NHRADY. SPOLENOST GARMIN SE VSLOVN ZK VECH OSTATNCH ZRUK A NHRAD, A JI VYJDENCH, PEDPOKLDANCH, ZKONNCH NEBO JAKCHKOLI JINCH ZEJMNA VECH PEDPOKLDANCH ZRUK OBCHODOVATELNOSTI I VHODNOSTI PRO URIT EL, ZKONNCH NHRAD A PODOBN. TATO ZRUKA VM POSKYTUJE SPECIFICK ZKONN PRVA. METE MT I JIN ZKONN PRVA, KTER SE MOHOU VRZNCH STTECH A ZEMCH LIIT. POKUD NEN MON ZEKNOUT SE PEDPOKLDANCH ZRUK NA ZKLAD ZKON VE VAEM STT (NEBO ZEMI I PROVINCII), JE DOBA TRVN TCHTO ZRUK OMEZENA NA DOBU TRVN TTO OMEZEN ZRUKY. VNKTERCH STTECH

(NEBO ZEMCH I PROVINCICH) NEN POVOLENO OMEZEN DOBY PEDPOKLDANCH ZRUK, VTAKOVM PPAD SE VS VE UVEDEN OMEZEN NETK. POKUD JDE O NROKY UINN VSOUVISLOSTI SPORUENM ZRUKY, SPOLENOST GARMIN NEN VDNM PPAD ODPOVDN ZA JAKKOLI NHODN, ZVLTN, NEPM NEBO NSLEDN KODY ZPSOBEN POUVNM, NESPRVNM POUVNM NEBO NEMONOST POUT TENTO VROBEK NEBO KODY ZPSOBEN VADOU VROBKU. VNKTERCH STTECH (A ZEMCH NEBO PROVINCICH) NEN POVOLENO VYLOUEN ODPOVDNOSTI ZA NHODN NEBO NSLEDN KODY, VTAKOVM PPAD SE VS VE UVEDEN OMEZEN ODPOVDNOSTI NETK. Pokud vzrun lht vznesete poadavek na zrun opravu vsouladu stouto omezenou zrukou, spolenost Garmin dle vlastnho uven: (i) oprav zazen spouitm novch nebo dve pouitch dl splujcch standardy kvality spolenosti Garmin, (ii) vymn zazen za nov nebo opraven zazen splujc standardy kvality spolenosti Garmin, nebo (iii) nabdne plnou nhradu nkupn ceny. TENTO NROK BUDE VAM JEDINM A VLUNM NROKEM PI JAKMKOLI PORUEN ZRUKY. Na opraven nebo vymnn zazen je poskytovna 90denn zruka. Pokud odeslan jednotka stle podlh pvodn zruce, pot bude nov zruka 90dn nebo bude pokraovat do konce pvodn jednolet zruky, podle toho, kter doba bude del. Ne podte o zrun opravu, vyhledejte prosm nejprve pomoc vna online npovd na webov strnce support.garmin.com. Jestlie vae zazen po vyuit tchto zdroj stle nefunguje sprvn, kontaktujte autorizovan servis spolenosti Garmin vzemi, ve kter jste vrobek zakoupili, a podejte o zrun opravu podle pokyn na webov strnce support.garmin.com. Pokud se nachzte vUSA, mete tak zavolat na telefonn slo 1-800-800-1020. Pokud chcete podat o zrun opravu vjin zemi, ne je zem, ve kter jste vrobek zakoupili, spolenost Garmin neme zaruit dostupnost dl a produkt potebnch koprav nebo vmn vaeho vrobku zdvodu odlinosti produktovch nabdek a pslunch norem, zkon a pedpis. Vtakovm ppad spolenost Garmin me podle svho uven a platnch zkon, opravit nebo vymnit v vrobek za porovnateln vrobek nebo dl Garmin nebo vs podat o odesln vaeho vrobku do autorizovanho servisu spolenosti Garmin vzemi, ve kter jste vrobek zakoupili, nebo do autorizovanho servisu spolenosti Garmin vjin zemi, ve kter lze provst opravu vaeho vrobku, piem nesete odpovdnost za dodrovn platnch zkon tkajcch se importu a exportu, hrady celnch poplatk, DPH, pepravy a ostatnch souvisejcch dan a poplatk. Zdvodu platnch norem, zkon a pedpis vdan zemi spolenost Garmin a jej prodejci nemus bt vnkterch ppadech schopni poskytnout servis, vmnu nebo opravu vrobku vjin zemi, ne je zem, ve kter byl vrobek zakoupen. Zakoupen vonline aukci: Potvrzen zonline aukce nejsou koven zruky pijmny. Chcete-li uznat zrun opravu, je nutn originl nebo kopie pvodn tenky od pvodnho prodejce produkt.Spolenost Garmin neposkytne nhradu za chybjc sousti zjakhokoli balen zakoupenho prostednictvm online aukce. Zakoupen vjinm stt: Na zazen zakoupen mimo zem USA me bt poskytnuta samostatn zruka mezinrodnmi distributory vzvislosti na zemi zakoupen. Pokud je to mon, je tato zruka poskytovna mstnm vnitrosttnm distributorem a tento distributor tak zajiuje mstn servis zazen. Zruky distributora jsou platn pouze na zem pedpokldan distribuce. Politika zruky nmonch produkt: Urit nmon produkty spolenosti Garmin maj vuritch oblastech del zrun lhtu a dodaten podmnky. Dal podrobnosti a informace, zda se na v produkt vztahuje politika zruky nmonch produkt spolenosti Garmin, naleznete na webov strnce garmin.com/support/warranty_marine. U R 14

. GPS

(GNSS), (GPS),

. GNSS. Garmin WEEE, RoHS, REACH . - garmin.com

/aboutGarmin/environment. Garmin , 2014/53/EC.

: garmin.com

/compliance. Garmin , ,

( ). GARMIN ,

. Garmin

: (i) , ,

; (ii) , ,

; (iii) , ,

; (iv)

, , , Garmin; (v) , Garmin, (vi) ,

/ , Garmin. , Garmin

. Garmin

, . Garmin

, GARMIN

. GARMIN

, Garmin : (i) ,

, Garmin, (ii) , Garmin, (iii)

. 90- .

, 90 1- , ,

, : support.garmin.com.

, Garmin support.garmin.com

, 1-800-800-1020.

, Garmin

. Garmin Garmin Garmin Garmin ,

. Garmin

. Garmin

. Garmin

. - garmin.com/support/warranty_marine,

, Garmin

. Vane informacije o sigurnosti i proizvodu UPOZORENJE Ako se ne pridravate sljedeih upozorenja, moe doi do nesree ili sudara koji mogu rezultirati smrtnim sluajem ili ozbiljnom ozljedom. Upozorenja za koritenje u pomorske svrhe Vi ste odgovorni za sigurno i oprezno upravljanje plovilom. Ovaj je ureaj alat koji poboljava mogunost upravljanja plovilom. Ureaj vas ne oslobaa odgovornosti za sigurno upravljanje plovilom. Izbjegavajte navigacijske opasnosti i nikad ne ostavljajte kormilo bez nadzora. Ureaj koristite iskljuivo kao pomo u navigaciji. Ureaj ne koristite za postupke u kojima je potrebno precizno mjerenje smjera, udaljenosti, lokacije ili topografije. Uvijek budite spremni brzo preuzeti kontrolu nad plovilom. Budite oprezni u blizini opasnosti u vodi poput dokova, stupova i drugih plovila. Ako ureaj ima mogunost navigacije, tijekom navigacije paljivo usporeujte informacije prikazane na ureaju sa svim dostupnim navigacijskim izvorima, ukljuujui vizualne informacije, lokalne pravilnike o vodenim putovima i karte. Iz sigurnosnih razloga uvijek rijeite sva neslaganja ili pitanja prije no to nastavite s navigacijom. Ako ureaj koristi karte, elektroniku kartu ureaja koristite samo kako biste si olakali upotrebu ovlatenih vladinih karata, a ne kao njihovu zamjenu. Slubene vladine karte i obavijesti mornarima sadre sve informacije potrebne za sigurnu navigaciju. Informacije o morskim mijenama i struji slue samo u informativne svrhe. Snosite odgovornost za praenje svih objavljenih smjernica o vodi, za svjesnost o svojem okruenju i za primjenu pravila sigurne plovidbe u svakom trenutku. Nepridravanjem ovog upozorenja moe doi do teke ozljede ili smrti. Ako ureaj daje podatke o dubini, oni se ne smiju koristiti kao primarni nain sprjeavanja nasukavanja ili sudara. Oitanjima podataka o dubini dodajte podatke s primjenjivih karata i vizualnih pokazatelja. Plovilom uvijek upravljajte pri niskim brzinama ako sumnjate na plitku vodu ili objekte pod vodom. U sluaju nepotivanja ovog upozorenja, moglo bi doi do oteenja ili tjelesnih ozljeda. Ako ureaj ima mogunost primanja ulaznih video podataka, nemojte rukovati njima ili ih gledati dok upravljate ili navigirate plovilom. Rukovanje video podacima ili gledanje video podataka dok je plovilo u pokretu moe dovesti do nesretnog sluaja ili sudara ije posljedice mogu biti teta, ozbiljne ozljede ili smrt. Upozorenja o ureaju Ureaj ili baterije nemojte uranjati u vodu ili druge tekuine. Ureaj nemojte izlagati izvoru topline ili ga drati na visokim temperaturama, recimo na suncu u plovilu bez nadzora. Kako biste sprijeili mogunost oteenja, uklonite ureaj iz plovila ili ga pohranite izvan izravne suneve svjetlosti. Ureaj nemojte koristiti izvan raspona temperature naznaenog u tiskanom priruniku koji se nalazi u pakiranju ureaja. Prilikom skladitenja ureaja na dulje vremensko razdoblje, skladitite ga u rasponu temperature naznaenom u tiskanom priruniku koji se nalazi u pakiranju ureaja. Upozorenja za oteenja sluha Glasno sluanje sterea moe vam otetiti sluh. OBAVIJEST Nepridravanje sljedeih obavijesti moe uzrokovati ozljede ili oteenja imovine ili negativno utjecati na rad ureaja. Napomena o bateriji Obratite se lokalnoj jedinici za odlaganje otpada radi odlaganja ureaja/baterija u skladu s vaeim lokalnim zakonima i propisima. Obavijest o GPS-u Koritenje blizu bilo kojeg ureaja koji koristi zemaljsku irokopojasnu mreu na frekvencijama koje su blizu frekvencija koje koristi bilo koji sustav za globalnu navigaciju

(GNSS), npr. sustav za globalno pozicioniranje (GPS), moe negativno utjecati na rad navigacijskog ureaja. Koritenje takvih ureaja moe negativno utjecati na prijem GNSS signala. Programi za ouvanje okolia Informacije o programu recikliranja tvrtke Garmin te programima WEEE, RoHS, REACH i drugim programima potraite na adresi garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment. Izjava o usklaenosti Tvrtka Garmin ovime izjavljuje da je ovaj proizvod usklaen s Direktivom 2014/53/EU. Cijeli tekst EU Izjave o usklaenosti dostupan je na sljedeoj internetskoj adresi: garmin

.com/compliance. Informacije o podacima karte Tvrtka Garmin koristi kombinaciju dravnih i privatnih izvora podataka. Gotovo svi izvori podataka sadre neke netone ili nepotpune podatke. U nekim dravama potpune i precizne informacije na kartama nisu dostupne ili su vrlo skupe. Ogranieno jamstvo OVO VAM OGRANIENO JAMSTVO DAJE POSEBNA ZAKONSKA PRAVA, A OVISNO OD DRAVE DO DRAVE (ILI POKRAJINE), MODA IMATE I NEKA DRUGA ZAKONSKA PRAVA. GARMIN NE ISKLJUUJE, OGRANIAVA ILI OBUSTAVLJA OSTALA ZAKONSKA PRAVA KOJA MODA IMATE NA TEMELJU ZAKONA VAE DRAVE (ILI POKRAJINE). KAKO BISTE SE U POTPUNOSTI UPOZNALI SA SVOJIM PRAVIMA, PROUITE ZAKONE VAE DRAVE ILI POKRAJINE. Proizvodi koji nisu namijenjeni zrakoplovstvu imaju jamstvo da nee imati pogreaka u materijalu ili izradi do godinu dana od datuma kupnje. Unutar tog razdoblja Garmin e, po vlastitoj odluci, popraviti ili zamijeniti komponente koje nisu ispravno radile prilikom uobiajene upotrebe. Takvi popravci ili zamjene bit e besplatni za korisnika za dijelove ili rad, pod uvjetom da korisnik podmiri trokove transporta. Ovo ogranieno jamstvo ne vrijedi za: (i) kozmetika oteenja kao to su ogrebotine, zarezi i udubljenja; (ii) potrone dijelove poput baterija, osim ako teta nije uzrokovana manjkavim materijalima ili izradom; (iii) tetu uzrokovanu nesretnim sluajem, zlouporabom, nepravilnim koritenjem, vodom, poplavom, poarom ili drugim prirodnim nepogodama ili vanjskim uzrocima; (iv) tetu uzrokovanu servisiranjem od strane osobe koja nije ovlateni 15 H R serviser tvrtke Garmin; (v) tetu na proizvodima koji su modificirani ili preinaeni bez pisanog doputenja tvrtke Garmin ili (vi) tetu na proizvodima koji su prikljueni na kabele napajanja i/ili podatkovne kabele koje nije isporuila tvrtka Garmin. Isto tako, Garmin zadrava pravo odbijanja jamstvenih zahtjeva za proizvode ili usluge dobivene i/ili koritene u suprotnosti sa zakonima bilo koje drave. Garmin proizvodi namijenjeni su iskljuivo za upotrebu kao pomagala i ne smiju se koristiti u svrhu gdje su potrebna precizna mjerenja smjera, udaljenosti, lokacije ili topografije. Za navigacijske proizvode Garmin ne jami preciznost i potpunost kartografskih podataka. DO MJERE DO KOJE TO DOPUTA PRIMJENJIVI ZAKON, JAMSTVA I PRAVNI LIJEKOVI NAVEDENI U OVOM OGRANIENOM JAMSTVU ISKLJUIVI SU I TVRTKA GARMIN IZRIITO SE ODRIE SVIH DRUGIH JAMSTAVA I PRAVNIH LIJEKOVA, BILO IZRIITIH, IMPLICIRANIH, ZAKONSKIH ILI BILO KAKVIH DRUGIH, UKLJUUJUI BEZ OGRANIENJA BILO KOJE IMPLICIRANO JAMSTVO ZA TRINI POTENCIJAL ILI PRIKLADNOSTI ZA ODREENU NAMJENU, BILO ONO ZAKONSKO ILI PO NEKOJ DRUGOJ OSNOVI. OVO VAM OGRANIENO JAMSTVO DAJE POSEBNA ZAKONSKA PRAVA, A OVISNO OD DRAVE DO DRAVE, MODA IMATE I NEKA DRUGA ZAKONSKA PRAVA. AKO SE IMPLICIRANIH JAMSTAVA NE MOE ODREI NA TEMELJU ZAKONA VAE DRAVE, TRAJANJE TAKVIH JAMSTAVA OGRANIENO JE NA TRAJANJE OVOG OGRANIENOG JAMSTVA. NEKE DRAVE (I POKRAJINE) NE DOPUTAJU OGRANIAVANJE TRAJANJA IMPLICIRANOG JAMSTVA, PA SE GORNJE OGRANIENJE MODA NEE PRIMJENJIVATI NA VAS. U SLUAJU NEPOTOVANJA JAMSTVA TVRTKA GARMIN NI U KOJEM SLUAJU NEE SNOSITI ODGOVORNOST ZA BILO KAKVA SLUAJNA, POSEBNA, NEIZRAVNA ILI POSLJEDINA OTEENJA, BEZ OBZIRA JESU LI REZULTAT UPOTREBE, POGRENE UPOTREBE ILI NEMOGUNOSTI UPOTREBE OVOG PROIZVODA ILI MANJKAVOSTI PROIZVODA. NEKE DRAVE (I POKRAJINE) NE DOPUTAJU ISKLJUIVANJE SLUAJNE ILI POSLJEDINE TETE TE SE GORNJA OGRANIENJA MODA NEE PRIMJENJIVATI NA VAS. Ako tijekom jamstvenog razdoblja podnesete zahtjev za jamstvenim servisom u skladu s ovim Ogranienim jamstvom, Garmin e po vlastitom odabiru: (i) popraviti ureaj pomou novih dijelova ili rabljenih dijelova koji zadovoljavaju standarde kvalitete tvrtke Garmin, (ii) zamijeniti ureaj novim ureajem ili obnovljenim ureajem koji zadovoljava standarde kvalitete tvrtke Garmin ili (iii) zamijeniti ureaj za puni povrat kupovne cijene koju ste platili. TAKAV PRAVNI LIJEK BIT E VA JEDINI I ISKLJUIVI PRAVNI LIJEK U SLUAJU NEPOTOVANJA JAMSTVA. Jamstvo na popravljene ili zamijenjene ureaje iznosi 90 dana. Ako je poslana jedinica jo uvijek pokrivena izvornim jamstvom, onda novo jamstvo traje 90 dana ili do kraja izvornog jednogodinjeg jamstva, to god je due. Prije slanja zahtjeva za jamstveni servis, pristupite resursima za pomo na web-mjestu support.garmin.com i prouite ih. Ako va ureaj i dalje ne radi ispravno i nakon upotrebe tih resursa, obratite se ovlatenom servisu tvrtke Garmin u dravi u kojoj ste kupili ureaj ili slijedite upute na web-mjestu support.garmin.com kako biste ostvarili jamstveni servis. Ako se nalazite u SAD-u, moete nazvati broj telefona 1-800-800-1020. Ako vam je jamstveni servis potreban izvan drave u kojoj ste kupili proizvod, Garmin ne moe jamiti da e dijelovi i proizvodi potrebni za popravak ili zamjenu vaeg proizvoda biti dostupni zbog razliitih ponuda proizvoda i razliitih vaeih standarda, zakona i propisa. U tom sluaju tvrtka Garmin moe po vlastitom nahoenju i u skladu s vaeim zakonima popraviti ili zamijeniti va proizvod usporedivim Garmin proizvodima i dijelovima ili od vas zatraiti da svoj proizvod poaljete u ovlateni servis tvrtke Garmin u dravi u kojoj ste kupili proizvod ili u ovlateni servis tvrtke Garmin u nekoj drugoj dravi u kojoj je va ureaj mogue servisirati, pri emu snosite odgovornost za potivanje svih vaeih zakona i propisa o uvozu i izvozu te za plaanje svih carina, PDV-a, potarina i ostalih vezanih poreza i naknada. U nekim sluajevima tvrtka Garmin i njezini ovlateni zastupnici moda nee moi servisirati va proizvod u dravi izvan drave u kojoj ste kupili proizvod ili vam vratiti popravljeni ili zamijenjeni proizvod u tu dravu zbog vaeih standarda, zakona ili propisa u toj dravi. Kupovina na online aukcijama: potvrde online aukcija ne prihvaaju se kao potvrda jamstva. Za dobivanje jamstvene usluge potreban je izvornik ili kopija rauna od ovlatenog dobavljaa. Garmin nee zamijeniti komponente koje nedostaju iz paketa kupljenih putem online aukcije. Meunarodna kupovina: Meunarodni distributeri mogu dati zasebno jamstvo za ureaje koji su kupljeni izvan Sjedinjenih Amerikih Drava, ovisno o dravi. Ako je to primjenjivo, ovo jamstvo daje lokalni distributer koji osigurava i lokalno servisiranje vaeg ureaja. Jamstva distributera valjana su samo u podruju namijenjene distribucije. Jamstvo za pomorske ureaje: Odreeni pomorski ureaji tvrtke Garmin u odreenim podrujima imaju dua jamstvena razdoblja i dodatne uvjete i odredbe. Na stranici garmin.com/support/warranty_marine moete pronai dodatne pojedinosti i provjeriti odnosi li se jamstvo za nautike ureaje tvrtke Garmin i na va proizvod.

. 16 L E

. GPS

(GNSS), (GPS). GNSS. Garmin WEEE, RoHS, REACH, garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment.

, Garmin 2014/53/. Internet: garmin.com/compliance. H Garmin .

( ). GARMIN ,

, . , Garmin

: (i) ,

, , (ii) ,

, (iii) , , ,

(iv) , Garmin, (v) Garmin (vi)

Garmin. , Garmin

. Garmin

, Garmin

, GARMIN

. GARMIN , ,

, Garmin

: (i) Garmin, (ii) Garmin, (iii)

. 90 .

, 90 1 , .

, support.garmin

.com.

, Garmin support.garmin.com,

. , 1-800-800-1020.

, Garmin

. , Garmin

, , Garmin, Garmin Garmin

, Garmin

. Garmin ,

Garmin

. garmin.com

/support/warranty_marine Garmin

GPS

(GNSS)

(GPS) GNSS Garmin WEEERoHSREACH garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment Garmin 2014/53/EU garmin.com/compliance Garmin

/ GARMIN

Garmin

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv) Garmin (v) Garmin (vi) Garmin / /

/ Garmin Garmin Garmin GARMIN

GARMIN /

Garmin

(i) Garmin (ii) Garmin (iii) 90 90 1 support.garmin.com Garmin /

support.garmin.com 1-800-800-1020

Garmin Garmin Garmin /

Garmin / Garmin Garmin

Garmin

Garmin garmin.com/support/warranty_marine Garmin 20132022 Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries Z H

C N 17 20132022 Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries support.garmin.com Part Information:

GPN: 190-00720-32 Description:

ISPI Marine plotters, FCC/SAR, Warranty 6.5x10 (ML) Part Type: Manuals / Printed Literature Lifecycle Phase: Production Rev: H ECO#245024 Item Attribution:

Document Review Required:

Item Notes:

ESD Sensitive:

Moisture Sensitive:

Limited Shelf Life:

Magnetic Sensitive:

Part Approval Requirements:

Part Number Predecessor:

Additional Requirements:

Compliance Requirement:

RoHS Requirement:

Revision:

(-00) This part shall comply with Garmin Banned & Restricted Substances document 001-00211-00. Drawing Revision to Part Version:

Item: 190-00720-32 Rev:H ECO#245024 Creation Date: 08-Jul-2022 04:08 PM CST SpecItemAttributionReport1of1

Label placement Rogers Labs, Inc. 4405 West 259th Terrace Louisburg, KS 66053 Phone/Fax: (913) 837-3214 Test to: CFR47 15C, RSS-210, RSS-247 Date: August 31, 2022 Revision 1 Garmin International, Inc. Model: AB3113 Test: 220601 FCC ID: IPH-B3113 IC: 1792A-B3113 SNs: SN16, SN10, SN15 File: AB3113 LabelSmpl Page 1 of 1

May 6, 2022 Federal Communications Commission Equip Approval Services Post Office Box 358315 Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15215-5315 To Whom It May Concern:

Pursuant to 47 CFR 2.911, Garmin International, Inc. (Garmin) has authorized Mr. Scot Rogers of Rogers Labs, Inc. to act on Garmins behalf for the sole and express purpose of processing applications to the Federal Communication Commission (FCC) for equipment FCC authorization. As such Mr. Rogers authorized to:

1) Sign Form 731, 2) Sign letters of application, 3) Request confidentiality, and 4) Exchange data and information with the FCC, and authorized TCBs on behalf of Garmin. This authorization is not assignable to other beyond Mr. Scot Rogers. This authorization is in effect until notified to the contrary by Garmin Sincerely, Ben Karsak Manager Compliance Engineering

ROGERS LABS, INC. 4405 West 259th Terrace Louisburg, KS 66053 913 837-3214 August 23, 2022 Timco Engineering Inc. 849 NW State Road 45 Newberry, FL 32669 Applicant:

Garmin International, Inc. 1200 East 151st Street Olathe, KS 66062 Re: Confidentiality for submittal information regarding FCC ID: IPH-B3113 Product: Transmitter operated under 47CFR Section 15C Dear Sirs:

Garmin International, Inc. requests that the material in the Block Diagram, Operational Description, Schematics, and Tune up Procedure be withheld from public disclosure pursuant to Sections 0.457 and 0.459 of the Commissions Rules following grant of the application. In support of this request, Garmin International, Inc. submits the following information. CONFIDENTIAL FILES AB3113 Conf BlkDia.pdf AB3113 Conf OpDes.pdf AB3113 Conf Schem.pdf AB3113 Conf TunPro.pdf 1. Identification of the specific information for which confidential treatment is sought:

The materials set forth in the Block Diagram, Operational Description, Schematics, and Tune up Procedure which are segregated, from the non-confidential exhibits of the application, are those for which confidentiality is sought. 2. Identification of the Commission proceeding in which the information was submitted or a description of the circumstances giving rise to the submission:

The proceeding is that involving the application for equipment authorization (certification) under FCC ID: IPH-B3113 3. Explanation of the degree to which the information is commercial or financial, or contains a trade secret or is privileged:

This material includes a detailed Block Diagram, Operational Description, Schematics, and Tune up Procedure. As such, this material is treated as highly confidential business information. File: AB3113 Confidential Request Letter Page 1 of 2 4. Explanation of the degree to which the information concerns a service that is subject to competition:

The material for which confidentiality is sought is employed in the design and manufacture of this transmitting equipment that is offered on a highly competitive basis. Customers for this equipment have a variety of competing sources. 5. Explanation of how disclosure of the information could result in substantial competitive harm:

Disclosure would, in effect, give away the fruits of the labors of Garmin International, Inc.s engineering personnel, who have designed the equipment and the manufacturing process. Disclosure would also offer competitors additional unwarranted insight into the state of the product development, thereby allowing competitors an advantage, not available to Garmin International, Inc. 6. Identification of any measures taken by the submitting party to prevent unauthorized disclosure:

The information for which confidential treatment is sought is kept confidential by Garmin International, Inc. and not made available to third parties except pursuant to non-disclosure agreements. 7. Identification of whether the information is available to the public and the extent of any previous disclosure of the information to third parties:

To the knowledge of those preparing this application, the information has not been disclosed publicly heretofore. While the general theory of operation of this equipment has been the subject of numerous disclosures in industry the protection sought is narrowly drawn as provided in regulations. 8. Justification of the period during which the submitting party asserts that the material should not be available for public disclosure:

This material should not be disclosed for at least 25 years. While improvements in design are made relatively frequently, disclosure of the design information would lead to insights into both design and manufacturing techniques that could have an adverse competitive effect for many years to come. As such, it is important that the design not be made available to unauthorized persons who might attempt to use knowledge of the design to compromise the applications for which the equipment will be employed. Should you require any further information, please contact the undersigned. Thank you for your consideration in this matter. Sincerely, Scot Rogers File: AB3113 Confidential Request Letter Page 2 of 2

May 6, 2022 Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Evaluation Division 1435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046 To Whom It May Concern:

Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada Certification and Engineering Bureau 3701 Carling Avenue PO Box 11490, Station H Ottawa, Ontario, Canada K2H 8S2 Pursuant to 47 CFR 2.911, Garmin International, Inc. (Garmin) has authorized the following Garmin International Associates to act on Garmin's behalf for the sole and express purpose of processing applications to the Federal Communication Commission (FCC) and Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) for equipment authorization or certification. Mr. Chris Strauss, Compliance Engineering Team Lead Mr. William Pertner, Compliance Engineering Team Lead Mr. Jay Everett, Compliance Engineering Team Lead Mr. Mike Moranha, Compliance Engineer Ms. Poojita Bhattu, Compliance Engineer Mr. Doug Burroughs, Compliance Engineer Mr. Jeffrey Hailey, Compliance Engineer Mr. Dan Irish, Compliance Engineer Mr. Kiran Kumar, Compliance Engineer Mr. Tim Olson, Compliance Engineer Mr. Carlos Ortega, Compliance Engineer Mr. Cody Riggle, Compliance Engineer Mr. David Utt, Staff Compliance Engineer Mr. Jonathan Shafer, Design Certification Engineer Ms. Sara Jones, Design Certification Engineer As such, the Garmin Associates listed above are authorized to: 1) sign Form 731, 2) sign letters of application, 3) request confidentiality, and 4) exchange data and information with the FCC, IC and/or authorized TCBs on behalf of Garmin. In addition, these individuals shall be considered "authorized individuals" to act on Garmin's behalf where an "authorized individual's"

attestation is necessary or preferred. This authorization remains in effect until notified to the contrary by Garmin. Sincerely, Ben Karsak Manager Compliance Engineering Garmin International, Inc.

ROGERS LABS, INC. 4405 West 259th Terrace Louisburg, KS 66053 Phone / Fax (913) 837-3214 August 23, 2022 Timco Engineering Inc. 849 NW State Road 45 Newberry, FL 32669 Applicant:

Garmin International, Inc. 1200 East 151st Street Olathe, KS 66062 CORES number: 0005088588 Equipment:

FCC ID: IPH-B3113 FCC Rules: Parts 2, 15C To Whom It May Concern:

The form 731 and application have been electronically submitted and any attachments will be uploaded to your web site for use in obtaining a grant of certification. Confidentiality is requested as outlined below. Permanent Garmin International, Inc. requests that the material in the Block Diagram, Operational Description, Schematics, and Tune up Procedure be withheld from public disclosure pursuant to Sections 0.457 and 0.459 of the Commissions Rules following grant of the application. A statement of confidentiality will be attached with the application at the time of submittal. CONFIDENTIAL FILES AB3113 Conf BlkDia.pdf AB3113 Conf OpDes.pdf AB3113 Conf Schem.pdf AB3113 Conf TunPro.pdf Should you require any further information, please contact the undersigned. Thank you for your consideration in this matter. Sincerely, Scot Rogers Rogers Labs, Inc. Enclosures